Charlotte Touzalin was still a young teenager when she began struggling with weight gain, abnormal periods and unwanted facial hair — the same puzzling symptoms that plagued her mom for decades and that no doctor could piece together.

“I’d go home and I’d cry,” said Touzalin, an 18-year-old college student from Colorado. “I didn’t understand why all this weight was coming back or why my friends didn’t have to shave their faces and I had to.”

Touzalin and her mom, Anne Schultz, were finally diagnosed with polyendocrine metabolic ovarian syndrome, a hormonal condition affecting 1 in 8 women worldwide. But unlike her mom, Touzalin is beginning young adulthood with new hope after taking part in a study testing blockbuster GLP-1 drugs as a treatment.

A small but growing body of research shows that these obesity medications may also work for the disorder known as PMOS — not only by promoting weight loss but also by improving insulin resistance, hormone balance and ovulation. These things are key to the disease, which used to be called polycystic ovary syndrome but was renamed earlier this year to shift the focus away from ovaries and cysts.

“We need to do a better job taking care of it,” said Dr. Melanie Cree, who has led three studies testing GLP-1 drugs for PMOS including the one Touzalin joined. “We are finding them incredibly effective and really exciting for improving symptoms in women with this condition.”

PMOS is a mysterious and maddening disease

Touzalin and her mom’s long, frustrating journey with PMOS is common.

Diagnosis often takes years because symptoms overlap with other conditions, vary widely and may be dismissed by doctors. The disorder tends to run in families, and many but not all women affected carry excess weight. But there’s no known cause or specific treatment, just symptom management such as taking birth control pills to regulate periods and keeping weight in check with diet and exercise.

Two hormones are key drivers of PMOS: insulin, which acts like a key to let blood sugar into cells, and testosterone, which among other things helps maintain sexual desire, bone density and muscle mass.

Most women with PMOS, regardless of their body size, have insulin resistance, which means this hormone doesn’t work as well as it should, said Cree, PMOS clinic director at Children’s Hospital Colorado. In many women, the high insulin can go directly to the ovaries, spurring them to make more testosterone and leading to problems like skipped periods, severe acne and even beard growth.

Schultz, 43, didn’t even know the condition existed when she first began having irregular periods and bloating around age 18. In addition to struggling with the same symptoms as her daughter, she had problems with her ovaries and numerous miscarriages, which are more common with PMOS.

Schultz received various diagnoses before learning she had PMOS around the same time as her daughter, who faced a similar medical runaround.

Schultz recalled talking about Touzalin’s symptoms with a pediatrician who was seeing her for what they thought was primarily an issue with binge eating and ADHD.

Schultz told the doctor: “There’s gotta be something else going on here.”

Touzalin said she felt “heard for the first time” when a nurse practitioner began piecing things together a few years ago. Cree definitively diagnosed her last year.

“It was like a godsend,” said Schultz, tearing up. “We finally had an answer and some kind of a path for her.”

In Cree’s study, Touzalin gave herself shots of semaglutide weekly for 10 months. The abnormal hair growth slowed and her periods normalized. For the first time, she felt full after eating and stopped gaining weight constantly.

“I became a happier version of myself,” she said. “I felt like a normal person.”

While research on GLP-1s for PMOS continues, insurers put up barriers

Touzalin’s results weren’t unique. Early data from the study, published in June in the journal Fertility and Sterility, said eight of 11 participants completing the trial lost at least 10% of their body weight. The median weight loss among them was about 42 pounds; the median drop in testosterone was 52%. Six women had more periods and four of them went to monthly periods.

In all three of Cree’s studies, women on GLP-1s lost more weight than those in control groups, and levels of testosterone, blood sugar and insulin dropped. While the study involving Touzalin looks at semaglutide shots, the other studies examined semaglutide pills in one and exenatide shots in the other.

Other studies globally have shown similarly positive results. Although the studies are small, some researchers say GLP-1s are already showing promising potential for targeting metabolic issues in PMOS. Others say the evidence remains uncertain, and more studies are underway.

As research continues, more and more doctors are prescribing the drugs “off label” for PMOS and seeing improvements in their patients. But insurance coverage is often a problem because the drugs are not approved to treat the condition.

“I use these medicines a great deal,” said Dr. Rana Malek, an endocrinologist with the University of Maryland Medical System.

Among patients with insulin resistance, she said she usually uses them to help with weight loss.

Doctors stress that results vary. GLP-1s don’t work for everyone and can have side effects, like nausea and constipation. If people stop taking them, weight can return.

Still, they can help a lot of PMOS patients, Malek said, and it’s frustrating that many can’t get them because of insurance issues. Not only are they unapproved for PMOS, some insurers don’t cover them for weight loss.

Touzalin recently ran into this barrier herself. After finishing her study participation, she no longer gets free GLP-1s and had to go off them in June.

Schultz is determined to get her back on them. She’s fighting with her insurer and has a backup plan to get medications through a drug company program. She’d also like to try GLP-1s for her own PMOS, but said her daughter comes first.

Touzalin hopes for a day when any PMOS patient can get the treatment if she needs it.

“It’s something that could help a lot of other people,” she said.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

A group of Australian trauma physicians was in Israel earlier this month for a special medical mission focused on ongoing learning and training, with the goal of improving trauma care in both countries.

The mission, organized by AUSiMED and the Australia-Israel Chamber of Commerce, was headlined by Dr. Nir Samuel, head of the Pediatric Trauma Service and an emergency medicine specialist at Schneider Children’s Medical Center of Israel; Prof. Mark Fitzgerald, director of trauma services at The Alfred Hospital in Australia and director of the country’s National Trauma Research Institute; and Dr. Dany Ben-Eli, a trauma consultant and emergency physician at The Alfred.

The delegation, which arrived on August 1, visited a strong representation of Israel’s leading hospitals and medical institutions, from Hadassah Ein Kerem and the Institute for Research in Military Medicine at Hebrew University to Schneider Children’s Medical Center of Israel, Rambam Health Care Campus and Sheba Medical Center. Along the way, the Australian physicians learned from their Israeli counterparts while sharing their own knowledge and experience, according to Samuel.

“We built a program with ongoing mutual learning and training,” Samuel told The Jerusalem Post, highlighting not only what took place on the ground but also the dialogue that unfolded in departments such as Sheba’s MSR, where discussions focused on full-scale simulations. One possibility discussed was bringing a large team from Australia to Israel to share its expertise while gaining skills that could help advance medical simulation in Australia.

MSR-Azrieli, the Israel Center for Medical Simulation at Sheba, is a global leader in simulation-based medical education.

“It was very strong professionally, but on a personal level, as an Israeli physician, it was really heartwarming,” Samuel added. “To have one of the leading [trauma] teams in the world come to Israel and support us at a time like this, that’s far from the norm.”

Israel and Australia have long maintained close ties. Yet since October 7, 2023, headlines have often focused on rising antisemitism in Australia and disagreements between Australian and Israeli leaders, including the countries’ prime ministers. Missions like this one highlight another side of the relationship, built around professional cooperation and person-to-person connections.

Those kinds of opportunities will also be part of the conversation in November at the first-ever Jerusalem Post Australia Summit, scheduled to take place in Sydney on November 19.

Sydney, Australia Summit (credit: Courtesy)

The event, which includes a gala the night before and a private cocktail reception at its conclusion, will feature a two-hour business and innovation program held in collaboration with the Australia-Israel Chamber of Commerce. Leaders from companies, hospitals and startups will have an opportunity to meet and discuss potential collaboration and investment.

Samuel said his relationship with The Alfred began when he decided he wanted to build Schneider’s first pediatric trauma service dedicated specifically to children. In early 2022, he traveled to The Alfred on a scholarship to train. The hospital is Australia’s largest trauma center and ranks among the world’s leading trauma centers.

He trained there for about 18 months before returning to Israel in May 2023. At the time, Samuel could not have envisioned what would happen on October 7. Ultimately, however, the skills and connections he developed in Australia proved invaluable over the next few years.

Samuel explained that while Israel has one of the world’s leading medical systems, even the best medical systems must continue learning from their counterparts abroad if they want to remain at the forefront of their fields.

“You have to learn different approaches,” he told The Post. “Going to Australia, there was no treatment or a device or whatever I heard about for the first time, but it’s about how you apply things, about processes, about doing things differently. It’s not a low resource country going to learn from a high resource country. It’s really two mature systems interacting to the benefit of both.”

He said that in clinical leadership in Israel, doctors often train abroad and bring home new approaches and techniques.

“Collaboration is super crucial,” he said. “If Israel gets shunned and people don’t go to study, we’re going to be in a difficult position.”

But for Samuel, the mission carried significance beyond its professional benefits. Australian colleagues made the effort, physically, mentally and financially, to come to Israel, offer their support and train alongside Israeli physicians.

He called it “reassuring that there are still people like this in the world and it goes beyond the practical implications.”

During the mission, in addition to visiting medical facilities, the participants ate together, toured Jerusalem’s Old City and spent time getting to know one another. Those experiences, Samuel said, helped strengthen the personal relationships behind the professional collaboration.

Samuel said he now envisions the partnership developing along at least three tracks. The first is increased people-to-people exchanges, including short- and long-term fellowships in Australia and Israel for doctors from both countries. The second is binational research. The third is innovation, connecting Israeli and Australian startups within the medical ecosystem and finding opportunities for them to work together.

Companies and professionals interested in exploring similar Australia-Israel partnerships can take part in the Jerusalem Post Australia Summit in November. For more information, visit the conference website at www.jpost.com/Australia2026. 

Partnership opportunities are also available through the conference organizers. Please email conferencep@jpost.com. 

This post was originally published on here. 

Adm. Brad Cooper, the top U.S. military commander in the Middle East, visited the USS Lincoln in the Arabian Sea during a 10-day tour in the region that concluded on Saturday, U.S. Central Command said.

Israel said its strikes in southern Lebanon, which killed at least 11 people, targeted two Hezbollah commanders. And a Hamas delegation is in Cairo on Sunday for Gaza ceasefire-related talks with Egyptian officials.

Here’s a look at the latest developments on Sunday in the Iran war and the wider Middle East. Full coverage can be found here.

US Central Command chief visits aircraft carrier

Adm. Cooper visited the USS Lincoln in the Arabian Sea as reports have emerged of mental health and supply issues aboard the long-deployed aircraft carrier. The Lincoln arrived in the Middle East in January and has been supporting the U.S. war against Iran, including the blockade on Iranian ports. Its deployment has included a record-setting uninterrupted time at sea of more than 240 days.

Extended deployments of carriers – which can have more than 5,000 sailors and Marines on board – have raised concerns about the impact not only on the ships but on service members.

“History will record this deployment as one of the most operationally intense and consequential of the modern era,” Cooper said of the Lincoln strike group in a statement released Saturday.

Cooper also went to Bahrain, Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates to meet with civilian and military leaders, according to the Central Command statement.

The U.S. Navy’s blockade was in response to Iran’s asserting control over the Strait of Hormuz after the war started on Feb. 28 with U.S. and Israeli strikes. About one-fifth of the world’s traded oil and natural gas passed through the waterway at the mouth of the Persian Gulf before then.

Talks between the U.S. and Iran have stalled while Iran is in discussions with Oman about how to manage the strait that runs between them and had been considered an international waterway.

Israel targets two Hezbollah commanders in Saturday’s strikes

Israel’s military said it targeted two Hezbollah commanders in strikes in southern Lebanon on Saturday, in the deadliest attacks since a trucebetween Israel and Iran-backed Hezbollah went into effect in June.

Lebanon’s Health Ministry and state news agency said at least 11 people were killed in two strikes.

Israel’s military said early Sunday morning that the latter strike killed Abu Hassan Alaa, whom it described as a “senior commander” for Hezbollah who had taken part in attacks against Israel’s soldiers in southern Lebanon as well as led militants who targeted Israeli soldiers and civilians over several years.

Earlier, Israel’s military had said the strike on Ansar killed Ali Samir Al-Haj Hassan, also described as a Hezbollah commander, adding that his family was with him, but was not targeted.

Israel and the Lebanese government announced a “framework agreement” in late June, laying out a plan for Israeli forces to withdraw from southern Lebanon in exchange for Hezbollah’s disarmament. It envisions steps toward an eventual peace agreement between the countries, which remain technically at war nearly 80 years after Israel’s establishment.

Hezbollah has refused direct talks and wasn’t party to the U.S.-mediated deal.

Hamas delegation is in Cairo for Gaza ceasefire talks

A Hamas delegation, chaired by the group’s leader Khalil al-Hayya, is in Cairo Sunday for Gaza ceasefire-related talks, the group said. Al-Hayya met with Maj. Gen. Hassan Rashad, head of Egypt’s intelligence service, Egyptian state-run media reported.

Al-Hayya reiterated Hamas’ commitment to implement U.S. President Donald Trump’s peace plan in Gaza “end the suffering of the residents of the Gaza Strip and to begin the reconstruction process,” al-Qahera News television reported.

The talks come as mediators push for the implementation of a roadmap that calls for the disarmament of Hamas and other Palestinian militant groups in Gaza, the withdrawal of Israeli forces from the area, as well as handing over power to Palestinian technocrats.

Israel’s Netanyahu has rejected Trump’s latest plan to advance the stalled ceasefire in Gaza, saying Israel will not withdraw from any of the roughly 60% of the territory it controls until Hamas has been completely disarmed — something the militant group controlling the other 40% has long resisted.

It wasn’t immediately clear whether al-Hayya would meet with Trump’s son-in-law and negotiator Jared Kushner, the Board of Peace’s high representative Nickolay Mladenov, or executive board member and former British Prime Minister Tony Blair, who are scheduled to travel to Israel and Egypt this week.

Iran says Qatar is holding 3 of its pilots

Qatar’s armed forces captured and are holding three Iranian pilots who went missing in March when their jets were downed, the Missing Persons Committee of Iran’s Armed Forces General Staff said. Qatar, however, denied it.

Iran’s state TV reported on Sunday that the committee’s commander responded by urging Qatar to allow Iranian Air Force experts to conduct a field investigation.

Saturday’s statement alleged that Qatar had not allowed the pilots to meet or communicate with families or Iranian officials handling their cases. A spokesperson with Qatar’s foreign ministry, Majed Al Ansari, denied the claims and indicated on X that the pilots had been shot down and that Qatar’s search and rescue teams found the remains of one.

This is the first known case in the war where Iran has said a regional country is holding its fighters. Tehran has repeatedly targeted countries in the region with missiles and drones that are hosting U.S. military bases.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

More than 2.5 million properties across the 10 most exposed western states face a moderate or greater risk of wildfire damage, representing nearly $1.4 trillion in reconstruction cost value (RCV), according to Cotality’s 2026 Wildfire Risk Report.

The analysis, released Wednesday, highlights a growing concern for insurers, reinsurers, investors and homeowners. It explains that losses are increasingly driven not only by wildfires but by conflagration, when fires spread structure to structure within neighborhoods.

Risk concentrated in California, Colorado, Texas

California remains the most exposed state, with 1.28 million at-risk properties and $850 billion in reconstruction cost value, the report found. But nearly half of all at-risk properties across the top 10 states (49.9%) are located outside California.

Colorado and Texas together account for nearly 560,000 at-risk properties and $252 billion in RCV, almost matching the $277 billion of exposure across the remaining seven states combined. Oregon, Arizona, Idaho, New Mexico, Montana, Washington and Utah round out the 10 most exposed states.

At the metro level, Los Angeles has the highest exposure with nearly 250,000 at-risk properties and $209 billion in RCV. Four of the 10 most exposed metros are outside California, led by Austin with more than 100,000 at-risk properties and $49.2 billion in RCV, followed by San Antonio, Denver and Spokane, Washington.

Conflagration risk reshapes exposure maps

Cotality’s modeling focuses on conflagration risk, in which the “fuel” for fire transitions from wildland into developed areas and then moves home to home. The company said traditional wildfire models, which emphasize terrain and vegetation, can understate this neighborhood-level hazard.

Layering conflagration potential onto a traditional wildfire risk score can add as many as 40 points to an individual property’s score, pushing meaningful hazard risk into areas legacy maps have classified as low risk, according to the report. That shift could materially change mortgage underwriting, pricing and capital decisions in markets previously viewed as relatively safe.

“Hearing that a property has a higher risk score than previously thought should not be thought of as a bad thing. It shows that new data and analytic capabilities create an opportunity to protect properties more effectively in the evolving wildfire environment we’re facing,” said Jamie Knippen, Cotality’s director of hazard insights.

“This represents a significant opportunity for the entire market: it empowers carriers to move away from broad-brush risk assessments and safely expand their underwriting footprint, and actively rewards homeowners who invest in resilience.”

Mitigation drives sharp differences in expected losses

The report also introduces a property-level mitigation score that evaluates three dimensions: community protections, conditions on and around the parcel, and how fire-resistant the structure itself is.

Homes in the top 10% of mitigation scores carry expected losses roughly 78% below the statewide average, Cotality found. Properties in the bottom 10% have more than 10 times the average expected loss — about $47 in expected loss for every $1 on the best-prepared homes.

Cotality said that spread illustrates how targeted risk-reduction measures — such as defensible space, hardening of roofs and vents, and neighborhood-scale fire breaks or fuel management — can materially change loss outcomes even in high-hazard regions.

For housing professionals, the findings underscore a growing divide between highly mitigated and underprepared homes in wildfire-exposed markets. That gap is increasingly relevant for insurance carrier appetite, premium levels and, ultimately, property valuations and mortgage performance.

Implications for insurers and housing markets

Insurers in wildfire-prone states have already been pulling back capacity, raising rates or exiting specific ZIP codes as catastrophic losses and reinsurance costs have climbed. Regulators in California and other states are simultaneously pressing carriers to stay in or reenter high-risk areas, often with new requirements around catastrophe modeling and mitigation credits.

Within that backdrop, more granular property-level data could help carriers distinguish between homes with similar geographic wildfire exposures but drastically different conflagration and mitigation profiles. In turn, this can support more surgical underwriting and pricing rather than broad moratoriums or nonrenewals.

“Property-level data empowers insurers to identify what steps homeowners can take to mitigate the risk on their properties and leverage that additional resilience in their decision making. Expanding the assessment means going beyond terrain and vegetation to look at factors like structure density, building materials, wind patterns and ember exposure,” Knippen said. “Carriers that account for these factors upfront can make sure homes are properly insured for the catastrophe they actually face — not just the forest fire, but the fire next door.”

For lenders, servicers and investors, the report’s findings point to the importance of understanding both insurance availability and mitigation status at the property level, particularly in fast-growing metros such as Austin, San Antonio and Denver where exposure is rising.

As more states consider building code updates, defensible space requirements and community-focused wildfire resilience programs, tools that quantify conflagration and mitigation could influence zoning decisions, disclosure rules, and eligibility for public or private resilience funding.

This article was generated using HousingWire Automation and reviewed by a HousingWire editor before publication.

This post was originally published on here. 

Ukraine could strike Russia with domestically produced ballistic missiles within the next few months, the country’s former defense minister Mykhailo Fedorov told CBS on Sunday.

Fedorov, who was recently ousted by Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky, said that Ukraine could be able to launch the missiles within three to six months’ time

“We need to defeat Russia in every technological cycle, and we have to make decisions 24/7,” he told CBS.

Fedorov has often been credited with being the architect of Ukraine’s current war strategy. While he noted that it would be difficult to predict exactly when Ukrainian ballistic missiles would be deployed, he emphasized that Ukraine has “no choice but to do it.”

In June, Ukrainian defense company Fire Point began testing a ballistic model, which would allow Kyiv to respond to Moscow’s attacks. Fire Point has also said that it aims to begin launching interceptor missiles, but they will likely not be available until 2027. 

An explosion of a ballistic missile lights up the sky over the city during a Russian missile and drone strike, amid Russia's attack on Ukraine, in Kyiv, Ukraine April 24, 2025.  (credit: REUTERS/GLEB GARANICH)

While it is on the uptick, Ukraine struggles to intercept Russian ballistic missiles because of its mass interceptor shortage.

Zelensky: If the US sells us 10% of Patriot missiles, ‘we will destroy all the Russians’ ballistic missiles’

On Sunday evening, the Ukrainian Air Force was unable to intercept any of the ballistic missiles that Russia fired at the country.

As such, Ukraine has mainly relied on long-range drones and cruise missiles to attack Russia.

Zelensky has been publicly pleading with the US and Europe for more interceptor missiles. In an interview with CNN, he said he has only about 10% of the interceptor missiles he needs.

If the US “sells us 5%, we will go through the winter and save people’s lives. If they can sell us 10%, we will destroy all the Russians’ ballistic missiles. I have 1%,” he said.

After Trump walked back his public commitment to give Ukraine the Patriot missile interceptors, representatives from Lockheed Martin, which produces the Patriots, went to Kyiv to start discussions. But even if Ukraine does get the license, it would take at least a year, if not more, to produce them.

Ukraine has notably been receiving even fewer Patriot missiles than before due to the US interceptor shortage that stemmed from the war with Iran.

“I hope that I will get it,” Zelensky told CNN, regarding the interceptors.

“I don’t have 5% now, and I don’t have such an acceptance. And this is for me a big challenge, one of the biggest I have had from the very beginning of this war.”

In response, a White House official told CNN that the Pentagon “is currently exploring several potential pathways for future defense industrial cooperation with Ukraine.

“These discussions are in the exploratory phase; no specific industrial cooperation initiatives have been decided upon or guaranteed at this stage,” the official added.

“We must prioritize protecting these exquisite systems and expanding overall production of critical weapons systems for the US warfighter and for our partners and allies.”

Zelensky also told CNN that he would not concede any territory in Ukraine’s Donbas region, which Russia has repeatedly sought to control.

“Russia begins to speak about this war, and they speak about territory,” he said.

“The key question is why he will not come again with 1 or 2 additional million soldiers after a big pause. Why will he not come again to occupy us?”

He then signaled that he agreed with some assessments that Putin could try to expand the war in Ukraine to take on NATO.

“He doesn’t know how to end this war without big occupation or big victory for his society,” he said.

“It’s more simple to find some smaller country … for him, it will not be important if this country is in NATO or not in NATO. He wants quick victory, 100% sure that he will win, occupy or destroy or control.”

This post was originally published on here. 

Three drones were intercepted over Erbil, the capital of the Kurdistan Region of northern Iraq, on Friday.

The Kurdistan Region has been targeted by more than 1,000 drones and missiles launched by Iran and Iranian-backed proxies since February. Iraq has vowed that it will rein in Iranian-backed militias in Baghdad; however, the continued attacks illustrate that Baghdad has not been able to stop all the attacks.

The drone attack on Friday was intercepted by “US-led Global Coalition forces,” Rudaw media in Erbil said. “In the early hours of this morning, Friday … between 2:17 a.m. and 2:25 a.m. [local time], Coalition forces intercepted and shot down three bomb-laden drones in the skies over Erbil,” the Erbil-based Directorate General of Counter Terrorism said in a statement. “Fortunately, there were no casualties,” the statement added.

The report noted that Iran had also targeted an area in the Alana valley with missiles and drones last week. The attacks targeted the Kurdistan Democratic Party of Iran and Komala, which are two Kurdish Iranian opposition groups.

“According to Rudaw tracking, the Kurdistan Region has recorded more than 950 drone and missile attacks launched by Iran and allied armed groups in Iraq since the outbreak of the six-week war in late February, killing 32 people and wounding 154 others as of early August,” Rudaw noted.

Smoke rises after an explosion near Erbil International Airport in Erbil on March 6, 2026.  (Illustrative) (credit: Ozan KOSE / AFP via Getty Images)

After the latest attack on Friday, an Iranian-backed militia denied responsibility for the attack. Kata’ib Sayyid al-Shuhada (KSS), which is one of the Iranian-backed militias in Iraq and is also sanctioned as a terrorist group by the US, denied it had attacked Erbil. It claimed there was a “partial agreement” to stop attacks.

Along with groups such as Kataib Hezbollah, the KSS group is one of the major Iranian-backed threats in Iraq. These groups are also part of the Iraq paramilitary group called the Popular Mobilization Forces. As such, they operate as both illegal militias and also as a semi-official government force.

Kadhim al-Fartousi, spokesperson for the KSS group, told Rudaw that the attack “was not carried out by our groups…there is currently a partial agreement that no operations or attacks should be carried out, and that responding to Saudi Arabia’s attacks should also be delayed.”

Erbil backs Baghdad plan to bring militias’ weapons under state control

The Kurdistan Region has very good intelligence regarding which militias have targeted the region over the last year. It appears that Erbil is trying to work with Baghdad on a pragmatic solution that won’t require confronting the militias directly. Baghdad was to disarm the militias or move their arms to be completely controlled by the government. Erbil supports this. So does the US, Saudi Arabia and others.

Kurdistan Regional President Nechirvan Barzani said in an interview with Iraq’s privately owned Al Sharqiya TV that the region has been targeted by 1,000 attacks using drones and missiles. “According to Rudaw tracking, the attacks have killed 32 people and injured nearly 150 others,” Rudaw noted.

To understand the complexity of the situation, the Popular Mobilization Forces (PMF) said their 52nd Brigade would be deployed in Amirli district in eastern Saladin province. This means that while the government reins in the militias, the PMF is still active throughout Iraq.

Iraq seeks to bring armed groups under state authority despite PMF ties

“The handover is part of a reorganization of security sectors and responsibilities aimed at enhancing field integration and coordination between the forces,” a statement from the PMF said, according to Rudaw. “The development comes as the Iraqi government is seeking to place all armed forces and weapons under state authority.”

“The PMF is a constitutional and legal institution and a major title and foundation for the movement of forces,” Iraqi officials say. It remains to be seen how the Iraqis will rein in the militias so long as they also function within the PMF as official brigades.

This post was originally published on here. 

A 1,300-year-old industrial and commercial complex was uncovered during excavations over the past few months in the Winter Stadium parking lot in Ramat Gan, the Israel Antiquities Authority (IAA) announced on Sunday morning.

The excavations, which took place ahead of the construction of a large bus terminal by Netivei Ayalon at the site, revealed ancient streets, pottery kilns and several industrial buildings.

According to the IAA, the earliest parts of the site date to the seventh or eighth century CE, during the Umayyad and Abbasid periods, and the later sections date to the Fatimid period.

While nearby communities at the time were home to Muslims, Christians, Jews, and Samaritans, the excavations did not uncover any artifacts with a clear indication of a certain religious or ethnic group.

However, IAA researchers have proposed two main theories about what the site served as: either a major trade and industrial station or part of a currently undiscovered nearby settlement.

Collection of oil lamps  uncovered in the Ramat Gan excavation, August 16, 2026. (credit: EMIL ALADJEM/ISRAEL ANTIQUITIES AUTHORITY)

Site abandoned twice 

The site is estimated to have been operational for about 150 years before being abandoned for reasons researchers do not yet know, but it was later resettled in the 10th century CE.

Residents built buildings and production facilities there, and installed numerous tabuns (clay baking ovens). 

In the late 11th century CE, before the Crusader conquest, the site was abandoned once again and was never resettled.

In addition to the ruins, archaeologists unearthed dozens of pottery vessels and intact oil lamps, along with numerous bronze tableware, cosmetic implements, iron pickaxe heads, a sickle, numerous nails, dozens of coins, and a large quantity of fragments of local and imported pottery and glass vessels. 

The discoveries provide vivid insight into the period’s culture, trade, and economy.

Discovery ‘exceeds all expectations’

While ancient buildings and artifacts have previously been discovered in the area, the recent discovery has “exceeded all expectations,” said IAA Excavation Directors Dr. Yoav Arbel and Lior Rauchberger.

“The excavation uncovered an organized, planned complex featuring straight, intersecting streets,” they said. “Lining these streets were a series of rooms that served as shops or warehouses, plastered industrial facilities, pottery kilns and more.”

“Clearly, its main phase was planned in advance in detail by engineers and was built with the knowledge of the regional authorities, and perhaps even on their initiative and with their funding.”

“Its location was also likely not coincidental,” explained Arbel Rauchberger. “The site was situated near the main road that connected Jaffa, Ramla, then the district capital, and Jerusalem.”

The excavation directors noted that the complex may have stood on a secondary road branching off the main one, adding that the area also offers “fertile agricultural land and available water sources.”

Heritage Minister Amichai Eliyahu stated that the discovery once again demonstrates Israel’s “historical and archaeological wealth,” where “windows onto distant periods of the past may open anywhere.”

The IAA will hold an open day to view the finds on Wednesday, August 19. Afterward, they will be covered to preserve them, and the IAA will weigh the possibility of displaying them to the public again in the future. 

Registration for the IAA’s open day can be found here. 

This post was originally published on here. 

Several Palestinians were arrested by the IDF after attempting to attack Israeli soldiers in the West Bank city of Hebron, Ynet reported on Sunday.

The report cited an IDF spokesperson, who said the military arrived on the scene following an altercation between Palestinians and Israeli settlers who were throwing stones at each other.

Upon their arrival, a group of Palestinians surrounded the IDF soldiers and attempted to attack them, with the soldiers responding by firing shots at two of the attackers and arresting several others, according to Ynet.

The IDF noted that an investigation into the incident will be conducted, including whether or not there was an attempt to steal a weapon from one of the soldiers, Ynet added.

The Palestinian Red Crescent said that it treated ten Palestinians injured in the incident, including two severely, according to a separate report by Ynet earlier on Sunday.

 MAN walks in the Jewish outpost of Yahish Zion, near the Jewish settlement of Psagot, in the West Bank; Illustrative. (credit: Dor Pazuelo/Flash90)

According to Ynet, the organization said it arrived on the scene to treat the injured Palestinians after receiving reports of an attack by Israeli settlers, noting that gunshots were heard in the area.

Palestinians attack shepherd, shots fired at Israeli settlement

The Hebron incident came following several attacks against Israelis in the West Bank over the weekend, according to United Hatzalah, citing the Mateh Binyamin Regional Council Spokesperson.

In an attack on Saturday, a shepherd was attacked by a group of around 30 masked Palestinians, with the attackers rioting and setting up several roadblocks in the area.

Earlier on Saturday, a bullet was found near a synagogue inside the Psagot settlement after residents heard gunshots.

The Binyamin Regional Council said such attacks are becoming more common despite rarely receiving public attention.

“The prominence of extreme events while ignoring ongoing Arab terrorism creates a partial picture of the security reality in Benjamin, Judea and Samaria,” said the council.

This post was originally published on here. 

Tech leaders have consistently warned AI is already as good as entry-level workers and it could halve white-collar jobs by 2030. So it’s no wonder they’re eyeing up jobs in health care, which offer low unemployment rates, the potential to earn over $200,000, and are unlikely to be replaced with robotic doctors and nurses anytime soon. 

But there’s one thing they should know before filling out medical school applications: Pursuing job security doesn’t necessarily guarantee job satisfaction.

That’s because 2025 research from shift work platform Deputy, which surveyed 1.28 million users, ranks doctors, paramedics, and even chiropractors as the unhappiest workers.

In fact, doctors’ offices and medical clinics recorded the highest levels of dissatisfaction, with nearly 38% of respondents saying they’re unhappy in their jobs. Chiropractors and staff in critical and emergency services weren’t far behind.  And if you include animal health roles, 4 out of the 5 worst jobs for happiness in the UK right now are in healthcare.

Despite health care’s reputation for meaningful work, these roles are often more likely than most to leave workers burned out and ground down by long hours and high stakes.

“Staffing shortages, emotional strain, unpredictable rosters, and an ageing population are cited as key contributors to declining morale,” the report highlighted.

Top 10 unhappiest industry sectors, per the research

  1. Doctors Office/Medical Clinic – 37.84%
  2. Animal Health – 17.95%
  3. Chiropractors – 12.93%
  4. Critical & Emergency Services – 12.05%
  5. Call Centres – 12.00%
  6. Catering – 8.60%
  7. Delivery and Postal Services – 6.97%
  8. Care Facilities – 6.22%
  9. Cleaning Services – 5.80%
  10. Private Services (Chefs, Gardeners etc) – 5.62%

Gen Z may be happier in hospitality jobs

What’s perhaps most surprising is that jobs many recent grads might have once looked down on—like fast food or waitressing roles—are emerging as a safer bet for a more satisfying career.

Hospitality fared well in Deputy’s study, making up half of the 10 happiest job sectors, despite the sector’s reputation for high stress, unsociable hours, and low pay. 

Hospitality jobs dominated the happiness rankings. Sit-down restaurant staff (89.7%), fast food and cashier restaurant workers (82.9%), food pop-up teams (82.5%), and café or coffee shop employees (82%) all reported some of the highest job satisfaction scores of any sector.

Florists, childcare workers and cleaners also reported notably high levels of job contentment.

What makes these roles so satisfying? The report suggests it’s less about pay or prestige, and more about the day-to-day experience: “These roles may benefit from clearer routines, manageable workloads, and stronger team camaraderie, highlighting the emotional value of operational structure and positive workplace culture.”

Although probably not at the top of most graduates’ dream career list, separate data also show wage growth for bartenders and baristas is outpacing that of desk workers.

Top 10 happiest industry sectors, per the research

  1. Tobacco, E-cigarette and Vape Stores – 93.4%
  2. Sit Down Restaurants – 89.7%
  3. Fast Food/Cashier Restaurants – 82.9%
  4. Florists – 82.9%
  5. Food Pop-Ups – 82.5%
  6. Cafes/Coffee Shops – 82%
  7. Dentists – 81.8%
  8. Childcare/Community Centres – 78.4%
  9. Catering – 75.3%
  10. Cleaning Services – 64.3%

A version of this story originally published on Fortune.com on August 31, 2025

Read more on the future of work from Fortune’s Orianna Rosa Royle:

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

Rebel Creamery has filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection in Utah, reporting approximately $13.78 million in assets and $23.85 million in liabilities as it appeals a $23.785 million judgment awarded to rival Van Leeuwen Ice Cream in a trade-dress dispute.

Rebel ice cream is sold at Walmart, Kroger, Safeway and other grocery stores nationwide.

Rebel Creamery LLC filed for Chapter 11 protection on Aug. 14 in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Utah, according to court records.

Van Leeuwen is listed among Rebel’s unsecured creditors with a $23.785 million claim stemming from the federal judgment. Rebel listed the claim as disputed and noted that the judgment is under appeal.

MAJOR CARL’S JR OPERATOR REPORTEDLY SET TO SHUTTER, SELL DOZENS OF CALIFORNIA LOCATIONS

The Van Leeuwen judgment accounts for nearly all the unsecured liabilities that Rebel listed at fixed amounts in its bankruptcy schedules. The company also reported approximately $5.22 million in cash and cash equivalents, $2.59 million in accounts receivable and $5.65 million in inventory.

Rebel’s voluntary petition estimated both its assets and liabilities at between $10 million and $50 million and said funds would be available for distribution to unsecured creditors. The filing lists Austin Archibald as the company’s manager and member and Michael Johnson of Ray Quinney & Nebeker as bankruptcy counsel.

The bankruptcy filing came less than a month after U.S. District Judge Eric Komitee ruled that Rebel had intentionally infringed and diluted Van Leeuwen’s trade dress through its ice cream packaging.

“The evidence at that trial left no doubt that Rebel infringed and diluted Van Leeuwen’s trade dress and did so intentionally,” Komitee wrote in a July 16 memorandum and order.

Van Leeuwen sued Rebel in 2021, alleging that the company’s packaging copied the distinctive appearance of its ice cream pints.

DETROIT BANKRUPTCY CASE OFFICIALLY CLOSES MORE THAN 13 YEARS AFTER HISTORIC FILING

The court described Van Leeuwen’s trade dress as including monochromatic cardboard pints with matching lids, a primarily pastel color palette, black script lettering and an overall minimalist design.

Komitee found that Rebel’s packaging was similar and that the evidence supported findings of consumer confusion and bad faith. The judge ordered Rebel to stop selling products bearing trade dress likely to be confused with Van Leeuwen’s and required the company to redesign its packaging.

Van Leeuwen sought $36.4 million in Rebel’s profits, but the court reduced the award by 33%, finding that some sales were driven by demand for keto and better-for-you ice cream rather than the packaging at issue.

The reduction left Van Leeuwen entitled to $23.785 million in Rebel’s profits from sales of ice cream pints bearing the infringing trade dress.

Court filings do not establish that the Van Leeuwen judgment was the sole cause of Rebel’s bankruptcy filing.

CLICK HERE TO GET FOX BUSINESS ON THE GO

Rebel’s bankruptcy paperwork lists the Van Leeuwen litigation as being on appeal.

This post was originally published here

The only Americans showing a clear positive balance of happiness after the pandemic are married ones, according to Sam Peltzman, an economist at the University of Chicago’s Booth School of Business who has tracked the General Social Survey’s happiness question for years. Unmarried adults — about 45% of the adult population — are now net unhappy. Peltzman calls it a happiness-segregated society by marriage.

The overall picture is not a rebound so much as a hole that has barely filled in. The balance between “very happy” and “not too happy” held steady from 1972 through 2018, then dropped 25 points when the pandemic hit. It has recovered five. For comparison, Peltzman put the Great Recession’s hit at 10 points at most, and said it came back right away.

Split by marital status, the two lines diverge sharply. Married respondents moved from roughly +30 to +50. Unmarried respondents went from near breakeven to about -15. Both groups took a hit in the crash, and Peltzman said if anything the unmarried were hit slightly harder. The married cohort held its ground and then improved; the unmarried cohort did not.

The obvious explanation — fewer people are married, so the average fell — does not hold. Peltzman said the marriage rate has not moved in 15 years, sitting at roughly 55/45. Rates did decline from the 1970s through the early 2000s, and his earlier work found that decline explained most of the pre-pandemic happiness slide, but that slide had leveled off well before 2020. What changed was not how many people are married, but how much worse it now feels to be unmarried.

The affordability explanation does not hold either, at least not in the direction most people would assume. Peltzman’s data show the steepest declines among the groups that started with the most — white, high-income, college-educated, right-leaning Americans — and he noted that affordability pressure is a lower-income concern while upper-income people were hit hardest in the crash. Explanations resting on inequality, he said, are not consistent with the facts.

He is emphatic about the limits of the finding. Happy people get married and married people become happy, he said, and warned against making personal decisions on the basis of the data. A separate 2025 paper of his found the marital premium holds across nearly every group tested — age, race, income, education, sexual orientation — with cohabiting couples getting a smaller version, about 10 points. Correlation, not a prescription.

Other researchers point at the social side rather than the balance sheet. Brad Wilcox of the Institute for Family Studies said economic pessimism contributes, as young people worry about inflation and housing costs, but that the negativity bias of social media and declines in socializing, dating and marriage loom larger, because young adults’ social ties have deteriorated far more than their economic position has. The age data support the emphasis: from 2000 to 2019, roughly 10% to 15% of every age group reported being not too happy, but from 2021 to 2024 the 18-to-35 group jumped to 26%, against 20% for the middle-aged and 21% for those 56 and up. Peltzman also found that Americans’ belief that other people treat them fairly crashed in the same year and by the same scale, which he described as social glue coming apart.

For businesses, the practical content is that the American consumer is not one consumer. Gallup’s wellbeing data from 2009 to 2023 found 61% of married adults aged 25 to 50 classified as thriving against 45% of those who never married, a 16-point gap. That gap is not new; what is new is a large unmarried bloc that has moved into net-negative territory on the broadest happiness measure available.

The economic sorting behind it is well established. Researchers describe a marriage divide in which people with more education and stable earnings are both more likely to marry and less likely to divorce — 69% of college-graduate women were married by 2010 against 56% of women with only a high school diploma, and the gap has widened since — concentrating the advantages of marriage in higher-income households. The marriage rate has fallen 26% since 2000 while the divorce rate has fallen by nearly half, which produces fewer married households that are, on average, more financially stable than the ones they replaced.

Where that shows up in transactions is at the wedding itself and after. Bank of America’s card and payment data show wedding spending per customer up 8.5% year over year through May, against an average national wedding cost of $36,000 in 2025, up $3,000 from the prior year. Marriage volume recovered to pre-pandemic levels in 2022, with 34 of every 1,000 unmarried adults marrying that year. Fewer weddings, more expensive ones, sold to a narrower and better-off customer.

The takeaway for anyone selling to households is that aggregate consumer sentiment is now averaging two populations moving in opposite directions, and the smaller, wealthier one is the one feeling better about the future. Marketing built on a single American mood is measuring something that no longer exists.

JBizNews Desk | New York

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

A small investment made at the right moment has the power to launch ordinary people to millionaire status. All it took was $1,000 and an out-there idea for Jeffrey Sprecher, the founder and CEO of Intercontinental Exchange, to set his business on a path to becoming a $85 billion behemoth.

“I had this idea that you should be able to trade electric power, buy and sell electric power, on an exchange,” Sprecher recalled at the Rotary Club Of Atlanta earlier this year. But there was a huge caveat: He “had no idea how to do that. I’d never worked on Wall Street, I never traded.” 

At the time, Sprecher had heard that Continental Power Exchange—owned by Warren Buffett’s electric utility company, MidAmerican Energy—was about to go bankrupt. Despite Buffett’s business pumping $35 million into it, the company was still struggling. And so Sprecher saw this as an opportune moment to swoop in and pursue his entrepreneurial vision. 

“I bought the company for a dollar a share, and there were a thousand shares,” he said. “So I bought it for $1,000, and I used that as the basis to build Intercontinental Exchange.”

Thanks to his quick thinking and business savvy, Sprecher currently boasts a net worth of $1.2 billion. But the journey to the top was not very glamorous. 

Living in a 500-ft studio and driving a used car while scaling the business 

That measly $1,000 investment made back in 1997 served as the launchpad for Intercontinental Exchange, founded just three years later. A small team of nine employees set off to build the technology in 2000; setting up shop in Atlanta, Sprecher and his staffers went all-in on building the business up from its former demise. 

It was all hands on deck, and even as the founder and CEO, Sprecher was doing the menial labor to keep everything in order. With money being tight, the entrepreneur lived in a small apartment and drove a used car to the office to keep Intercontinental Energy afloat.

“I bought a 500-foot, one room studio apartment in Midtown…I bought a used car that I kept and I’d go into the office from time to time,” Sprecher explained, adding he “took the trash out, shut the lights out, answered the phone, bought the staplers and the paper for the photocopier. That was the way the company started.”

Nearly 26 years later, the company boasts a market cap of $85 billion and a team of more than 12,000 employees—and has proudly owned the NYSE for over a decade. 

Entrepreneurs who made a key investment at the right moment

Some of the wealthiest entrepreneurs made their billions by spotting the perfect window to invest small and earn big. 

Take Kenn Ricci, as an example: The serial American aviation businessman and chairman of private jet company Flexjet is a billionaire thanks to his intuition to buy a struggling business four decades ago. After being put on leave from his first pilot job out of the Air Force, he turned a sticky situation into a 10-figure fortune.

“I worked for [airline] Northwest Orient for a brief period of time. I get furloughed. Unemployed, back living with my parents,” Ricci told the Wall Street Journal in a 2025 interview, reminiscing on how he made his first $1 million.

But instead of throwing in the towel, he spotted a golden opportunity. Ricci took a contract pilot job at Professional Flight Crews, and one of the companies he flew for was private aviation company Corporate Wings. The budding businessman was intrigued when its owners put the business up for sale at $27,500 in 1981—and jumped on the opportunity to buy it. By the early 1990s, the business was pulling in $3 million a year.

But people don’t need to buy and scale a company to make a worthwhile investment; millennial investing wiz Martin Mignot became a self-made millionaire thanks to his ability to spot unicorn companies before they make it big. One of his biggest wins was an early investment in Deliveroo—back when the business was just a small, London-based operation. 

“They had eight employees. They were in three London boroughs. Overall, they had a few thousand users to date, so it was very, very early,” Mignot told Fortune last year. “They didn’t have an app. Their first website was pretty terrible and ugly, if I’m frank, but the delivery experience was incredible.”

Lo and behold, Deliveroo grew to become a $3.5 billion company with millions of global customers. And as a partner at Index Ventures, Mignot is part of a team reaping billion-dollar rewards from forward-thinking investments in tech businesses including Figma, Scale AI, and Wiz. Aside from his day job, Mignot has also strategically put money towards iconic European start-ups including Revolut, Trainline and Personio. Before he was even 30, he solidified himself as a notable investor—and advised others that “It’s about owning equity, that is the key.”

A version of this story was published on Fortune.com on January 16, 2026.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

Hengli Group, a Chinese company that employs over 300,000 people and earns over $100 billion per year, is a primary importer of Iranian crude oil, The Wall Street Journal reported on Saturday, citing industry analysts, shipping brokers, and the US Treasury.

Hengli is one of the largest companies in a network of “teapot” refineries in China that purchase sanctioned oil, according to the officials cited by WSJ.

Since 2023, Hengli has received at least five million barrels of Iranian oil from multiple ships sanctioned by the United States, the US Treasury and shipping brokers claimed.

This aerial photo shows a tanker unloading imported crude oil at a terminal port in Qingdao, in China's eastern Shandong province on June 25, 2026. (credit: CN-STR / AFP via Getty Images)

In response, the Treasury sanctioned Hengli’s refinery business earlier this year, although China’s Commerce Ministry instructed companies not to comply, and China‘s Foreign Ministry described the sanctions as “illegal and unreasonable unilateral sanctions.”

Iran evades US oil sanctions via ‘shadow fleet’

Iran has been evading US sanctions and the blockade using a system of ship-to-ship transfers in which sanctioned ships laden with Iranian oil offload their cargo onto another ship in the water before it is sent to China, the WSJ reported in May.

The ships receiving the oil are often part of Iran’s “shadow fleet,” a fleet of old, rusting tankers that obscure their owners and may switch their flags to those of countries with little shipping oversight to conceal their identities. Ships will often turn off their tracking device and may paint over identity numbers. 

Danya Saperstein contributed to this report.

This post was originally published on here. 

A Syrian Airlines flight from Moscow arrived at Damascus International Airport on Sunday, August 16, the first civilian flight from Moscow since the fall of the Assad regime. This “marks the resumption of the carrier’s air services between Syria and Russia,” Syrian state media SANA said.

This is important and comes after Russia and Syria agreed to a deal that will lead to Syria returning to control two bases in northwestern Syria that had been run by the Russians.

A week ago, the Associated Press noted that “Russian forces in Syria will give up control of two strategic bases on the Mediterranean coast, which will be used as joint Russia-Syrian training centers under a new agreement between the two countries, Syria’s Foreign Ministry said Sunday.”

Russia backed the Assad regime. Moscow was a key strategic ally of Syria for decades, going back to the Cold War.

When the Assad regime faced a rebellion in 2012 in the wake of the Arab Spring, the Russians came to support Assad. In 2015, Russia intervened militarily in Syria, sending aircraft and forces. As such, Russia’s backing of Assad became a symbol of the former regime’s brutality. It appears Russia used its intervention in Syria to test the international system and attempt to increase its clout.

In 2022, Russia invaded Ukraine. Russia was therefore distracted from what was happening in Syria. Moscow assumed the Assad regime was secure after the regime made major gains in 2019. However, in November 2024, the Syrian rebels in Idlib launched a rapid offensive that led to the collapse of the regime. It was not clear how the new government in Damascus would get along with Russia. Some assumed that the new government would want to eject the Russians.

A passenger plane of Syrian Air inside Damascus Airport. Damascus, Syria, November 17, 2024.  (credit: RAGHED WAKED/Middle East Images/AFP via Getty Images)

However, the new leadership in Syria has sought to find a path forward with Russia that doesn’t lead to antagonism. This has led Syrian officials and leaders to travel to Moscow.

The new agreement is clearly the fruit of this outreach and engagement. Syria has sought to have positive ties with most countries in the world. Most countries have embraced the new government of Syrian president Ahmed al-Sharaa.

Final agreement on joint bases has yet to be reached

It remains unclear how the bases will be handled. AP reports that “under the new agreement between Damascus and Moscow, Syria will take control of the Hmeimem air base and the commercial berth at Tartus port as part of its civil administration. The military facilities at both sites will become “joint training” centers, the Foreign Ministry said.”

Meanwhile, SANA added details on the new flights. “Omar Hosari, director general of Syria’s Civil Aviation Authority, told SANA that the resumption of the route was part of broader efforts to rebuild Syrian Airlines’ regional and international presence,” SANA added.

“We are working to reconnect Syria with the world, launch more direct routes and provide wider travel options for citizens,” Hosari said. Syria’s strategy is to expand its airline network. Syria has received new flights from many countries over the last year. This has helped Syria reconnect with the region and Europe.

Syria continues to rebuild its international network

SANA added that “Hosari said Syrian Airlines is expected to resume services to several regional and international destinations in the coming period.” This means that the “expansion will also include new European destinations, which will be announced gradually as the airline continues to rebuild its international network.”

What matters now is that Syria and Russia are able to work together, and this will impact the region and also likely aid Syria’s need for support at the UN. Russia is a member of the UN Security Council. Syria has been working to end sanctions that were put on the former regime.

For Israel, this matters because some voices in Jerusalem see Syria as an enemy under its new government. Israel is one of the only countries in the world not to do outreach to the new government and seek to turn over a new leaf with Syria.

During the Assad regime, Israel sought to de-conflict with Russia in Syria and also maintain ties with Moscow regarding the situation in Syria. As Syria is now also working with Moscow, it is not clear how Israel will view this policy move.

This post was originally published on here. 

France banned telemarketing calls made without prior consent as of Tuesday, Aug. 11, with penalties of up to €75,000 — about $87,000 — for each illegal call placed by an individual, and up to €375,000, roughly $435,000, for each one placed by a company. The fines are assessed per call rather than per campaign, which is the provision that actually matters. A single afternoon of dialing a purchased list is now an existential number rather than a cost of doing business.

The rule is simple: businesses may not contact consumers without prior consent, according to Alice Vilcot, chief of staff at the Directorate-General for Competition, Consumer Affairs and Fraud Control. Consent can be withdrawn at any moment. If a consumer objects during a call, the call must stop and the caller may not make contact for that purpose again.

The change is structural, not incremental. France has moved from an opt-out system to mandatory opt-in — from a world where the burden sat on the person being called to one where it sits on the company doing the calling. Under the old arrangement, anyone who wanted to avoid sales calls had to register with a government service, and consumer groups said some call centers simply ignored the list. Bloctel, that registry, launched in 2016; a survey by the consumer group UFC-Que Choisir later found nearly half of registered users still receiving calls. An Ireland-based company was fined €6 million last year for calling numbers on it.

Two exceptions keep normal commerce intact. A company may call if it already has the customer’s agreement — obtained at a purchase, in a shop or through a form — and it may call about a contract the customer has already signed. That preserves service calls, renewals and follow-ups on existing accounts. What it eliminates is the cold list.

The scale of the problem explains the severity of the response. Government estimates put about three-quarters of people in France receiving at least one unsolicited sales call every week, many receiving several. In 2024, eleven consumer organizations jointly demanded a ban, describing relentless harassment across landlines and mobiles. Fifteen years of narrower measures had preceded it — bans on calling from certain mobile prefixes, restrictions on times of day and weekends, and sector-specific rules covering training accounts, home adaptations for disability or old age, and energy-efficiency renovation. Those covered a handful of industries. The new rule covers nearly all of them.

The law was framed officially as an anti-fraud measure tied to public assistance programs, aimed at the high-pressure sales scripts common in energy renovation and financial services rather than at annoyance alone.

Businesses had time to prepare. The legislation was promulgated on June 30, 2025 and published the following day, taking effect more than thirteen months later. The practical work is unglamorous: auditing call lists, deleting every number without documented consent, and building consent capture and withdrawal into whatever system the sales team runs on. That applies to any contact center, CRM platform or sales operation dialing French numbers, wherever it sits.

The employment consequence lands outside France. Morocco has warned that between 40,000 and 50,000 call center jobs are at risk — an offshore industry built substantially on serving French consumers by telephone, now facing the removal of its largest use case. Those centers will either convert to inbound service work or shrink.

France is not the first mover, but it is the strictest. Germany has required consent for telemarketing since 2009, while the United Kingdom and United States still run opt-out systems. British companies that call people who have opted out face fines up to £500,000, about $670,000, per call. The British number is larger, but it applies only to calls placed to numbers on the preference list. France’s smaller per-call figure applies to every call without documented consent, which is a far wider base. The exposure is the fine multiplied by the number of calls that qualify, and France has enlarged the multiplier enormously.

For American companies, the reach is the thing to check. The obligation attaches to calling a French consumer, not to being a French company. Any firm with a French customer base, an outsourced dialing operation or a lead list that includes French numbers is inside the rule as of this week. Consumers can report violations through a government website, which means enforcement does not depend on regulators discovering the calls themselves.

The broader signal for anyone building a sales operation is that the telephone is losing its status as an open channel in Europe. Consent is becoming the asset, and a list of numbers without it is becoming a liability priced at €375,000 apiece.

JBizNews Desk | Paris

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

The Knesset asked the High Court of Justice on Sunday to allow five frozen budget transfers to proceed, arguing that Speaker Amir Ohana acted within his authority when he approved a Finance Committee meeting during the election recess.

The court is due to hear the petition on Tuesday, with hundreds of millions of shekels in disputed allocations still on hold. The case could also determine how far the Knesset speaker may go in authorizing parliamentary business after the usual coalition-opposition mechanism for approving recess meetings has rejected it.

Justice Alex Stein temporarily halted nearly all the transfers on August 5, citing apparent problems with the way the committee had been convened. He allowed one allocation concerning civilian emergency expenses to proceed and referred the case to a three-justice panel.

The temporary order did not determine whether the meeting or the transfers were unlawful. It will remain in place unless the court lifts or changes it.

The Hiddush religious-freedom organization and Democrats MK Naama Lazimi filed the petition. They argue that the August 4 meeting breached special restrictions governing the Knesset during the election recess and allowed the coalition to approve politically sensitive spending less than three months before the October 27 election.

Israeli Knesset Speaker Amir Ohana attends a Likud party conference ahead of the party’s primary elections, in the southern city of Ashdod, August 2, 2026. (credit: Liron Moldovan/Flash90)

The Knesset’s central response is that its rules provide two separate ways to convene committees during a recess.

Under the ordinary route, meetings require approval from a Coordination Committee representing both the coalition and opposition. A separate provision allows the speaker to authorize additional meetings in “special cases” at the request of the government, the committee chairman, or one-third of its members.

Knesset: House Committee decision cannot cancel speaker’s authority

The Knesset argued that the second route remains available even when the Coordination Committee has refused approval. It said a decision adopted by the House Committee for the election recess could not cancel authority expressly granted to the speaker.

The dispute began after the Knesset entered its election recess on July 18. The recess is due to continue until the next Knesset is sworn in following the October election.

The House Committee had approved rules allowing the Finance Committee to hold one meeting concerning budget transfers during the first two weeks of the recess. Meetings generally required four days’ notice, although the speaker could shorten that period in urgent and exceptional circumstances.

The Finance Committee held the permitted meeting on July 29. According to the Knesset’s response, 33 budget requests had been published before the meeting. The committee considered 23 by the time the sitting ended at 7:30 p.m. and approved 22.

Finance Committee chairman MK Hanoch Milwidsky subsequently sought another meeting to consider 13 requests that had not been addressed, along with three requests for reconsideration.

Government ministries were asked to explain which transfers were urgent. The government ultimately prioritized six, and the Knesset’s legal advisers concluded that those six could be discussed because of their stated importance and urgency.

The Coordination Committee did not approve another meeting after opposition coordinator MK Merav Ben-Ari objected. Milwidsky then asked Ohana to authorize it through the separate “special cases” provision.

Ohana accepted the legal advisers’ position that the six transfers justified another meeting. He also shortened the required notice period from four days to three, despite the Knesset legal adviser’s position that no reason had been given for departing from the four-day rule.

All requests approved by Finance Committee despite objections

The Finance Committee convened on August 4 and approved all six requests. Opposition lawmakers argued at the meeting that it had been unlawfully called and that some of the spending was inconsistent with the restraint expected during an election campaign.

The allocations covered a broad range of spending and internal budget changes. The Knesset said the ministries had identified needs including defense expenditure, preparations for the school year, salaries, payments to suppliers, summer education programs, and preventing the shutdown of the rabbinical courts’ computer systems.

The requests also included coalition funds for religious and haredi education and programs connected to the National Missions Ministry. One Education Ministry request included approximately NIS 268 million in coalition allocations. Other requests included NIS 125 million for the National Missions Ministry and about NIS 78 million for the Religious Services Ministry.

The Knesset said all six requests had completed the government approval process, including review by government legal advisers, before reaching the committee. It argued that claims concerning improper government spending should be directed principally at the government, rather than used to invalidate the parliamentary meeting.

It also said approval by the Finance Committee only makes funding available and does not independently authorize a government program or permit unlawful expenditure.

The Knesset further argued that the present government is not formally a caretaker government because it has not resigned, lost a no-confidence vote, or been replaced following an election. Restrictions developed by the court for caretaker governments therefore cannot simply be applied to the Knesset’s internal work, it said.

Ohana’s use of the provision was not unprecedented, according to the response. The Knesset said the speaker authorized three Finance Committee meetings during the 2022 election recess after the Coordination Committee declined to approve them. Some of those meetings also concerned coalition funds.

The Knesset concluded that courts intervene only rarely in the internal management of parliamentary proceedings and that no defect in this case justified overturning the committee’s decisions.

It asked the court to dismiss the petition and lift the order. The petitioners will argue on Tuesday that the August meeting bypassed safeguards intended to prevent the governing coalition from using public funds without sufficient opposition oversight during an election campaign.

This post was originally published on here. 

The UK’s Department of Education (DfE) is assessing information regarding four Muslim independent schools after the Charity Commission opened a statutory inquiry into the Al-Khair Foundation, the organization that runs the schools.

As reported by the The Jerusalem Post on August 9, the UK Charity Commission is investigating the prominent Muslim-registered charity Al-Khair Foundation following reports of alleged Hamas connections.

Al-Khair was set up to advance religion, promote education, support social welfare, build religious harmony, and offer relief to victims of disasters.

However, the Commission said it received a complaint alleging the charity and its partners had connections to Hamas and had also funded Hamas.

The regulator immediately started examining the serious concerns raised and gathered more information to inform its assessment. The Commission has now escalated its engagement to a statutory inquiry.

Palestinian Hamas terrorists stand guard at a site as Hamas says it continues to search for the bodies of deceased hostages, in Beit Lahiya in the northern Gaza Strip December 3, 2025. (credit: REUTERS/STRINGER)

Al-Khair employee charged with conspiring to provide material support to Hamas

This follows the arrest of Mohammad Yousef Hasna, an individual employed by Al-Khair Foundation, in the UK last week. Hasna was extradited to the US and charged with conspiring to provide material support to Hamas.

This prompted UK Lawyers for Israel (UKFLI) to send a report to the DfE’s Counter-Extremism Division on 10 July 2026, detailing Al-Khair’s links to the Hamas terrorist group and raising concerns about safeguarding, extremism, and compliance with the Prevent duty at schools operated by the charity.

The Post viewed correspondence between UKFLI and the DfE regarding the Al Khair Foundation. DfE said it is “continuing to work with other government departments and agencies to assess all the information that has been provided to us and determine next steps”

The four schools run by Al Khair Foundation are Al-Khair Preparatory School in Croydon; Al-Khair Preparatory School in Oldbury, Birmingham; and Al-Khair Secondary Schools for Boys and Girls in Croydon.  Over 550 children attend the four schools. The annual school fees are £5468 for the Croydon schools and £3600 for the Birmingham school.

UKLFI’s letter to the DfE warned that the schools could be exposed to safeguarding and Prevent-related risks arising from Al-Khair’s employment of individuals allegedly linked to proscribed terrorist organizations. UKLFI’s investigation found that at least two people employed by Al-Khair Foundation had been identified as Hamas operatives, while another employee had significant links with Hamas figures.  

UK schools required to assess risk of pupils being drawn into extremism

Schools are subject to the statutory Prevent duty, requiring them to assess the risk of pupils being drawn into terrorism, challenge extremist narratives and manage potentially harmful external influences. UKLFI said the evidence it had gathered justified examination of whether those safeguards were operating effectively at the Al-Khair schools.

A UKLFI spokesperson said, “The allegations concerning Al-Khair Foundation are extremely serious in themselves, but they become still more concerning when an organization facing such allegations is also responsible for the education and safeguarding of children.”

“UKLFI alerted the Department to these concerns because schools must have robust procedures to protect pupils from extremist influence and from being drawn into support for terrorism. We hope the Department will now examine carefully the governance of all four schools, their relationships with the Foundation and its personnel, and whether their safeguarding and Prevent obligations have been properly discharged.

“The Charity Commission’s statutory inquiry and the separate criminal allegations now being pursued by the US authorities underline why these concerns required urgent investigation.”

This post was originally published on here. 

This article was written in collaboration with Nefesh B’Nefesh

Seven families from the Persian Jewish community of Great Neck, New York, arrived at Tel Aviv’s Ben-Gurion Airport last Tuesday, exhausted from their journey but excited for their lives as new immigrants to Israel.

“We’re running on fumes, but exhilarated,” Jordan, one of the new olim (immigrants) and a father of six girls, told The Jerusalem Post at the airport, adding that there were “too many emotions to process properly” but that he felt as though he was “flying.”

The families, which included some 26 children, made aliyah (immigration to Israel) with the help of Nefesh B’Nefesh, the non-profit organization that facilitates immigration to Israel from the United States and Canada, in partnership with Israel’s Ministry of Aliyah and Integration, the Jewish Agency for Israel, Keren Kayemeth LeIsrael, and Jewish National Fund-USA.

“The decision of these seven families to make aliyah together and choose Israel as their home is both visionary and deeply meaningful,” said Naftali Derovan, Head of the Aliyah Guidance Division at Nefesh B’Nefesh. “They remind us that while Aliyah is often a deeply personal decision, it can also be a communal one. In this case, these families are bringing the strength and spirit of their close-knit community with them to Israel. We are excited to continue providing them with the professional support and resources they need to integrate successfully, build their lives here, and truly feel at home in Israel.” 

After arriving, the new olim received their official Israeli ID cards before eventually being shuttled to their new homes in the central city of Ra’anana.

New immigrants from Great Neck New York's Persian Jewish community arrive at Tel Aviv's Ben Gurion Airport. August 11, 2026. (credit: SIVAN SHACHOR)

Ra’anana mayor says city is proud to absorb new immigrants

“We warmly welcome the new families joining our community and are deeply moved by this inspiring step, which embodies Zionism and faith,” said the Mayor of Ra’anana, Chaim Broyde. “Ra’anana is proud to be one of Israel’s leading cities in the absorption of new immigrants, serving as a home to olim from dozens of countries and bringing together diverse communities.”

“We embrace the new olim and are committed to providing them and their children with the support they need to integrate, thrive, and feel at home in Ra’anana,” he added. “I wish the families a smooth transition into their new lives, and assure them that we will be there to support them every step of the way.”

Before leaving the airport, though, as they passed through customs and entered the Terminal 3 arrivals hall, the new olim were greeted by a jubilant crowd of mostly teenagers who sang and cheered as they welcomed them to Israel.

Among those were a group of girls who had done Sherut Leumi (national service) in Great Neck, alongside the very members of the Persian community who made aliyah.

Amid the scramble to make sure everything was in order after entering the arrivals hall, the new olim told the Post that the American-Persian Jewish community was “hearing the call to come back” to Israel.

New immigrants from Great Neck New York's Persian Jewish community arrive at Tel Aviv's Ben Gurion Airport. August 11, 2026. (credit: SIVAN SHACHOR)

“We’re expecting many more in the next year, and b’ezrat Hashem (with God’s help), this is going to be something for many years to come. You’re going to see a lot of the Persian communities coming back,” Jordan said.

Adam, another of the olim and a father of five, said that the community members had gotten together and “decided it’s time to come home.”

“Each family wanted to do it for a long time, and suddenly we came together and said, ‘It’s so hard to come alone. You feel lonely. You feel like you miss people. Why not do it together?’ Seven families are here together today, back home. It’s a dream come true.”

Adam added that he also expected many more from the Persian Jewish community to make aliyah from the US, saying that the movement to come to Israel was “on fire.”

Persian-Jewish aliyah group hopes to entice other community members

Jen, another member of the group, said that they hoped that, because they came as a group, it would help entice other community members and make their moves easier.

That community back in New York, she said, was elated for those who had made the move to Israel.

“Over the course of the past few weeks, every Shabbos we were being celebrated,” she said. “They’re honoring us in shul (synagogue), and they had a whole group of people who came and met us by the coach bus yesterday and sent us off.”

Talia, another woman in the group and a mother of three, said the decision to move to Israel was made in part because, despite “an amazing life in New York,” they are “thinking about our kids and the future of Jewish life.”

“We believe that the future of ‘Am Yisrael’ (the Jewish people) is in Israel, and we have this opportunity to do it all together,” she said.

This article was written in collaboration with Nefesh B’Nefesh

This post was originally published on here. 

Google is making artificial intelligence substantially cheaper for businesses to use, launching a new Gemini model Thursday at half the price of the model it is replacing as the competition to automate everyday business work intensifies.

The new Gemini 3.7 Flash is aimed at software coding, AI agents and automated business workflows. Google is offering introductory pricing through the end of 2026 of 75 cents per 1 million input tokens and $3.75 per 1 million output tokens, compared with $1.50 and $7.50 for Gemini 3.6 Flash.

But what does that actually mean in dollars?

A token is a small piece of text processed by an AI model. Roughly speaking, 1 million tokens can represent around 750,000 English words, depending on the material.

That means a business could feed Gemini roughly 750,000 words of documents for about 75 cents.

A 10,000-word batch of invoices, contracts, reports or other documents would cost roughly one penny for the AI to read and process on the input side.

The output costs more. If Gemini generated the equivalent of 100,000 words in responses, summaries, reports or other work, the output portion would cost roughly 50 cents at the introductory price.

That is the real business story.

Companies pay AI providers based largely on how much information their applications send into a model and how much the model generates back. Cutting those prices in half can transform the economics of using AI hundreds, thousands or even millions of times.

A company might use the model to review invoices, summarize contracts, categorize customer emails, prepare reports, analyze documents, write software or operate customer-service systems.

One AI-assisted email may save only a few minutes. But a system processing 100,000 documents or customer requests can potentially eliminate hundreds or thousands of hours of repetitive work.

That is why the AI competition is increasingly becoming about something business owners understand very well: cost per job.

The industry spent the past several years competing over which company could build the smartest AI model. Increasingly, Google and its rivals are competing over how inexpensively those models can perform useful work.

For businesses, that distinction matters enormously.

An AI system that saves an employee five minutes but costs several dollars every time it runs may not make economic sense. If that same job costs pennies, the calculation changes.

Google is specifically positioning Gemini 3.7 Flash for agentic workflows, where AI does more than answer a single question. An AI agent can potentially receive an assignment, examine documents, interact with software, make decisions and complete multiple steps before returning the finished result.

Imagine an accounts-payable department receiving hundreds of invoices.

Instead of an employee opening each invoice, identifying the vendor, reading the amount, entering the information into another system and flagging discrepancies, an AI agent could potentially perform much of that workflow automatically — with employees reviewing exceptions rather than every transaction.

The same economics can apply to insurance documents, purchase orders, customer-service tickets, legal paperwork, inventory records and software development.

For small and midsize businesses, falling AI prices may be especially important.

Large corporations can afford multimillion-dollar experiments even when the return is uncertain. Smaller companies generally need a much clearer payoff before changing their operations.

At 75 cents per million input tokens, however, the cost of having AI read enormous quantities of text is becoming almost negligible compared with the cost of the employee time traditionally required to process it.

Google also has a strategic reason to push prices lower. It is battling OpenAI and Anthropic for enterprise customers, and price is becoming an increasingly important part of that competition.

Gemini 3.7 Flash therefore represents something larger than another AI product release.

The price of intelligence itself is falling.

And as that happens, the question facing business owners changes from “Can we afford AI?” to “Which jobs are we still paying people to do manually that technology can now perform for pennies?”

That may ultimately prove far more disruptive than whichever company wins the next AI benchmark.

JBizNews Desk | Mountain View, Calif.

© JBizNews.com⁠ All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

Israelis Mali and Liel Yahalomi were tracked down in Buenos Aires, Argentina, partly because of their AI search history, N12 News reported on Saturday.

According to the report, the mother and daughter tried to cover their tracks by deleting the search history, but authorities recovered and traced enough information to locate them.

After consulting AI on how to buy a mobile device without showing identification, the Israelis bought a cell phone in the Czech Republic, left for Germany, and then traveled on to Argentina, N12 reported.

According to N12, the two further asked AI for advice on how to delete specific mobile apps to prevent location tracking, as well as which South American countries have no extradition agreement with Israel.

Israel Police Representative from the Intelligence Division with the Missing Israelis in Argentina. (credit: Israel Police Spokesperson)

Mali, Liel Yahalomi found after international search effort

The two Israelis were initially reported missing in Vienna, Austria, about a week ago, with Israeli and Austrian authorities working together to search for them.

They were found on an intercity bus in Buenos Aires early Saturday morning, according to a report by the Jewish news agency in Argentina, AJN.

Israel Police released a video after the two were located, showing its police representative in South America, Walter Alejandro Kogan, approaching Mali and Liel on the bus.

“Hi Mali, hi Liel. I’m Walter, the police representative in South America, okay? From the Israel Police Intelligence Division,” said Kogan. “I want to ask you a few questions. We were very worried about you, okay? “I’m going to get everyone off the bus, and then we’ll talk, okay?”

According to KAN News, the two women planned to change their identities and start new lives, with Mali telling Kogan that she wanted a fresh start.

This post was originally published on here. 

A well-known singer was arrested over the weekend on suspicion of harassing and threatening his former partner amid issues related to their relationship, Walla learned for the first time on Sunday.

The investigation began after the singer’s former partner went to the police in the Yarkon District over the weekend and filed a complaint against him. According to her, after their relationship ended, the singer continued contacting her repeatedly and did not stop trying to communicate with her.

Following the complaint, officers from the Lev Tel Aviv police station summoned the singer for questioning under caution on Friday on suspicion of harassment and threats. During the questioning, he gave his account of events. He was later confronted with the complainant, who presented her allegations to him.

Singer’s former partner complains of harassing calls, messages

At the center of the complaint is the former partner’s allegation that the singer has continued harassing her through phone calls and messages. Police are now examining the claims made by both sides and the circumstances surrounding the incidents reported by the complainant.

After his questioning and the confrontation with his former partner, the singer was released under restrictive conditions. The investigation is in its early stages and remains ongoing, with police examining the complainant’s allegations against the singer’s account and the circumstances of the case. At this stage, no decision has been made regarding further proceedings in the matter.

This post was originally published on here. 

Jewish men were permitted to bring prayer books onto the Temple Mount on Sunday, National Security Minister Itamar Ben-Gvir confirmed to The Jerusalem Post, after right-wing journalist Arnon Segal shared a photo of Jewish men praying and reading from prayer books, claiming the photo was taken from the Temple Mount.

“Still no blanket permit, but an initial experiment aimed at ensuring the Middle East doesn’t lose its mind over this,” Segal claimed in his post. “History.”

The minister had no further comment for the Post, which also reached out to the Israel Police for comment.

Photo shared on social media showing Jews praying on Temple Mount using prayer books, August 16, 2026. (credit: X/@arnonsegal1)

Temple Mount status quo for Jewish prayer shifting

Under the longstanding status quo, Jews and Christians are permitted to visit the Temple Mount but are generally prohibited from praying there, while Muslims are permitted to worship. 

In January, Israel Police began relaxing some restrictions on Jewish prayer at the site, according to the Jewish Telegraphic Agency (JTA). Jewish visitors may now enter with a single printed prayer page prepared in advance, although prayer books remain prohibited.

Danielle Greyman-Kennard and Keshet Neev contributed to this report.

This post was originally published on here. 

On Friday, Luigi Mangione pleaded guilty to federal stalking charges and admitted to killing UnitedHealthcare CEO Brian Thompson in 2024.

But Mangione’s trial is far from over. He still faces state charges in New York for second-degree murder and other weapons-related charges.

On Friday, Mangione acknowledged that his guilty plea could result in two lifetime prison sentences. If he is charged with second-degree murder and weapons and forgery charges in his state trial, he could have, at maximum, an additional life sentence added to his charges.

Mangione will be sentenced on December 18. Until then, his defense and prosecutors will jockey over his state charges.

Within the hour of his plea deal, Mangione’s lawyers formally requested that the state case be dropped, as it could arguably amount to double jeopardy.

Luigi Mangione appears at an evidence suppression hearing at the Manhattan Supreme Court in New York City, US, May 18, 2026. (credit: JEENAH MOON/REUTERS)

What is Double Jeopardy, and how does it apply to Luigi Mangione?

Double Jeopardy is a clause in the US Constitution’s Fifth Amendment that says individuals cannot be sentenced multiple times for the same offense.

Mangione’s lawyers, led by Karen Friedman Agnifilo, argue that the state and federal authorities worked together to maximize his chance of conviction.

“New York law does not permit a person to be prosecuted and punished twice for the exact same crime under a statute that covers successive prosecutions; it’s also known as the double jeopardy law,” Agnifilo said.  

Notably, because Mangione faces both federal and state charges, both sovereign entities get their shot at prosecuting him. However, Agnifilo and her team argue that federal and state prosecutors did not work separately, which could violate Mangione’s due process rights under the Constitution.

“There is no dispute that the state and federal prosecutors each charged the identical murder,” they wrote.

“Despite this being a single, isolated event, Mr. Mangione has been unfairly treated since the outset in every way and has successfully fought off terrorism charges and the death penalty, while also fighting at the same time two simultaneous prosecutions in two jurisdictions that are trying to punish him twice for the exact conduct,” Agnifilo told reporters after the plea was entered.

“Today’s guilty plea triggers the [double jeopardy] statute, and we just filed our motion in state court explaining why the state charges must be dismissed under New York’s double jeopardy protections.”

However, the Manhattan District Attorney’s office said it had been working to convict Mangione for years, signaling that it would fight the defense’s double jeopardy argument. 

“Since December 2024, the Manhattan D.A.’s Office has been tirelessly preparing to pursue a trial conviction in New York State Supreme Court for the alleged cold-blooded murder of Brian Thompson,” a spokesperson Manhattan DA Alvin Bragg said in a statement.

“We are encouraged that Mr. Thompson’s family received a measure of accountability today. While federal sentencing is pending, we are prepared to litigate the defense motions. The Manhattan D.A.’s Office remains committed to seeking justice for Mr. Thompson and his family.”

The Manhattan District Attorney’s Office could potentially keep the state charges against Mangione going if prosecutors successfully argue that the state’s case seeks to address a different kind of harm than the federal case.

Additionally, if the prosecution succeeds in its argument that the cases are meant to address different levels of harm, then Mangione’s admission on Friday would be admissible in state court.

Manhattan’s lead Federal Prosecutor, James McDonald, noted on Friday that his office was free to seek the maximum penalty for Mangione.

“While the defendant pled guilty, our office does not have a plea agreement with him,” McDonald said.

“There are no accommodations or concessions, and we are free to seek the maximum penalty under the law.”

This post was originally published on here. 

China is now building and selling so many cars abroad that the world has run out of boats to move them. The ships that carry vehicles across oceans are a specialized type — floating parking garages with ramps, known in the trade as car carriers — and there are only so many of them afloat. Chinese factories are turning out export vehicles faster than that fleet can haul them, so the ships are booked years ahead, the cost of hiring one has jumped 65% this year, and carmakers are resorting to stuffing cars into ordinary steel shipping containers to get them overseas.

The numbers explain the squeeze. In 2019, China shipped just under 600,000 cars and vans to foreign buyers. This year, research group Mobility Global expects the figure to reach as high as 10 million — roughly 16 times as many vehicles in seven years. The global car-carrier fleet, meanwhile, has grown by about 40%. Cars up sixteenfold, ships up four-tenths: that gap is the entire bottleneck.

Prices moved the way prices always move when demand overwhelms supply. Hiring a large car carrier on an annual contract averaged $42,500 a day at the end of last year, according to shipbroker Clarksons. By June it averaged $70,000 a day — about two-thirds more in half a year. Lasse Kristoffersen, chief executive of Norwegian carrier operator Wallenius Wilhelmsen, said the enlarged fleet still cannot keep up with what Chinese exporters want to move. Andreas Enger, chief executive of Höegh Autoliners, said ocean freight rates for automobiles now run at double their pre-pandemic level, and pointed out that China went from a minor exporter to the world’s biggest in about five years.

The workaround is already at sea. Rather than wait for a berth on a dedicated car carrier, exporters are loading vehicles into the same 40-foot containers used for furniture and televisions, and sending them on regular container ships. Kristoffersen estimates up to four million vehicles a year now leave China this way or by similar improvised means — close to four out of every ten cars China exports. The practice has grown large enough that container giants including A.P. Moller-Maersk and Mediterranean Shipping Co. are selling shipping services straight to automakers, a customer they once left to the specialists.

Chinese manufacturers are also solving the problem by buying their way into the shipping business. BYD launched its first dedicated car carrier in 2024 and now runs a fleet of eight. Shipyards, most of them Chinese, are working through order books that stretch out for years, which is why relief on charter rates is unlikely to arrive quickly. A ship ordered today does not carry a car until the end of the decade.

Behind the export push sits a problem at home. Chinese car sales inside China fell more than 20% in the first half of 2026 against the same stretch last year, according to International Energy Agency figures. More than 100 domestic brands are fighting over a shrinking home market, and the factories keep running. Tu Le, managing director of Sino Auto Insights, described exports as a pressure release valve for a market with far more brands than it can support. Cars that cannot be sold in Shanghai get sold in São Paulo instead.

Europe is where the displacement shows up most clearly. In the first half of this year, SAIC Motor’s registrations across the European Union rose 19% and BYD’s more than doubled, according to the European Automobile Manufacturers’ Association. Over the same period, Stellantis gained 6%, Volkswagen 2.6%, and Renault slipped 4.2%. Chinese brands are also taking share in the United Kingdom, Germany and Brazil.

American driveways are largely untouched, for now. Tariffs and federal restrictions on Chinese vehicle software, imposed on national security grounds, keep those cars off U.S. lots almost entirely. But American buyers still feel the shipping squeeze indirectly, because the same fleet that moves Chinese cars to Europe also moves German, Japanese and Korean cars to Baltimore, Brunswick and Long Beach. When the cost of an ocean crossing doubles, that expense reaches the sticker on an imported sedan in Newark the same way it reaches one in Rotterdam.

The fix, such as it is, comes in three parts and all three are already underway: more ships being built, more cars traveling in containers, and carmakers buying their own vessels rather than renting. None of it is fast. Until the new hulls arrive, the constraint on how many cars China sells to the world is not how many it can build. It is how many it can float.

JBizNews Desk | New York

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

ActivTrak’s Productivity Lab tracked 120,620 employees over three quarters and found something counterintuitive: the optimal level of AI adoption maturity for most employees may be somewhere in the middle between shallow AI usage and full automation.

Most leaders I know are tempted to build their AI adoption strategy as if every employee should be an AI super user. Buy the most powerful tools, push everyone toward the deepest integration, maximize adoption maturity and assume productivity will skyrocket. 

The most recent data from ActivTrak’s Productivity Lab complicates that idea. Productivity and work-health metrics rise as employees move from little or no AI use to regular, task-level adoption, with healthy utilization peaking at 75%. But once AI becomes embedded in workflows, healthy utilization drops about 5 percentage points — to levels statistically indistinguishable from employees who barely use AI.

The right level of AI adoption maturity depends on the work being done and the business objectives it supports. 

Why moderate AI maturity may be sufficient for most

Traditional AI adoption metrics track licenses or login counts, which measure deployment but offer little clarity into how AI impacts the work being done. Typical AI maturity models measure an organization’s overall progress toward deeper AI adoption. Our Productivity Lab takes a different approach, using behavioral data to document how AI actually changed the way people work, and categorizing them into three stages of maturity that reflect true operational progression.

The Lab tracked the same 120,620 employees across 1,009 organizations for three consecutive quarters from Q4 2025 to Q2 2026. The data showed 27% of employees used AI like a search engine to answer questions and summarize information (Stage 1, Research Assistance). 14% used AI to draft content, generate ideas and complete routine tasks that they then validate and finalize (Stage 2, Task Execution). Only 2% reached the stage where AI becomes an integral part of day-to-day workflows (Stage 3, Workflow Integration). Overall, AI users remain a minority at 43% of employees studied.

Stage 2 is where AI eliminates repetitive work — for example, allowing a sales rep to generate a quote from five systems with a single prompt instead of manually compiling the information. That’s where healthy utilization peaks, and where most organizations should be focused.

AI consumption is not equal to AI maturity

Most AI maturity models were built to reward consumption. They aim to qualitatively measure how much, not how well. As a consequence, they tend to reinforce the perception that “most” usage is best. That assumption leads to two specific risks.

One, organizations may lose sight of runaway costs. More mature usage means more powerful models, more tokens, more infrastructure. If the task or role doesn’t require it, you’re just spending money you could invest elsewhere.

Two, organizations may unwittingly foster operational disconnect. Employees sprinting ahead may generate sophisticated AI workflows that optimize individual tasks but without improving broader processes. If the workflow hasn’t been redesigned around business goals, all you’ve done is produce more AI slop, faster. 

In both cases, the answer is more visibility into how AI transforms work for your organization.

Why most organizations are stuck in high adoption and low maturity

  1. Organizations roll out AI tools without investing equally in guidance for employees.

Here’s an example from ActivTrak: When our operations team noticed Anthropic costs rising, they dug into the data to understand why. They discovered employees routinely using the newest, most powerful model to rewrite customer emails — a task that didn’t require that level of sophistication. That led us to create an internal reference to help employees match the right model to the right task. The problem wasn’t the output; it was defaulting to the most powerful model for every job — the AI equivalent of hiring a superstar to do work that didn’t need one.

  1. Organizations sprint to pilot AI without first slowing down to see how work currently flows. 

Before implementing AI tools, organizations must take the time to map workflows — so the right investments are being made in the right places. Consider how work happens now, and what would change if AI did the work. Traditional business principles still apply: everyone fits a role and everyone has strengths and weaknesses.

Resist the urge to implement one massive department-wide initiative in favor of addressing small workflow fixes. Build, measure and learn to find the optimal sweet spot. 

The durability finding — why the target decision is consequential

Defining maturity targets is a leadership responsibility because AI adoption is a durable change. Productivity Lab data shows 82% of employees who adopted AI kept using it. But once people move past casual use, they continue to use it quarter after quarter, and almost no one who goes deep ever comes back. 

The level of adoption I push my team toward is the level of adoption they’ll likely stick with. So if I drive everyone to the deepest tier, I may be locking them into usage where productivity gains stall out and costs exceed benefits. 

The question isn’t only how we increase the 2% who integrate AI into workflows. It’s also how to coach the 27% of novice users to reach task assistance fluency.

The prescription — right tool, right role, right stage

We need to cut through the noise that’s in the market right now to get to a more level-headed place about what problems we’re trying to solve. No single maturity model or AI tool should define AI strategy. Strategy depends on the makeup of your company, the type of work you’re doing and the goals you’re trying to achieve. A lean AI-native company may need most people functioning alongside embedded AI workflows and agents, whereas an established business may find AI task assistance is more than enough competitive advantage and requires less operational disruption.

Discipline is critical. Without intentionality, maturity often brings unmanaged costs, misaligned workflows and locked-in behaviors that are rarely reversible. The model companies want you to consume is as much AI as possible. Our job as leaders is to not dismiss the fact that AI can be a competitive advantage, because it absolutely is. But it’s only a competitive advantage if you know how to accurately invest in and use the right tools to do the right job.  

The opinions expressed in Fortune.com commentary pieces are solely the views of their authors and do not necessarily reflect the opinions and beliefs of Fortune.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

The question of whether AI is a bubble is the wrong one, Dhaval Joshi argues. The right question is: which AI bubble is popping today?

Joshi, until recently the chief strategist for Counterpoint at London’s BCA Research, has been building a reputation for contrarian, structurally minded calls on the AI trade. A week ago, he reframed the entire “is AI a bubble debate” itself, writing on LinkedIn.

Rather than your classic idea of one giant bubble building until it implodes, this is rather a rapid-fire sequence of bubbles popping and inflating in a rolling pattern. Investors are misjudging, and then correcting, who or what will actually capture AI’s value. One commenter, Artificial Genius President Paul Burchard, asked Joshi whether AI is like the infamous tulip bubble of the Netherlands in the 17th century. After all, that bubble rolled through rare bulbs into tulip futures.

Joshi responded that the AI bubble is rolling through sectors beyond the proverbial tulip. It would explain the “SaaSpocalypse” in the software-as-a-service sector, as well as volatility in silver and semiconductor stocks. But is this just the market doing what it’s supposed to do, namely price discovery?

The rolling hills of bubbles

Joshi produced a chart showing that software stocks rallied on the idea that AI would be a productivity tool, then crashed as investors realized AI agents were threatening the SaaS subscription model itself. “So, the software boom turned to bust.”

Silver also had a boom and bust. Prices spiked as the metal is seen as the best electrical conductor for power-hungry data centers: “On reassessment however, this could not justify a near trebling of the silver price when there are other good conductors.”

Semiconductors then rose on the idea of seemingly limitless pricing power for chipmakers, but Joshi argued that investors are realizing that chipmakers don’t have “moats” around their profits. He offered a prediction: “Astronomical margins will crash back to earth when demand and supply equilibrate, as they ultimately must. So, the semis boom is unwinding – though has further to go.”

In an interview with Fortune, Joshi said he slightly disagreed with his former colleague, BCA’s Peter Berezin, that the market is in an earnings bubble, calling it more of a “profit margin bubble” instead. It’s not that earnings are unjustified by price or the P/E, price-to-earnings ratio, but now “the market is finally saying, ‘How is the E high?’ Because you’ve got very high margins, but can you maintain those margins?”

The obvious counter is that this is simply price discovery: markets testing a thesis, finding it wrong, and correcting. The amplitude is the difference here — a near tripling of silver overshoots any plausible fundamental by an order of magnitude. “If you can make a fortune in a matter of weeks or months, and, crucially, then lose it all just as quickly or even quicker,” Joshi said, “then that constitutes a ‘bubble.’” In his view, the market’s normal reassessment of winners and losers should not be so extreme in “magnitude and rapidity.”

Rather than fundamental reassessment, some kind of narrative contagion is setting in briefly, like a mania, before rolling off to somewhere else. And the silver example also shows that this misallocation isn’t just in equity markets.

“In real time, we are making educated guesses about which rapid inflations are at risk of rapid deflation,” Joshi told Fortune.

The good news, for now, is the cyclical nature of the reinflation, which has prevented a correlated selloff so far. But what investment, he asked — if any — will come next in the rolling sequence?

Everyone agrees overspending is happening

Joshi is far from a lonely voice on bubble risk, as the mayor of Wall Street himself — Jamie Dimon — has repeatedly voiced concerns over elevated valuations, while Bank of America Research’s Global Fund Manager survey has named “AI equity bubble” as the top tail risk. Even OpenAI CEO Sam Altman as well as Goldman Sachs CEO David Solomon and Amazon founder Jeff Bezos have conceded that something bubbly is going on. But the bubble was supposed to pop in 2025 and yet has kept going.

The latest earnings season changed the conversation with regard to hyperscaler free cash flow, which is being eaten by capital expenditure, with Google even going free cash flow negative for the first time in its history. Reuters calculated in late July that Microsoft, Alphabet, Amazon, Meta and Oracle were on pace for capex to overtake free cash flow by 2027. The debate is not so much about whether overspending is occurring, but whether the overspending is rational.

Joshi’s former firm, BCA Research, has sent mixed signals, upgrading equities in May on the logic that AI capital expenditure is the dominant force driving markets forward, though BCA strategist Juan Correa warned “We suspect that we could be in the early innings of a violent blow-off rally in AI-related stocks.”

Joshi is disaggregating the AI asset class into a sequence, explaining why no single AI-linked selloff has triggered a market crash. He also offers a testable, repeatably pattern that can be checked against new candidates as they emerge. When Fortune asked Joshi what the peak of AI capex would be, he responded it would most likely be late 2026 or the first half of 2027. Regarding outsized returns in earnings, he said those profits are premised on “stratospheric and unsustainable profit margins,” but he was open to changing his mind if those profit margins normalized without hurting profits.

Highly accommodative monetary policy is a major condition for any bubble, the strategist told Fortune, so a major risk would be a tightening in that area — “rather than capital just sequencing into the next bubble, it would exit risky assets entirely.” When asked what could unravel the entire sequence at once, he said three things could break the pattern: if real interest rates and/or real bond yields rose sharply, if the capex cycle unwinds very sharply, or if “a non-mild recession” hits.

He also tracks a fourth risk: a lack of what he calls market “complexity,” a metric he built by adapting the famous mathematician Benoit Mandelbrot‘s research into complex adaptive systems. Where Mandelbrot applied these principles to cauliflowers and river basins, Joshi applied them to financial time series, explaining that high complexity creates of equilibrium.

The deeper question underneath the rolling sequence is who, ultimately, captures the value of a general purpose technology like AI. Joshi laid out three scenarios.

The first is the web 2.0 model: corporations with genuine moats, like Amazon in ecommerce or Google in search, which capture everything because winner-takes-all network effects let them sustain margins.

The second is the superstar individual: a top lawyer or consultant who uses AI to collapse their own staff costs while maintaining premium-quality output, pocketing the revenue.

The third is “massive competition” so intense that nobody can hold margins, and “the winner is just the general consumer, because prices collapse.” That is one way the rolling sequence of bubbles could conclude, he said, explaining that what looks like rolling hills are really a giant wall of capital looking for somewhere to go after exhausting moats, one by one.

In a separate post, Joshi found one possible candidate: a 20-year-old, near-obsolete memory chp called DDR3 RAM. It has surged 600% in less than a year. “To put that into perspective, it would be like paying $50,000 for a beaten-up 2007 Toyota Corolla!”

Joshi told Fortune he wasn’t sure what the next rolling bubble sequence would be: “That’s the million-dollar question!” He noted it was very unusual how crypto has not participated so far, “but if AI and blockchains can produce some synergies, then crypto could be a candidate.” In the meantime, this rolling sequence has created what he calls “playable segments” for investors nimble enough to catch each move. “Anything that’s moved up very, very sharply in a short space of time is a candidate,” he said. The discipline is keeping your ears to the ground for what narrative is inflating next — and which moat turns out to be all dried up.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

The core recommendation in a report released Thursday is simple enough to state in one line: New Jersey should not shut down a working power plant until the thing meant to replace it is built, connected, and proven to deliver on the hottest and coldest days of the year.

The Garden State Initiative, a nonpartisan research group based in Morristown, is calling on Trenton to replace the state’s current Energy Master Plan with what it describes as a more practical roadmap — one built on realistic timelines, proven technologies and measurable benchmarks rather than fixed mandates. The report, titled “Reliability Before Retirement,” was written by policy analyst Anurag Bhat.

The argument rests on a supply problem that has already shown up on bills. New Jersey imports close to a fifth of the electricity it uses, which leaves it leaning on neighboring states whenever demand spikes. More than two-thirds of the state’s summer generating capacity in 2024 came from natural gas. Battery storage, which the previous administration counted on to fill gaps when solar and wind are not producing, stands at roughly 5% of its target. Retiring firm generation before that gap closes, the report argues, means buying more power from the regional market at whatever it costs that day.

“New Jersey can pursue cleaner electricity while protecting affordability and reliability,” said Audrey Lane, the group’s president, who framed the fix as building new supply before dependable resources are retired.

The framework the report proposes has three parts. Preserve means keeping existing nuclear plants, gas plants and access to the regional PJM market. Build means adding resources that are cost-effective and actually deliverable, including the transmission lines needed to move the power. Prepare means evaluating the next generation of clean, firm technologies on a technology-neutral basis — judged on cost and performance rather than on which category they fall into. The report also reviews energy planning in California, New York, New England, Pennsylvania and Texas, concluding that none is a model to copy but each offers usable lessons.

The policy landscape it lands in has already shifted. Governor Phil Murphy released the 2024 Energy Master Plan last November, a roadmap developed over roughly 22 months. It calls for 100% clean electricity by 2035 and steep emissions cuts by midcentury. It arrived as PJM Interconnection, the grid operator serving New Jersey and a dozen other states, struggled with surging demand from artificial-intelligence data centers, and after capacity auctions added billions in costs across the region — showing up as a roughly 20% jump in summer electricity bills that became a central issue in the governor’s race.

Governor Mikie Sherrill signed two executive orders on her first day in office in January, directing the Board of Public Utilities to expand ratepayer bill credits and pause proceedings that could approve new rate increases. A second set of orders aimed at supply expanded solar generation and battery storage, sought new natural gas capacity, and directed a study of new nuclear power. She has since signed legislation lifting a 40-year nuclear moratorium and launched a state nuclear task force. Nuclear currently produces about 42% of the state’s electricity and natural gas about 49%.

That overlap matters: on preserving nuclear and adding gas, the report and the governor are largely pointed the same direction. Where they differ is on pace and on whether the 2035 target should remain a mandate.

Not everyone accepts the premise. Alex Ambrose, a policy analyst at New Jersey Policy Perspective, welcomed the push to build renewables faster and cut permitting delays, arguing it lowers bills long-term, but rejected the case for new gas plants outright, saying there is no economic or other justification for building them in New Jersey. The disagreement is fundamentally about risk: whether the bigger danger is paying for gas capacity that later sits idle, or retiring capacity the state still needs.

For New Jersey employers, the number that matters is the one on the invoice. Electricity prices in the state remain well above the national average, with demand rising and supply tightening. Residents spend an average of $178 a month on energy and gas. The bill credits ordered in January are one-time relief — the previous round cost roughly $430 million and Sherrill’s is expected to run higher — which is precisely the distinction the report draws. Rebates lower this month’s bill. Supply lowers next decade’s.

JBizNews Desk | Trenton, N.J.

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

The clock has been ticking for two months since the June “ceasefire” between the US and Iran, and still the Islamic Republic is rearming.

That should dominate Israel’s thinking about every day that passes without an agreement capable of restraining the Iranian regime.

The Jerusalem Post’s Yonah Jeremy Bob reported last week that Israeli defense officials have been shocked by the speed with which Iran is recovering from the damage inflicted during the war.

The concern stretches across several parts of its military infrastructure, including the ballistic missile program, that remains an immediate strategic threat to Israel.

The figures are sobering to look at, given the ease with which the US and Israel bombarded the Iranians’ military sites for two months from February through April.

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, Defense Minister Israel Katz, and IDF Chief of Staff Lt. Gen. Eyal Zamir attend the graduation ceremony of an IDF officers’ course in southern Israel, June 25, 2026. (credit: FLASH90)

Israel and the United States struck more than 2,600 missile and military-industrial targets during the roughly 40-day war, carrying out some 30,000 attacks, and it left Israeli officials believing the scale of the destruction had crippled Iran’s ability to restore its military industries at anything like their previous pace.

Iran rebuilds its missile capabilities faster than Israel expected

Iran has already confounded such assessments before. After Israeli strikes in October 2024, officials believed missile production had been set back by a year or more.

By early 2025, production had recovered. Following far greater attacks in June 2025, Israel again believed the production network had been crippled for years. And yet, as it always seems to, Iran rebuilt again.

Now the Post has confirmed that Iran is producing new weapons at a much faster pace than Israeli planners anticipated. If it can return to manufacturing 100 to 300 ballistic missiles a month, it could restore its arsenal to June 2025 levels by early or mid-2027.

That is the clock Israel must watch.

Diplomatic clock runs down as Iran maintains pressure in Hormuz

Friday brought another reminder of how badly the diplomatic clock is running. Transit through the Strait of Hormuz appeared to slow almost to a standstill after two more ships were attacked.

The United Arab Emirates blames Iran for attacks on two vessels belonging to the state-owned Abu Dhabi National Oil Company, while shipping through the strait remains a fraction of its prewar level.

Tehran continues to use Hormuz as leverage, demanding sanctions relief and the release of frozen assets before the waterway fully reopens.

The United States says it can maintain its naval blockade indefinitely and promises still more economic pressure.
Yet almost two months after the June ceasefire agreement created an opening for diplomacy, a wider deal is nowhere in sight. There has yet to be any breakthrough over Hormuz, nor is there a durable settlement on Iran’s nuclear program.

The ballistic missile threat remains unresolved, and the pressure campaign has yet to return Tehran to the negotiating table on terms that can give Israel confidence the danger is actually receding. The longer this goes on, the more it looks like the

Americans are operating without a real, strategic plan.

Meanwhile, the work inside Iran continues.

Every month without an agreement gives Iran more time to rebuild

Every month gives Iranian engineers, commanders, and procurement networks more time to reopen facilities, replace machinery, uncover underground missile sites, disperse production, and replenish stocks.

The longer negotiations drag on without enforceable restrictions, the more the military achievement bought at enormous cost begins to erode.

Israel cannot afford to wake up next year and discover that a threat believed to have been pushed back by years was delayed by only a matter of months.

Diplomacy remains the preferable route if it produces an agreement that genuinely constrains Iran’s nuclear and ballistic missile capabilities. Israel has every reason to support such an outcome.

Endless negotiations, however, carry their own strategic price when the country on the other side of the table is rebuilding while it talks.

But as the Post has stated before, Israel is directly in the firing line. The United States is not. If we need to take matters into our own hands, then that should be our prerogative, whatever our working relationship with the US.

Two months have already been spent trying to turn a ceasefire into something more permanent. Iran has spent those same two months recovering.

Washington and its allies must now put a limit on how long this process can continue without results. Israel cannot afford to give Iran any more time to rearm. 

This post was originally published on here. 

President Donald Trump has ordered one of the biggest restructurings of U.S. naval shipbuilding in decades, directing the Pentagon to create a fifth public Navy shipyard while opening the door to building some American warships overseas.

The national security memorandum signed Thursday is aimed at expanding shipbuilding and repair capacity after years of delays, cost overruns and shortages across the Navy’s industrial base.

The new shipyard would be the first additional public Navy yard in more than 80 years and would focus heavily on submarine and aircraft-carrier maintenance.

That matters because the Navy currently relies on just four public shipyards for much of its nuclear-powered fleet maintenance, creating major bottlenecks whenever projects run behind schedule.

The memorandum also allows foreign shipbuilders that invest in U.S. facilities to build as many as two ships overseas while domestic production capacity is being established.

That marks a significant policy shift.

For decades, major U.S. Navy vessels have overwhelmingly been built domestically. The administration is now signaling that allied shipyards could be used temporarily to speed production while American yards are expanded.

The move could create major opportunities across the U.S. industrial base.

Shipbuilding requires far more than shipyards themselves. Steel producers, engine manufacturers, electronics suppliers, welding companies, machine-tool makers, defense contractors, ports and skilled trades all stand to benefit if the Navy materially increases construction and repair spending.

The administration is also targeting one of the Navy’s most expensive technology debates.

Trump directed the Navy to replace the electromagnetic aircraft-launch system planned for the future USS Doris Miller with traditional steam catapults, arguing that the older system is simpler and more reliable.

Changing the design of an aircraft carrier already in development could itself cost billions of dollars and create additional engineering work, making the decision likely to become one of the most closely watched parts of the overhaul.

The broader issue is capacity.

The United States has spent years struggling to build submarines and surface ships quickly enough to meet Navy targets while also maintaining the fleet already in service.

Now Washington is attempting to solve the problem by expanding domestic yards, bringing in allied shipbuilders and increasing the number of facilities capable of handling the Navy’s most complex vessels.

For American manufacturers, the policy could translate into a long-term wave of defense and infrastructure spending.

The Navy is not simply ordering more ships.

It is trying to rebuild the industrial system needed to build and maintain them.

JBizNews Desk | Washington

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

Ahead of the Likud primaries, four serving ministers and four MKs from the party had asked to join Otzma Yehudit, National Security Minister Itamar Ben-Gvir said on Sunday in an interview with 103FM.

“They see Otzma’s polls, they saw how strong we are, and they wanted to join,” Ben-Gvir elaborated.

However, he sounded far more reserved regarding an MK who went in the opposite direction.

“Almog Cohen is in Likud. I did him a favor by not expelling him,” he said. “He is the one who would have taken a mandate from one party to another. Almog is a good MK, and I wish him success.”

Ben-Gvir said that during negotiations to unite his slate with Bezalel Smotrich’s Religious Zionist Party, he insisted that Cohen be placed in a realistic position on the list.

National Security Minister and Otzma Yehudit leader Itamar Ben-Gvir addresses reporters at the Knesset, in Jerusalem, June 22, 2026 (credit: MARC ISRAEL SELLEM/THE JERUSALEM POST)

“Smotrich didn’t want someone without a kippah, and I said: ‘It will not happen,’ my parents don’t wear kippahs. The negotiations almost blew up over it. After I fought so hard for Almog, to take my mandate and transfer it to Likud? That’s not how you behave.”

Ben-Gvir records videos supporting Likud primary candidates

Walla reported Sunday morning that Ben-Gvir had recently recorded a series of videos expressing support for and recommending ministers and MKs running in the Likud primaries.

Ben-Gvir’s list of “recommended candidates” includes ministers and MKs Eli Cohen, May Golan, Ofir Katz, Amir Ohana, Idit Silman, Shlomo Karhi, Tally Gotliv, Nissim Vaturi, Sasson Guetta, and Osher Shekalim.

In the videos recorded ahead of the primaries, Ben-Gvir expresses support for the candidates and urges Likud members to vote for them.

The move is relatively unusual, since Ben-Gvir is not a Likud member but heads a separate party, Otzma Yehudit, which also competes for votes on the Right. Now, days before the vote, he is choosing to identify the people within Likud whom he would like to see strengthened.

This post was originally published on here. 

Two toddlers were rushed on Sunday to the Galilee Medical Center’s emergency room after consuming chocolate containing hallucinogenic mushrooms during a family vacation.

The children, aged five-and-a-half and six-and-a-half, have been placed under close observation in the hospital’s pediatric intensive care unit (ICU).

While both were physically stable when they arrived at the emergency room, they had been experiencing neurological symptoms, Galilee Medical Center said in a statement.

The mushrooms are believed to be of the Psilocybe/Panaeolus family, according to the National Poison Control Center, which can cause hallucinations, increased blood pressure, and, in severe cases, seizures and heart damage.

Chocolate (credit: SHUTTERSTOCK)

Parents must stay vigilant, seek medical help if necessary

“The children came to us in a state of confusion, with dilated pupils and active hallucinations,” said Dr. Sally Makhom, a physician at the Galilee Medical Center’s Children’s Emergency Department. “We immediately stabilized them and, in coordination with the National Poison [Control] Center, began treatment and monitoring.”

“Due to the volatile nature of this type of poisoning, they were transferred for continued supervision in the pediatric intensive care unit.”

Galilee Medical Center Deputy Director Dr. Zvi Sheleg added that the incident is “a serious and life-threatening incident that has ended so far without critical injury thanks to the vigilance of the parents and the rapid treatment of our medical teams.”

“We call on the public to exercise maximum responsibility, to keep dangerous substances out of reach of toddlers and children, and to seek immediate medical attention if poisoning is suspected.”

This post was originally published on here. 

At a barbecue on a Netanya rooftop earlier this month, MK Yoav Segalovitz, a politician of whom most people outside Israel have never heard, told the members of the leading opposition party Yesh Atid that he would not be running with them in the upcoming October election.

It’s a decision that could reshape Israel’s political landscape and determine whether Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu will lose the October 27 election. 

Segalovitz, 67, who formerly headed the Israel Police’s Investigations and Intelligence Division, is planning to join Ra’am, an Arab party that was the kingmaker in the 2021 elections, pollster Yousef Makladeh told Jewish Telegraphic Agency, describing his conversation with Segalovitz prior to leaving the party. He added that the move had been under discussion for months. 

In an official statement last week, Ra’am’s chairman Mansour Abbas and Segalovitz said they had met and held a “cordial and positive” discussion about the possibility of Segalovitz joining Ra’am’s slate in the upcoming Knesset elections. The two agreed to continue direct talks in an effort to advance the matter. 

If that indeed happens, it would send a seismic shock through the Israeli political system on two fronts: He would be the first member in decades of a Zionist party to join an Arab-led party, and that party would be in a position to join other opposition groups to pry control of the next Israeli government away from Netanyahu.

MK Yoav Segalovich attends a Constitution, Law and Justice Committee meeting at the Knesset, the Israeli parliament in Jerusalem, January 28, 2026.  (credit: YONATAN SINDEL/FLASH90)

The willingness of Ra’am, Yair Lapid’s Yesh Atid party, and Naftali Bennett’s New Right party to join a coalition in 2021 led by Bennett and Lapid provided the needed seats to push Netanyahu out of power after 12 consecutive years as prime minister. The first coalition in Israeli history to take office with the support of an Arab party was unprecedented – and viewed by many as a historic breakthrough in Jewish-Arab political cooperation.

The question in 2026 is: Could it happen again?

Israeli polls have consistently shown that neither Netanyahu’s coalition nor the bloc led by his chief rival, former IDF Chief of Staff Gadi Eisenkot, is on track to secure the 61 seats needed to form a government. The opposition’s Jewish parties have consistently polled at approximately 58 to 60 seats, while Netanyahu’s bloc trails with roughly 50.

That deadlock has thrust Ra’am, led by MK Mansour Abbas, back into the spotlight. Most recent polls give the party between five and seven seats, potentially making it the kingmaker once again. 

Founded in 1996, Ra’am, whose name is an Arabic acronym meaning United Arab List, had until recently been a religious Arab party with roots in the Southern Branch of the Islamic Movement. It had been part of the traditional bloc of Arab parties in the Knesset until Abbas split away, as part of his strategy to shift the party’s focus from the Israeli-Palestinian conflict to practical achievements for Israel’s Arab society.

Makladeh, who has conducted surveys for Channel 13 and political parties across Israel’s political spectrum, describes Ra’am as “the missing piece of the puzzle” that could lift the opposition bloc “to 62 or 63 seats.”

In 2021, however, there was a shedding of some of the longstanding reluctance to consider an Arab party in the coalition, for those who saw the political necessity of doing so in order to remove Netanyahu from office. Netanyahu himself had reportedly spoken with Abbas about some form of a political partnership. This time around, the prospect of an Arab party in the coalition prompts more wariness among many Israelis, particularly this early in the election cycle when it is unclear if it will be absolutely necessary to do so. 

Political commentator Nadav Perry, host of one of Israel’s most influential political podcasts, says that the party’s ties to conservative Muslim religious leadership, together with the rapid collapse of the 2021 government and the trauma of October 7, 2023, had effectively pushed the idea of Ra’am joining another coalition with Jewish parties back to “square one.”

The addition of Segalovitz to Ra’am could change that by making the party more palatable to the Israeli public and could expand its voting base. 

Ameer Bisharat, the former director-general of the National Committee of Arab Local Council Heads, added that Arab Israelis are “hungry for change.”

“Change can come through political power, and Abbas understands that very well. He is trying to create that political power,” Bisharat said

Ra'am party head MK Mansour Abbas leads a faction meeting, at the Knesset, the Israeli parliament in Jerusalem, on May 11, 2026. (credit: YONATAN SINDEL/FLASH90)

JTA reached out to both Ra’am and Segalovitz for comment. Segalovitz’s spokesperson declined to comment, while Ra’am did not respond to a request for comment. 

Segalovitz drops Arab crime rate during tenure in Bennett-Lapid government

Segalovitz has been a member of the Lapid-led Yesh Atid party, a centrist bloc that emphasizes secular rights and opposition to draft exemptions for haredi (ultra-Orthodox) yeshiva students, since 2016. He later served as Deputy Minister of Internal Security in the Bennett-Lapid government. In that role, Segalovitz was the public face of the government’s efforts to combat violent crime in Israel’s Arab communities. During his tenure, the number of murders in Arab communities declined sharply before rising dramatically again after the government fell.

Bisharat, who worked with Segalovitz and now advises the public policy department at the Accord Institute on Arab voting patterns, said the Bennett-Lapid government was “successful” for Arab society. It helped build trust between the government and Arab citizens, and it presided over a decline in violent crime in the Arab communities in Israel. 

Under Segalovitz’s leadership, a special plan was developed to combat crime in Arab communities, focusing on the main drivers of crime, improving case clearance rates, and strengthening cooperation among the various authorities, which was not continued under National Security Minister Itamar Ben-Gvir. In Segalovitz’s only full year in government, the number of Arab citizens killed in crimes fell from 126 to 116, according to data from the Abraham Initiatives, a nonprofit that tracks violence and crime in Arab communities. The figure surged to 244 the following year, after he was replaced.

“Segalovitz was the point person in the previous government on crime in the Arab community,” said Perry, the political commentator. “He worked on it, and he delivered results. That made him a very popular figure on the Arab street. Not because he was pro-Palestinian, not because he was against the IDF, but because he reduced crime among Arab citizens.”

Former Yesh Atid MK Inbar Bezek, who served alongside Segalovitz in both the party and the coalition that relied on Ra’am, told JTA, “I saw with my own eyes that Yoav is an extremely respected and well-liked figure throughout Arab society, especially among local government leaders.”

Segalovitz’s possible move is far more than symbolic.

Bezek believes Segalovitz could both increase Arab voter turnout and attract Jewish left-wing voters to Ra’am. “I truly think he’s someone who brings voters to the ballot box,” she said. But she emphasized that the addition of Jewish voters would not change the overall balance between the opposing blocs, because those voters would otherwise support the Democrats, the most left-wing Zionist party.

That assessment appears to be supported by a recent Channel 13 poll, which was conducted in part by Makladeh. The survey found that Ra’am would rise to seven seats if Segalovitz joined the party, compared with five seats in most recent polls. Makladeh said six of those seats would come from Arab voters, while one would come from Jewish voters. 

The move’s real significance, argued Perry, lies not in winning additional votes before Election Day but in what happens afterward. He says that bringing Segalovitz into the party is intended “to create renewed legitimacy for Ra’am’s participation in a governing coalition.”

“I don’t think this would dramatically reshape the electoral map,” Perry said. “But it could dramatically reshape the question of legitimacy. It could complete Mansour Abbas’ metamorphosis from the leader of a non-Zionist Islamist party into the leader of a Jewish-Arab party that puts the integration of Israel’s Arab citizens first, while setting aside issues related to the Palestinian national struggle.”

Eisenkot does not rule out partnership with Abbas

Perry’s comments come as leaders of the opposition bloc send mixed and sometimes contradictory signals about whether they would govern with Ra’am.

Eisenkot has said he “doesn’t rule out” a coalition partnership with Abbas. Another strong contender for the premiership, Bennett, whose Together (Beyachad) party is polling second within the opposing bloc, said in February that “after October 7, there is no mandate in Israel for a government that relies on Arab parties.” Bennett recently declined to answer directly when asked whether he would rely on Abbas to form a government. Speculation is high, however, that he would agree to sit with Ra’am, given his past record of including the party in the coalition after running a campaign in which he promised not to do so.  

Opposition Leader Lapid joined forces in this election cycle with Bennett after his own party struggled in the polls, and the two now run together in the same bloc. Lapid has also ruled out forming a government that relies on Arab parties – a notable position given that Lapid was the architect of the move to bring Ra’am into the coalition in 2021. Another opposition leader, Avigdor Liberman, who heads Yisrael Beiteinu, sat with Ra’am in the 2021-2022 government. Last week, however, he said that “Ra’am cannot be a coalition partner.”

Segalovitz’s membership in Ra’am could soften that resistance.

“It will be very difficult to delegitimize a party whose number two is a Zionist and a former Israel Police major general,” Makladeh said. He believes that Segalovitz’s addition could effectively “legitimize” Ra’am’s votes in the eyes of the Israeli public, making it easier for opposition leaders to cooperate with the party after the election.

The hesitation among opposition leaders also reflects Netanyahu’s campaign strategy, which identifies the bloc’s dependence on Arab support as its main political vulnerability.

In a video posted this month on X/Twitter, Netanyahu juxtaposed his political rivals with Abbas under the slogan, “It’s them or us.” 

Far-right minister calls Segalovitz’s potential move a ‘conspiracy’

Segalovitz’s potential move has also drawn backlash from the right. Far-right National Security Minister Ben Gvir called his departure from Yesh Atid “a joint conspiracy by the left to pave the way for a future government with the Muslim Brotherhood.” Coalition lawmaker Tally Gotliv of the Likud called Segalovitz Abbas’ “pet Jew” and warned that his move could lead to “the imposition of Sharia law on Israel.”  

Perry said, “Almost the only political asset Netanyahu has left to take into the election is negative campaigning, because it’s very difficult to build a positive campaign around the last term.” He argued that Netanyahu has relatively few lines of attack against Eisenkot beyond the possibility that he could form a government with Arab parties. “That’s basically the Likud’s one-trick pony in 2026,” Perry added. “And it’s a message that has political effectiveness.”

This is why the addition of Segalovitz, who comes from the Israeli center and not the far left, is significant, Perry explained. The political commentator added: “If Ra’am enters the realm of legitimacy – because it is no longer Ra’am, it is no longer Islamist, and it is no longer only Abbas but Abbas and Segalovitz – then that could create a more realistic possibility of removing Netanyahu after the election.”

This post was originally published on here. 

Hamas and Hezbollah have begun coordinating their increased activity with Iranian assistance in recent weeks, the IDF has assessed, as the military has identified increased friction between Israeli forces and terrorists on both the northern and southern fronts. 

The IDF has expressed that the coordination is likely an effort to rebuild its axis of evil that would increase pressure on Israel.

According to a military source, a ‘battle of wits’ is taking place around the Ali Taher ridge between the Northern Command and Hezbollah. 

The terrorist organization is trying to determine where IDF troops are positioned, and when it detects movement, it attempts to attack in a “gray area,” as it did early Saturday morning with a fiber-optic drone. Three soldiers from the IDF’s Yahalom special engineering unit, operating under the Commando Brigade combat team, were wounded as a result.

Hezbollah tunnel network.  (credit: IDF SPOKESPERSON UNIT)

Hezbollah attempts to resupply operatives trapped underground

At the same time, according to reports, Hezbollah is attempting to resupply its operatives who are trapped in underground infrastructure. The IDF, meanwhile, is trying to locate Hezbollah infrastructure and terrorists on the Ali Taher ridge and destroy them.

“Whoever comes out of the underground and surrenders will be taken for questioning in Israel, and whoever remains underground will either die, or we will kill him,” a senior military source said. 

The Northern Command is also conducting a complex intelligence effort to locate all hidden supply routes and drone activity intended to resupply Hezbollah operatives in the area.

“We are blocking access to the area where they are located. They will not be able to hold out forever,” a senior military source familiar with the details said.

According to reports, the operatives have been emerging from underground to search for food.

“What happened on Saturday was that they exposed us with a drone. Whoever is more determined will win. A lot of patience is needed,” the source added.

In response, the IDF struck in the Nabatieh area and within territory under the IDF’s operational control. Beirut and senior officials from the Shi’ite organization who are hiding there have remained off-limits due to a US demand.

IDF tank drives over explosive device in Gaza Strip

Meanwhile, an IDF tank drove over an explosive device in the southern Gaza Strip. According to IDF assessments, the device was planted recently.

Although the Southern Command views the incident as an escalation in the friction along the Yellow Line, the political leadership did not authorize a broad strike in the heart of Gaza City, again due to sensitivities with the White House, which is demanding an immediate halt to strikes in Gaza City and targeted killings, except in cases involving the removal of an immediate threat.

This post was originally published on here. 

The 11th International Arab Book Fair, which opened in Istanbul on Saturday, has also become a platform for activity by the Islamist axis and for Qatari-Turkish cooperation surrounding the Palestinian issue.

During the event, the secretary general of the International Union of Muslim Scholars (IUMS), a Muslim Brotherhood organization operating from Qatar, called for aid to be transferred to the Gaza Strip by all possible means.

The fair, which will run through August 23, is being held this year under the theme “The Story Continues,” with more than 300 publishing houses from over 30 countries taking part. Qatar is among the countries active at the event, with its Culture Ministry setting up a booth featuring numerous titles.

Dr. Yasin Aktay, a former adviser to the Turkish president, described the event’s aim of strengthening the Islamist axis, saying that “the theme of this event extends across the story of a united nation, in the hope that the fair will help strengthen ties between people in the Islamic world across a variety of platforms.”

The Islamist axis is known for using events of this kind to spread messages rejecting Israel’s existence and encouraging Palestinian terrorism. At the international book fair held in Doha last May, books by Hamas leader Yahya Sinwar were sold, and giant posters were displayed at the venue. Books praising the conduct of terrorists in Israeli prisons were also sold at the fair, along with books denying the Holocaust. None of this prevented the US Embassy in Doha from sponsoring the event.

 Former Hamas leader Yahya Sinwar looks on at an anti-Israel rally, in Gaza City, in 2022. (credit: MOHAMMED SALEM/REUTERS)

Istanbul book fair demonstrates ties to Hamas

At the event in Istanbul, Qatari-Turkish cooperation was also demonstrated on Saturday in connection with Hamas. Sheikh Dr. Ali al Qaradaghi, secretary general of the International Union of Muslim Scholars, called during the fair for the issue of the Palestinian people to remain at the forefront and for aid to be transferred to the Gaza Strip by all possible means.

The union operates from Qatar and, according to the source material, is affiliated with the Muslim Brotherhood. Hamas itself belongs to the Muslim Brotherhood, and according to the claim presented in the material, the organization’s call for financial support is intended to assist Hamas.

Dr. Ariel Admoni of Ariel University and the Jerusalem Institute for Strategy and Security said that this cooperation demonstrates the Qatari-Turkish use of soft cultural tools to continue providing financial and moral support for Palestinian terrorism in ways that do not damage the international legitimacy enjoyed by Qatar and Turkey.

This post was originally published on here. 

A 19-year-old east Jerusalem resident was arrested on Friday on suspicion of allegedly committing indecent acts against two 12-year-old girls.

During police activity along the Tel Aviv coastline on Friday, a report was received regarding a suspicious man who allegedly entered the water, approached two 12-year-old girls, and touched their bodies indecently.

Nearby police officers spotted the suspect and arrested him. A check of his details found that he was a 19-year-old resident of east Jerusalem.

Israel Police car (credit: YOSSI ALONI/MAARIV)

The suspect was taken for questioning at the police station and was subsequently detained. On Saturday night, he was brought before the court, which extended his detention until Monday.

Wave of men arrested on suspicion of indecent acts

Last month, two men were arrested in Tel Aviv on suspicion of committing indecent acts against three women at three different locations in the city. A Palestinian man from Huwara in his 30s was suspected of touching the buttocks of two women at Park HaMesila and the nearby Teder club.

In addition, a Haifa resident in his 40s was arrested on suspicion of entering a women’s restroom stall at Frishman Beach, where he allegedly committed an indecent act against a woman.

This post was originally published on here. 

US President Donald Trump on Friday vowed to hit Iran hard economically, a day after Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent said that Washington would impose measures on Tehran that have “never been seen” as soon as next week.

The United States, ‌the United Nations and the European Union have applied sanctions, implemented trade embargoes and frozen assets since the late 1970s over Iran’s nuclear program, human rights violations and support for militant groups.

Since the Iran war began in February, Washington has levied additional maritime, energy and financial sanctions and started a naval blockade.

Data from the US Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) shows the agency has imposed sanctions on more than 1,000 people, vessels and aircraft since Trump began his second term.

Recent measures have targeted Iran’s shadow oil fleet; shipping insurers; entities and people enabling Iran’s acquisition of weapons; and digital exchanges, freezing an estimated $500 billion in Iran-linked cryptocurrency.

US Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent stands behind U.S. President Donald Trump who speaks to the media on the day of a NATO leaders' summit in Ankara, Turkey, July 8, 2026. (credit: REUTERS/UMIT BEKTAS)

Experts say the Trump administration can also try these options: 

 Sanctions on Chinese ‘Teapot’ refineries

Chinese independent refineries known as “teapots” account for a quarter of Chinese refinery capacity. They operate with narrow and sometimes negative profit margins.

China buys more than 80% of Iran’s shipped oil, according to 2025 data from analytics firm Kpler. Independent refiners absorb much of this trade, exposing them to so-called secondary measures that penalize entities helping a primary sanctions target.

Past US sanctions have deterred larger independent refiners from buying Iranian oil. But the independent refineries are somewhat immune since they have little exposure to the US financial system, sanctions experts say.

 Sanctions on Chinese banks

OFAC has imposed secondary sanctions on smaller China- and Hong Kong-based entities accused of processing billions of dollars in Iranian oil and helping to fund weapons procurement.

Treasury has warned two larger Chinese banks they could face secondary sanctions if Iranian funds were found moving through their systems, but has stopped short of designating them.

Hitting those two banks, which US officials have not publicly identified, or imposing other sanctions could have a chilling effect on bigger financial institutions, sanctions experts said, although they warned it could also trigger retaliatory actions by Beijing.

Trump administration officials have sought to play down tensions between Washington and Beijing ahead of an expected meeting between Trump and President Xi Jinping later this year. They worry that China could curtail exports of critical minerals that are essential to advanced technology production at a time when the US and Western allies are still trying to develop their own supplies.

 ‘Whack-a-mole’

The United States could continue targeting Iranian individuals and entities, as well as others in China and the Gulf, that are helping Tehran evade sanctions to collect revenues for its war effort.

Treasury recently issued sanctions against firms that are springing up to facilitate Iran’s trading of oil revenue for imports. But such measures amount to a “whack-a-mole” approach that has not altered Iran’s behavior, said Brett Erickson, managing principal of Obsidian Risk Advisors, noting that Tehran simply creates new entities to replace them.

Miad Maleki, a sanctions expert with the Foundation for Defense of Democracies, said Bessent was likely signaling a sharpened enforcement push against oil shippers, purchasers and currency exchangers who help Iran pay for its imports.

Further aviation sanctions were also possible, aimed at degrading Iran’s ability to move trade now that the US has blockaded shipping via the Strait of Hormuz, he added.

Land blockade

Some US and Israeli officials have floated the prospect of a land blockade, which would require assistance from Iran’s neighbors: Iraq, Turkey, Pakistan, Afghanistan, Turkmenistan, Azerbaijan and Armenia.

The Trump administration has varying degrees of closeness with all those countries except Afghanistan, but that border is mountainous and extremely difficult to patrol anyway.

Trump may have leverage over Pakistan, which recently sought a $10 billion currency swap line from Treasury, and Turkey, which is seeking to rejoin the US F-35 warplane program.

A land blockade could increase pressure on the Iranian people by halting their imports of food, energy, and textiles, but experts say such a move would be difficult to execute and might not result in protests or internal pressure.

 Secondary tariffs 

Trump has repeatedly threatened tariffs on goods from countries that do business with Iran, although the Supreme Court struck down the legal basis for such taxes.

The Senate passed a sweeping Russia sanctions bill last week that included new Iran sanctions and would give Trump new tariff powers that he could potentially use against countries that aid Iran’s commerce and weapons procurement.

That legislation must still pass the US House of Representatives, which could prove challenging given widespread concerns among Democrats and some Republicans about the tariff measures.

This post was originally published on here. 

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s political situation is further complicating the American calculus. 

His current coalition is far from the 61 seats needed to form a government. From his perspective, preventing the opposing camp from securing a majority could also be enough: If no one succeeds in forming a government, he will remain in office as caretaker prime minister until another election. That possibility is particularly troubling to Washington because it could mean additional months in which Trump’s regional agenda is forced to wait for Israeli politics.

Trump also has personal political leverage over Netanyahu. So far, he has refrained from giving him the public election endorsement the prime minister had hoped for. 

When they met at the White House about two weeks ago, Trump even asked him directly about his standing in the polls. Netanyahu hesitated, and one of his advisers quickly told the president that he was “winning.” 

The data tell a different story. On four separate occasions in recent weeks, Trump was asked whether he supported Netanyahu, and each time he avoided offering an explicit endorsement.

Naftali Bennett and Gadi Eisenkot at a march for conscripting haredi (ultra-Orthodox) Jews into the IDF, in Jerusalem, January 15, 2026; illustrative. (credit: YONATAN SINDEL/FLASH90)

Trump holding onto potential aid to Netanyahu before election

That reluctance carries additional significance because of the history between the two men. Trump has already demonstrated that he is willing to throw his full weight into an Israeli election campaign: Days before the April 2019 election, he recognized Israeli sovereignty over the Golan Heights, a move he later boasted had helped Netanyahu. This time, at least for now, he is keeping that card in his hand.

The Israeli opposition also understands the value of that card. Figures close to Gadi Eisenkot, Naftali Bennett, and Yair Lapid have in recent months conveyed messages to Trump’s associates through acquaintances, donors, and political allies, asking him to remain neutral in the election. That activity demonstrates the extent to which Trump’s position has become a factor in the Israeli election campaign even before he has decided whether to intervene.

The personal relationship between the two men has not been severed. Senior American officials describe Trump as fond of Netanyahu but increasingly frustrated by his decisions. Trump was also recently quoted as saying in private conversations that Netanyahu is “his own worst enemy.” 

At the same time, support in Israel for some of Trump’s policies has weakened following the agreement with Iran and the restrictions the administration imposed on Israel’s freedom of action in Iran, Gaza, Syria, and Lebanon. Trump also faces a political constraint of his own: Intervening too aggressively in Israel’s election could damage his standing among an Israeli public that once gave him almost automatic support.

US, Israel policies diverge

Lebanon is not the only arena where this gap is being tested. In Gaza, the White House wants to advance its Board of Peace plan; in Syria, Washington is investing in President Ahmed al-Sharaa, even as harsh statements against him are being voiced in Israel; and over Iran, the question remains whether the crisis will end in an agreement or another round of confrontation. Jared Kushner, Nickolay Mladenov, and Tony Blair are arriving in the region this week to advance the Gaza initiative. For them, it is expected to be the first issue on the agenda in their talks with Netanyahu. Israeli action in any one of these arenas could complicate an American initiative in another.

There is currently no basis for assessing that Trump is about to become an adversary of Israel or Netanyahu. 

The risk for the prime minister is that an American president convinced that the time for deals has arrived will begin assigning Jerusalem an increasingly large share of the responsibility for delaying them. Trump still holds other cards that Netanyahu may need as the election approaches, from a public endorsement to another move involving President Isaac Herzog on the issue of a pardon. For now, he is not playing them. As the election draws closer, Netanyahu’s room to maneuver in the face of American demands is also narrowing.

This post was originally published on here. 

Can plants go moo? Well, not exactly, but a new Hebrew University of Jerusalem (HUJI) study has brought a step closer to the possibility that plant seeds could manufacture and store one of milk’s most important proteins – the same ones that give milk its nutrition, creamy texture, and cheese-making properties.

The discovery would thus help overcome a major hurdle in producing real dairy proteins without cows, paving the way for more sustainable dairy ingredients, less climate change, and alternative food production.

Just published in Frontiers in Plant Science under the title “Microscope reveals surprising milk protein clusters in engineered seeds,” the research was led by Prof. Oded Shoseyov of the Robert H. Smith Faculty of Agriculture, Food, and Environment at HUJI, together with lead author Almog Ozeri and Mai Shamir, Miron Abramson, Barak Cohen, and Amir Rudich.

The team showed that plants can successfully manufacture ß-casein, one of the major proteins found in cow’s milk. Even more surprising, the protein accumulated in an entirely unexpected location inside plant cells, revealing a previously unknown pathway that could help improve the production of animal proteins in crops.

According to their press release, “As global demand for dairy continues to grow while concerns mount over greenhouse gas emissions, land use, and water consumption associated with livestock farming, scientists have been searching for sustainable ways to produce authentic dairy proteins without relying on animals.

PROF. ODED SHOSEYOV (credit: Yosef Adest for the Hebrew University of Jerusalem)

“Plant molecular farming, using crops as miniature protein factories, has emerged as one of the most promising approaches, but producing complex milk proteins in plants has remained a major technical challenge.”

To tackle this problem, the researchers engineered seeds from Arabidopsis (thale cress), a weed in the mustard family (Brassicaceae) native to Eurasia and Africa. It is commonly found along the shoulders of roads where plant cover is lost, or soil is churned up by construction, grading, fire, or heavy traffic.

Plants used to produce bovine ß-casein

They used it to produce bovine ß-casein fused to an oil-body protein called oleosin, which is bound to plant oil bodies. Testing several different “cellular addresses,” they directed the protein to various compartments within the plant cell to determine where it would accumulate most efficiently.

Shoseyov told The Jerusalem Post in an interview that the team’s findings were totally unexpected. “The protein absolutely behaves like real dairy ß-casein – even better.”

Asked why the plants ignored their instructions, he suggested that it was “probably due to the gap between what we think we know and what we actually know.”

“Biological systems are far more sophisticated,” Shoseyov continued. “While we can’t claim it’s an entirely new biological pathway – we need further investigation to come up with such a statement – it opens some very interesting opportunities. It’s likely that we’ve simply overlooked something that plants have always done.”

They created a “novel food ingredient that combines protein and oil that may be either integrated into existing dairy products or will be used to produce entirely new tasty and nutritious food products more cost-effectively and sustainably compared to the existing dairy industry,” he said.

“We estimate that in 18 to 24 months, we’ll reach the commercial stage. The biggest remaining obstacle ahead is adoption of the technique by industry. We have already begun discussions with the US Food and Drug Administration.”

Shoseyov already holds over 100 patents relating to his work in protein engineering, nanobiotechnology, and bio-inspired materials.

Although precision fermentation already produces dairy proteins, plants have an advantage because protein production and extraction in plants is up to 100 times cheaper compared with fermentation, he said.

Shoseyov suggested that safflower (Carthamus tinctorius) is the intended commercial and agricultural crop platform for this technology. Arabidopsis was the research model that was used in the lab because of its fast life cycle, small genome, and ease of genetic transformation, but safflower is the targeted crop.

Once the artificially designed segment of DNA is assembled in a lab and everything is validated in Arabidopsis, it is transferred to safflower for scaled agricultural production.

Milk is only four percent protein, 3% fat, with some sugars, but it’s mainly water, said the HUJI expert. “Safflower seeds contain about 10 times more concentrated protein and fat.”

“Thus, for every 10 trucks that carry cold milk, we would need to use only one at room temperature, and upon arrival at the factory, the seeds could be stored in a silo at room temperature for up to one year.”

Safflower seeds are white; the oil is colorless and has no flavor, therefore avoiding coconutty, beany, or oaty cereal-like odors of “milks” made from coconut, soy, or oats. In addition, safflower plants prefer hot weather and require very little water for irrigation, if any, thus making them an ideal crop for global warming.”

As demand grows for environmentally sustainable sources of protein, discoveries like this bring scientists closer to producing authentic dairy ingredients in plants that require only sunlight, water, and soil to grow, he continued.

More opportunities for dairy farmers

Asked what dairy farmers will do, Shoseyov said they’ll have more opportunities. “Regular dairy is not going to vanish. In the next 20 years, most of the plant-based dairy proteins will be used in hybrid products to reduce price and meet sustainability goals. The farmers may expand their growing seasons to grow our crops and supply them to their dairy factory customers.”

The largest growth in demand will come from the Asia-Pacific region, and countries that are likely to become the major growers are Australia, the US, Argentina, Brazil, Ukraine, China, and eventually India and Africa.

“We already started discussions with the FDA. There is a very clear path. It should not be too difficult. In five years, I hope to see our plants grown all over the world and the shelves in the supermarkets loaded with our plant dairy products,” Shoseyov said.

“But mostly, I hope that our dairy safflower seeds will contribute to the food security of Israel. I look forward to tasting mozzarella cheese made of our novel ingredient.”

Asked if his discovery could end up being more important for medicines than for dairy since plant molecular farming also produces pharmaceuticals – so farms would become protein factories rather than food factories, Shoseyov responded, “I am positive that the pharmaceutical industry will enjoy this discovery to manufacture biological drugs, such as humanized antibodies.”

“Nevertheless, the food industry is four times larger than the pharmaceutical industry. Consumers will know they’re eating proteins that came from a flower instead of a cow because transparency is mandatory in the food industry.”

“One of the most exciting aspects of science is when nature surprises you,” Shoseyov went on to say. “We set out to send the protein to one location inside the cell, but instead, we found that the plant had effectively created its own storage solution.”

“Understanding this unexpected behavior gives us valuable insight into how plants handle complex proteins and may help us engineer more efficient systems for producing sustainable dairy proteins in the future.”

This post was originally published on here. 

It’s 2026, and the $124 trillion Great Wealth Transfer has begun. As baby boomers phase out and pass on the fortunes they’ve built to subsequent generations, a lot will change.

Namely, the old ways of philanthropic giving won’t work on younger generations, and that could be a huge problem for nonprofit organizations.

“The older generations are disproportionately providing the majority of the philanthropic dollars,” despite the Great Wealth Transfer already being fully underway, Steve Isom, chief operating and financial officer of nonprofit software company Bloomerang, told Fortune. “Everyone knows about the transfer of wealth that has happened. It’s going to be record-setting, and I think that a lot of nonprofits feel a bit paralyzed in how to tackle that problem.”

On the surface, it may be confusing why more money flowing could be a problem. But it’s because community-based nonprofits have built deep relationships with the “pillars of the community”—in other words, wealthy baby boomers, Isom explained. But the further you get from baby boomers, the lower the interest in philanthropic giving.

“The level of connection tends to wane,” said Isom, who gave the example of an organization where he’s based in Omaha, Neb. He said being involved in philanthropic giving for that organization in the 1960s and 1970s was very much a “who’s who” in town. And those same people who gave to that organization are still its major donors today.

“Now, those donors’ kids are less involved, and then those donors’ kids are like not involved at all,” he said. “So I think the challenge is how are you introducing these next generations, and what programs do you have that are pulling in the younger generation?”

And a lot of this trend has to do with a sense of belonging, trust, and community. Bloomerang’s 2026 Giving Signals Report, conducted with The Harris Poll among more than 1,000 U.S. donors and 400 fundraising leaders in March, shows millennials and Gen Z care most about giving because it makes them feel as if they are “part of something.”

That sense of belonging matters most to millennials, who the report actually pegs as the most active generation of donors right now. Three-quarters of millennials plan to give more this year than last, while just 49% of Gen X and 36% of baby boomers said the same. This is evidence of the Great Wealth Transfer in action, but it doesn’t mean they’re giving the most dollars or have become the major donor class, so to speak. 

But that’s why the Great Wealth Transfer matters so much in philanthropy: Millennials stand to gain more than any other generation, according to wealth management firm Cerulli Associates. So understanding how to reach millennials and Gen Z early will translate into more dollars down the road.

That money won’t land evenly. More than half the total will come from the roughly 2% of households that are already high-net-worth or ultra-high-net-worth, the Cerulli report shows. Isom sees that concentration up close in Omaha, where he said family foundations account for about double the national average of nonprofit funding in Nebraska. 

“You can kind of go to five families, and they support a lot,” he said.

Donors want the receipts

So what nonprofit organizations desperately need to do is reconfigure how and when they involve community members if they’re hoping to build long-term donors.

A big factor is building trust in organizations, especially when discretionary spending is more precious amid inflation, stagnant wages, and a higher cost of living. 

“Donors are ready to trust nonprofits, but they want to see the receipts more,” Isom said. “A bit more trust, but verified.” 

While the Bloomerang report shows 85% of active donors trust the organizations they donate to to use funds effectively and 97% say those organizations appear aligned with what they care about, building that trust takes time—but they want evidence their donation was worthwhile.

According to the report, 94% of donors said they’re motivated to give when an organization tells them exactly where their money goes, and 90% said the same about hearing the impact of their gift. In one test, donors chose a specific pitch of “$50 buys a week of groceries” versus a generic “every dollar makes a difference” by 88 percentage points, which illustrates that specificity in impact makes a difference.

And Isom actually runs his own test each year. On Giving Tuesday, he donates to 25 of Bloomerang’s 24,000 customers and watches what happens after the gift.

“The range of experience is shocking,” he said. Some call that day to say thank you and spell out what the gift will fund, but from others it’s crickets. “[If] you don’t feel that connection, that feedback loop isn’t there, and you’re just going to fall out,” Isom added. 

Some of it comes down to why people give in the first place. Isom pointed to the slow death of workplace giving campaigns, which came during the era of giving as an obligation. That doesn’t work anymore in a younger, more remote workforce. 

“People don’t feel compelled as much,” he said.

So the nonprofits that survive the Great Wealth Transfer, he argues, are the ones planting seeds now by stewarding volunteers and earning smaller donations now before they ever write a major check.

“I need to solve for today. But I also have to build for tomorrow,” Isom said about how nonprofit organizations should be thinking now. 

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

Talking to a chatbot might make you feel better about the conversation, but it may also leave you feeling lonelier. 

That’s the finding of a new experiment out of Munich-based global economic research network CESifo, which tracked more than 12,000 French adults over the course of four weeks, and found having conversations with sometimes sycophantic AI chatbots left people thinking the conversation went better than it would have otherwise gone with a human.

For 28 days, half of the 12,365 people in the study were tasked with holding personal conversations with AI chatbots, while the rest went about their normal days. At the end of the month, the three researchers found the group that was typing their personal narratives with chatbots rated the “conversations” as enjoyable and even more pleasant, on average, than the control group.

However, the same group also self-reported their loneliness rose, just as their life satisfaction fell, and depressive affect ticked up, in comparison to the control group. They also had more meals alone and spent less time in-person with friends and family per week. 

“I would imagine that in some cases an AI conversation may reinforce grievances or prolong rumination, leaving someone slightly less inclined to go out, call somebody, or have dinner with another person,” Louis Fréget, one of the three researchers behind the experiment, told Fortune.

The working paper is one of the largest causal tests yet of a proposal  tech leaders have been making—that AI chatbots can help with the loneliness epidemic. Meta’s CEO Mark Zuckerberg has argued that most people want more social connection and that chatbots could help, and a KPMG survey found that 99% of professionals surveyed were interested in  a chatbot that could become a close friend at work. 

Technology takes on the loneliness epidemic

The format of the interaction also matters, since interacting with an AI interface doesn’t feel as fulfilling because it doesn’t know the person the way another human would, according to Nicholas Epley, a University of Chicago behavioral scientist who studies social connection.

“The data here suggests that having a conversation with a chatbot doesn’t get that sense of being known by another person like you get in a conversation, and therefore also doesn’t create any meaningful sense of connection because, in the end, there’s nothing there,” Epley said

This is an ongoing debate, with researchers, workers, and users landing in very different places. One loneliness researcher warned that AI is about to make the epidemic worse, pointing to a study where first-year college students who texted daily with a chatbot built to act like an “ideal friend” showed no drop in loneliness — while those paired with a random human peer did. With more than a billion people worldwide reporting loneliness, according to Gallup, and former Surgeon General Vivek Murthy calling it an epidemic, AI chatbots have moved into that gap. Some users have taken that further still, forming romantic attachments to chatbots — a pattern psychotherapists worry could deepen isolation rather than ease it.

Accordingly, people can feel the difference between talking to a chatbot and another person, even if the conversations are pleasant with the former. 

“When you form social connections using typed language, so like text messages or chatting or email, those social connections don’t evoke as many positive emotions, and they’re also not as strong as those that we develop face to face,” Valeria Pfeifer, an Assistant Professor of Psychology and Counseling the University of Missouri–Kansas City, told Fortune recently. She’s the author of a recent study that found we’re saying 30% fewer words than we did two decades ago, and technology is one of the major reasons why.  

“Even if they’re similar in their depth or intensity, they don’t tend to have the same kind of psychological implications,” Pfeiffer said of texts or written communications. 

Still, the study joins a small but growing body of research on AI and loneliness, and it’s leading to real-world results. One pilot program in New York had nearly 1,000 older adults interact with an AI chatbot and reported a decline in loneliness. But Nancy Berlinger, a bioethicist at the Hastings Center for Bioethics, previously told Fortune that talking to a chatbot can’t replace in-person connection even if there is temporary relief.

“It’s not going to replace all of that richness of relationships, but it’s not nothing,” Berlinger said. 

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

Just like generations of 20-somethings before them, Gen Zers are being criticized for failing to adapt to traditional workplace norms. Some bosses complain about a lack of office etiquette and the high expectations they bring with them, while a vocal cohort say the digital natives are bringing valuable skills and a fresh approach to work. George Brasher, SVP and managing director, North America for $27 billion tech giant HP, says that the Gen Z label of lacking interpersonal skills is a myth. Now, they’re driving massive business wins with their work ethic.

“I’ve got a reasonable population of Gen Z folks in my team, and I find people with great ability to listen, great ability to build that trust, to build that relationship, and then to understand really what customers need,” Brasher tells Fortune. “I don’t see that at all.”

HP employs about 55,000 workers globally, and believes that the youngest generation of employees is leading the charge in creating a more “interconnected, inclusive, and conscientious world.” They drive innovation with their tech savvy, build communities with their digital-first approach to collaboration, and treat work-life balance as a non-negotiable. The HP executive says that growing up in the digital era is their superpower; not only are their AI skills making them more skilled on the job, but it’s translating to a better quality working life.

“Gen Z and millennials have the highest use of AI, highest use of the technology,” Brasher continued. “The fact that they’re digital natives—and AI natives—really puts them in a great position…to have that use of technology that will give them a healthy relationship with work.”

College students turning their tassels and taking on 9-to-5 jobs are typically AI natives, Brasher adds, which “positions them very well” within the tough entry-level job market. More than one million U.S. job postings even required AI-related skills as of last year, a 66% increase from 2024, according to a 2026 PwC analysis of Lightcast data. Being well-acquinated with the tools is the key to success in the newest era of tech: “I think everybody coming into their initial career into companies needs to make sure that they’re the best prepared for that,” Brasher advised. 

Leaders at Colgate, Stripe, and LinkedIn agree that Gen Z has in-demand tech skills

Stereotypes stick, and some bosses have already made up their minds on Gen Z workers. Oscar-winning star Jodie Foster slammed the young staffers she encountered on the set of True Detective as being “really annoying, especially in the workplace.” And fellow actress Whoopi Goldberg claimed that Gen Zers “only want to work four hours” yet expect to live in comfort.

But business leaders like Brasher are looking past the tropes and unlocking the power of a generation built for the AI era.

The CHRO of $73 billion giant Colgate-Palmolive hit back that young staffers aren’t the career sloths some typecast them to be. Sally Massey credits Gen Z as being ambitious and incredibly tech savvy—critical skills that the consumer products company behind Colgate toothpaste and Irish Spring soap is looking for in talent. 

“[Gen Z] have grown up with technology. They’ve grown up in a very different way than some of the other generations in the organization,” the CHRO told Fortune earlier this year.

“They bring with them new ideas, new perspectives, curiosity,” Massey added. “They’re pushing us to get better and to do things differently—I think it’s great.”

And last year Emily Glassberg Sands, the head of data and AI for Stripe, revealed that she’s all-in on hiring recent graduates at the $159 billion financial services company. Just like Massey, she singled out Gen Z’s tech adaptability as one of the in-demand skills she’s looking for in Stripe employees. They “have the cutting-edge skills” and are up-to-date on the latest tools to help them hit the ground running.

LinkedIn cofounder Reid Hoffman agrees that Gen Z’s AI fluency could be their biggest advantage in a tough entry-level job market. The billionaire entrepreneur said that young people are part of “generation AI”; as digital natives who grew up with advanced technology at their fingertips, they are in the best position to leverage that skill. It may be Gen Z’s ticket to landing a job. 

“Bringing the fact that you have AI in your tool set is one of the things that makes you enormously attractive,” Hoffman said in a video on his YouTube channel last year.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

The IDF killed senior Hezbollah commander Abu Hassan Alaa during weekend strikes in the Deir ez-Zahrani area in southern Lebanon, the military announced on Sunday morning.

Alaa served as a commander in Hezbollah’s Bader Unit and had carried out attacks on IDF soldiers operating in the region. 

The military noted that its strikes came alongside those from over the weekend at Hezbollah’s headquarters in the Ansar area, in which Ali Samir Al-Haj Hassan, a battalion commander in Hezbollah’s Radwan Force unit, was killed.

Both attacks came in response to the incident in which three IDF soldiers were seriously wounded over the weekend.

However, the IDF noted on Saturday that, at the time of the strike, Hassan’s family was with him inside the headquarters.

IDF soldiers operate in southern Lebanon against Hezbollah terrorists, published March 20, 2026. (credit: IDF SPOKESPERSON'S UNIT)

IDF, PMO says military was unaware of civilians in Hezbollah HQ during strike

“It should be emphasized that the family members were not the target of the strike,” the IDF wrote in a statement. “The strike was specifically directed at Hassan, who was a lawful target under international law.”

“The terrorist used his family as human shields, hiding alongside them inside the military headquarters.”

The Prime Minister’s Office said that it had been unaware that Hezbollah put civilians in the Hezbollah military compound.

“Only later did the IDF learn that Hezbollah deliberately put civilians in that military compound. Hezbollah is willing to do anything, including using its own civilians as human shields, to falsely accuse Israel of deliberately targeting civilians, which the IDF clearly did not.”

Shoshana Baker and Corinne Baum contributed to this report.

This post was originally published on here. 

Anyone planning to paint a room this fall should buy the paint in August. Sherwin-Williams is raising prices 8% across its Paint Stores Group effective Sept. 1, 2026, a decision the company announced on July 28 alongside its second-quarter results.

The Paint Stores Group is the company’s own retail network — the stores where both professional contractors and homeowners buy. On a $60 gallon, 8% is about $4.80. A job that takes 15 gallons costs roughly $70 more after Labor Day than before it. For a contractor buying hundreds of gallons a month, the increase runs into real money.

The company attributed the increase to inflation in raw materials, energy, logistics and packaging, with supply-chain pressures intensifying during the continuing U.S. and Israeli conflict with Iran. Paint is a petroleum product at its core — resins, solvents and many pigments trace back to oil and gas feedstocks — so a disruption in energy markets shows up in a paint can with a lag of several months. Sherwin-Williams told analysts it expects raw material inflation to accelerate to a high-single-digit rate in the second half of the year, working out to a mid-single-digit impact across the full year.

The timing is not accidental. The company said the September date was chosen specifically to avoid disrupting the peak paint selling season — the spring and summer months when exterior work gets done. Waiting until after Labor Day means the increase lands when volumes are lower and customers are less likely to shop elsewhere over it.

What makes the move notable is that it comes without any recovery in demand to support it. Chief Executive Heidi Petz said the company outperformed the market despite ongoing global uncertainty and “no meaningful improvement in demand.” She added that demand indicators point to continued softness in the second half. Raising prices into a flat market is a calculated risk: if competitors hold their prices, customers can walk. PPG, the largest rival, reported results just below Wall Street expectations and reaffirmed its full-year guidance — which tells you the pressure on input costs is industry-wide, but not whether PPG will match the increase.

The underlying business is performing. Second-quarter net sales rose 7.5% to $6.79 billion, net income climbed 11.8% to $843.6 million, and adjusted earnings per share reached $3.70. Paint Stores Group sales rose 5.1%, with same-store sales up 4.2%. Consumer Brands sales jumped 21.5% to $983.5 million, helped by the Suvinil acquisition. The company raised its full-year adjusted earnings guidance to $11.80 to $12.20 a share from $11.50 to $11.90, and returned $1.46 billion to shareholders through dividends and buybacks in the quarter. The stock rose as much as 7.8% on the news.

The company also closed 57 stores this year , and told investors it expects to return to the high end of its target of 80 to 100 net new store openings starting in 2027 after this year’s portfolio pruning.

Three practical takeaways for anyone with a project.

Buy before the deadline if the work is already planned. Paint stores well for a year or more in a sealed can kept from freezing, so buying August paint for an October job is a straightforward 8% saving.

Contractors should look hard at any bid already written but not yet purchased. A quote issued in July on a job that buys material in September carries the increase entirely on the contractor’s margin unless the contract has an escalation clause.

And expect this to be one increase in a series rather than a one-time event. The company’s own guidance assumes no broad demand recovery for the rest of 2026 and accelerating input costs — a combination that historically produces another pricing action rather than a rollback.

JBizNews Desk | Cleveland

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

In an era where personal identity is often transformed into a brand and creativity into a strategy, Candace Bushnell has taken a different path. Not because she couldn’t move in that direction, but because she chose to remain, above all, a writer.

Sex and the City, the column that began in The New York Observer in 1994, has become one of the most recognizable cultural narratives of recent decades, influencing the way women talk about themselves, their choices, and their place in the world. And yet, for her, this success never functioned as an end point, but rather one of the many facets of her journey. Instead of being confined, her writing has continued to evolve, from best-selling novels such as Four Blondes, Trading Up, and Lipstick Jungle, to new narrative forms that test the boundaries between the private and the public.

Perhaps this is because, for her, creation is not the result of a strategy, but of an inner need. Of a constant urge to observe, process and transform experience into narrative – whether this happens in the solitary process of writing or in front of a live audience. It is no coincidence that, almost three decades after her first major success, she chose to return to the stage with a one-woman show that functions as a more direct, almost confessional version of her journey.

With True Tales of Sex, Success and Sex and the City, which was also presented in Athens on April 17, Candace Bushnell appeared in front of an audience, bridging the past and the present, but also the individual and the collective. It is a reminder that the stories that stand the test of time are not necessarily those designed to be “great”, but those that are told with honesty.

On the occasion of her presence in Greece, the iconic author spoke to Fortune Greece about the timelessness of writing, the importance of an authentic voice, and what it means to continue to evolve creatively, even when you have already left your mark. (This is republished in Fortune with permission.)

You started writing about a very specific world, your own world, and yet your experiences became a thing with global resonance. When did you realize that something so personal had acquired universal power?

I started writing when I was 19 and I was always writing about my world, about New York and the women who lived there. When I started the Sex and the City column in The New York Observer, one of the decisions I made was to write about things that I thought could only happen in New York.

Very quickly, however, it turned out that these things were happening everywhere. It was, in essence, social anthropology, and that’s something that can be translated to almost every major city.

I think I first realized that the writing was transcending New York when people in Los Angeles started sharing the column with each other. That was really where it all started. Then, of course, the TV series came along and took it much further, but that didn’t happen overnight either. It was probably around 1999 or 2000 that I felt like something had really taken off.

Many people today would describe what you have built as a strong personal brand. Did you ever view it that way?

I have often been told: “You have been a brand for 20 or 30 years.” But I do not agree with that, because I do not see myself as something inanimate. I am a human being. What I do is dedicate my time to creating, to producing something that, at least until now, even in the age of AI, only a human being can really do; and that is writing.

I never built myself as a brand in marketing terms. I did not seek to develop anything beyond my works in that way. Yes, some of my books have been adapted for television, but I never approached myself as a marketing “machine”.

I, in essence, just do my job. I do not put my name on buildings or product lines, nor do I have that type of business “umbrella.” For me, the focus has always been on the work itself and my creative expression.

In a world where attention is often fleeting, what do you think makes a work truly stand the test of time?

Ideally, the work speaks for itself. Of course, everyone needs marketing these days, that’s the reality, but when you’ve created something strong enough, that acts as a signal in itself. The public comes to you because they know who you are and have seen what you have created.

Of course, there are always those who are better at turning ideas into larger business ventures, and today many have found ways to commercially exploit worlds like Sex and the City with “recipes” that didn’t exist back then. The landscape has changed. But in the end, I still believe that it all comes down to whether the work has something original and true in it.

How can someone create something that is truly their own, today, in the age of AI?

First of all, I think that creativity is something deeply unique. I’m not worried about AI, because I know that it can’t replace what I can do, and that is true for creative people in general.

Creativity is about combining elements, recognizing patterns, and transforming them into something original. AI can, perhaps, imitate a style; it could probably write something that resembles my own style, but essentially it would be limited to reproducing it. I, as a human, can evolve; become a better writer, think differently, introduce new elements into my work.

This authentic creative process is human. At least as of today, I don’t think AI can replace it. I would, of course, like to learn how to use it as a tool, but when it comes to true originality, I still believe that it belongs to humans.

When Sex and the City went from writing to television, how did you experience that transition? And how different is the degree of control that a creator has in these two media?

I think it is important to understand that television and books are two completely different things. Television has different demands and its own logic, and there are people who work exclusively in that medium.

I was on the writing team for Sex and the City for the first two seasons, but then a $1 million deal came up to write two books. That was much more profitable financially, but more importantly, it was what I really wanted to do, which was to write books. So, this was my choice.

Books and cinema are closer to one another because they have a beginning, a middle, and an end. Television, on the other hand, has to be ongoing and, because of that, it requires a mechanism that keeps the story moving, with characters starting in one place and ending somewhere else. In books, my feeling is often that people do not change that radically. It is a completely different structure and a different mindset.

So yes, I had an initial involvement, but my energy was always directed towards books.

What is your creative process in practice when you start writing a book?

Writing a book, for me, is mostly about discipline. I mean, at least six hours a day, six days a week, sometimes seven. There are periods when the work can last for up to ten hours per day. At the end of the day, you just have to sit down and do it.

It is a lot like playing a musical instrument. It takes practice, endurance, and consistency. You cannot passively wait for inspiration, you have to show up every day and try.

As for ideas, you need to have a deeper sense of both your material and your characters. The main question is whether these characters can support a big narrative, that is, whether they have the depth to “hold” 100,000 words. It is not something that can be easily explained, because it is an internal, mental process: you create a world in your mind and then channel it on paper. You have to, essentially, enter that creative space and manage to stay there.

We talk a lot about “reinvention,” especially in long-term careers. How do you view that concept?

I do not really think in terms of “reinventing oneself.” In fact, the message at the end of my one-woman show is that when you reach 60, it is not about reinventing but rather about inventing yourself.

I do not think that people really reinvent themselves. This is a catchphrase that has become fashionable, but to me it does not really mean anything. We are who we are, and what really matters is accepting that and allowing it to express itself. That was the advice I got when I was in my 20s and was starting to write: just keep doing what you are doing and be true to yourself.

Sometimes, culture “meets” you and responds to what you create. Sometimes, you are so ahead of your time that people are not ready to understand it yet. Then, you just hope that, at some point, they will. So, for me, it is more about timing than reinvention.

Your narration is now being transferred to the stage. How did that transition come about and what did it give you creatively?

The show came about because someone I met said to me: “I think you can do a one-woman show.” It was not something that I had planned, but during the pandemic I wrote something and thought: why not? Let’s give it a try.

That’s where it all began. Our first performance was in a small theater and then it went off-Broadway in New York. It was an exciting experience because, on the one hand, it was something different from what I was used to and, on the other hand, it was not completely foreign to me. As a writer, I had been doing readings and public appearances since the mid-1990s, so it felt more like a natural progression than a radical change.

Actually, I feel very comfortable on stage; it comes naturally to me. A lot of people say, “Oh my God, I could never do that,” but for me it is easier than writing a book. And this is the paradox: people think that being on stage is harder, when in fact writing a book is much more demanding.

You have spent years writing about women, relationships, and modern life. How different do you feel the younger generations’ experience is today?

One of the reasons I created the one-woman show was because people kept asking me the same things about Sex and the City: Did I really have three female friends like the ones on the show? Did I have a wardrobe like Carrie Bradshaw’s? How did I get into writing the column? So, the show answers a lot of these questions.

As for younger women today, I feel like the more I hear about their experiences, the more I understand that yes, things are very different. 25 years have passed, dating apps are here and individuals have access to a lot more people than they used to. But at the same time, everything seems less romantic. It seems harder to make meaningful connections; there is more disappointment and more negative experiences.

When I was younger, in the 1980s and the 1990s, there was still excitement, a romantic anticipation around meeting someone and the feeling that something beautiful could happen. Today, when I talk to younger women, I often hear about “one bad experience after another”. Maybe it is my algorithm’s fault, but even what I see online has a more negative connotation around dating. It’s a different world altogether.

Speaking of power today, what do you think makes a woman truly powerful?

I think that success requires, above all, being motivated and constantly striving. It is a fact that some people have more energy than others, while some people have a special aura or a heightened awareness of their potential. But in the end, it all comes down to how you make the most of the cards you’ve been dealt.

We all start with certain givens, and the power lies precisely in the ability to make the most of them.

Is there a woman who inspires you personally?

Martha Stewart. I see her every now and then in New York and she is truly special. She has so many different talents and has created so many opportunities. She is 83 years old now, which is incredible, and yet she is still working, doing everything. She is also a very kind and friendly person. So yes, I would say that Martha Stewart inspires me.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

There are more than 800 mother’s milk banks around the world – about half in developed countries – that collect the nourishing liquid from breastfeeding mothers to give to premature babies whose mothers can’t nurse them.

None of those had the insight of pediatricians at the Israel National Council for Pediatrics and Child Health about the unique circumstances of breastfeeding women who were murdered, abducted to Gaza, traumatized, or wounded by Hamas terrorists – or recruited by the IDF to fight – on October 7, 2023.

The invasion of southern Israel by Hamas led to the massacre of more than 1,200 Israeli civilians – including women and children –the kidnapping of more than 250 hostages into the Gaza Strip, and threats to thousands of families. At the very onset of the Hamas massacre, the optimal continuation of breastfeeding was challenged by many cases of maternal death or disability, or by emergency deployment for active duty of lactating mothers playing critical roles in the army or the air force.

The nonprofit National Human Milk Bank of Magen David Adom is located in Ramle’s MDA Blood Bank. Its professionals were asked to supply breast milk from over 400 women donors to 46 healthy babies whose mothers were not with them.

Some 200 new donors join post-October 7

In addition to the veteran donors, around 200 new donors joined, according to Prof. Francis Mimouni, a veteran pediatrician at Jerusalem’s Shaare Zedek Medical Center and, for the last 15 years, chairman of the national council, who worked with Dr. Sharron Bransburg-Zabary, director of MDA’s human milk bank. 

MDA’s National Human Milk Bank (credit: Courtesy Magen David Adom)

“Because of the war, we have tripled its activity, and in addition to providing the routine milk, there was an emergent need for safe mother’s milk to nourish babies who have been orphaned, whose mothers have been abducted or injured, or for babies whose mothers were recruited to the IDF, said Bransburg-Zabary, a certified lactation consultant who helped found, and who leads, the facility to provide safe, screened donor breast milk to premature, sick, and vulnerable infants.

“We worked around the clock and recruited many new donors to collect about a liter per day for each baby and to continue providing the infants and the premature babies with the safest milk that stands up to the highest supervision levels and passes all the tests and procedures needed for their health.”

Bransburg-Zabary explained that when infants or premature babies are fed exclusively with breast milk, a unique environment of microorganisms, such as beneficial bacteria, is created in their tissues. This environment is part of their immune protection and helps prevent allergies.

“If the biological mother is unable to nourish her infant with her own milk, supervised portions of breast milk from the Human Milk Bank are the recommended feeding option endorsed by health authorities worldwide and by the Health Ministry. Breast milk is defined as a ‘lifesaving treatment’ for infants in need.”

The journal Military Medicine quickly accepted and published the unique study titled “Human milk bank in a war zone: A report of the 2023-2025 war in the Middle East” by Mimouni, Bransburg-Zabary, Dr. Deena Rachel Zimmerman, Prof. Eilat Shinar (who runs the blood bank), and others.

Healthy babies needed donated breast milk 

Mimouni told The Jerusalem Post in an interview that “we realized on Oct. 8 that there were babies who needed mother’s milk, even though these were not the usual ones that qualified. It was provided in normal times to premature, low-birth-weight babies to prevent infections like necrotizing enterocolitis.

“Our aim was not to save lives; the babies were all healthy, and at last resort, they could have been given infant formula. But it takes time for many infants to get used to formula after being nursed by their mothers. Some refused. They obviously had to drink from a baby bottle, which involves a very different technique of sucking with the tongue and mouth; but also having to get used to formula makes it harder.”

“Some families to whom we offered the donated milk asked how they could be sure it was sterile and suited to the baby,” Mimouni recalled. “We knew there would be anxieties, but weeks later, we did surveys of families who were involved in this unique experience. Many potential donors came forward after we published requests to apply.

“The project’s success was caused by motivation; what caused success was motivation; giving of your own milk, giving part of yourself while nursing your own baby is the height of unconditional love.”

In normal times, donors who had been given sterile bags brought their milk to a specific place, but with missiles falling and danger in the streets, MDA motorcycles took the bags every day and brought them to the Ramle milk bank.

MDA was chosen to run the milk bank in 2018 because “they’re used to dealing with emergencies,” explained Mimouni. There is no other place in the world where a national mother’s milk bank is run by a blood bank.”

When he was made chairman of the national council, he wanted to know what challenges there were and how to advise the ministry. “My idea was that there would be a mother’s milk bank.” He asked the then ministry director-general, Prof. Ronni Gamzu, to allocate NIS 1 million to start it, and he did. “So many people gave of their time.” 

Asked if there was a very memorable case of a mother who needed milk donations for her baby, he recalled a woman Israel Air Force helicopter pilot who decided to halt her maternity leave to go on active duty and fly her Apache.

If another country asked him tomorrow how to prepare for war or a major disaster, his advice would be how to continue to collect contributions from lactating mothers and not to allow a mother’s milk bank to close down in an emergency.

“Some traumatized mothers who survived were unable to breastfeed because of stress, so they decided to give formula or to accept donations for their babies. We asked about the possibility of developing guilt feelings because they couldn’t feed them by themselves, but this wasn’t an issue,” said the council chairman.

“At enrollment, half of families expressed a high or moderate degree of anxiety. In contrast, after the infant received the donated milk, less than 25% still expressed anxiety. More than 80% attested that the donation helped them in handling the consequences of the war and contributed to their child’s health, while more than 90% felt that the donation contributed to their own well-being,” the authors wrote. “In settings of maternal loss or incapacity during war, donor human milk can be effectively provided by human milk.”

“They said they felt ‘the whole country supported me,’ so we saw the donor milk become a symbol of solidarity. So much good came out of it,” Mimouni added.

DR. SHARRON BRANSBURG-ZABARY, the director of MDA’s National Human Milk Bank. Its professionals were asked to supply breast milk from over 400 women donors to 46 healthy babies whose mothers were not with them. (credit: Courtesy Magen David Adom)

The donor milk undergoes many tests and has to meet very tough criteria for it to be given to other babies. The mothers are not self-selected. Those who apply have to list any medications they are taking, and the milk that is accepted is pasteurized. The area where the milk is handled at the bank is replete with yellow light to kill any bacteria or viruses in the air. 

Asked whether the war since October 7 taught him something about medicine that he didn’t know before, Mimouni said that it clearly showed that medical workers don’t constantly think about their incomes. They came to work in hospitals and health funds, hotels where evacuees were sent. These included Israeli Arab doctors and nurses who asked if they were needed to help.”

The journal study isn’t really about the war, which was the circumstance. The published paper is about how an existing public health system adapts under extreme conditions.

In other words, the authors were asking: “What happens when a service designed for premature babies suddenly becomes part of national emergency response?”

The National Human Milk Bank in Ramle can be contacted by email at milkbank@mda.org.il; by WhatsApp at 052-634-4101; and by phone at 073-263-0200. 

This post was originally published on here. 

An F-18 fighter on a NATO air policing mission shot down a drone that illegally breached Romanian national airspace, the fourth unmanned aircraft shot down over the country this year, Romania’s Defense Ministry said on Sunday.

A spokesperson for NATO’s military headquarters, US Army Colonel Martin O’Donnell, said the alliance is constantly on watch and prepared to defend itself from any threat. 

“Additional details regarding Sunday’s incident remain under investigation, but the drone appears to be Russian,” he said.

NATO member Romania shares a 614 km. land border with Ukraine and has reported repeated breaches of its airspace by Russian drones over the past four years, as well as mines floating in the Black Sea across key trade and energy routes.

Romania’s defense ministry did not specify the origin of the drone, saying it was detected by radar as it entered the country from neighboring Moldova, 24 km. north of the southeastern Romanian city of Galati.

Explosion following what the Romania's defense ministry says was a detonation of Russian drone fragments found in a location given as near Rachelu village, Romania, in this screengrab taken from a handout video released on June 30, 2026.   (credit: ROMANIAN DEFENSE MINISTRY/Handout via REUTERS)

The F-18 jet, part of a Spanish NATO contingent deployed in Romania, “made radar contact with the target and received permission to engage”, the ministry said in a statement, adding that the drone was shot down safely at 5:01 a.m. (0201 GMT).

The ministry said that fragments from the destroyed drone appeared to have fallen in an uninhabited area between two villages.

Russia reportedly sends drones to Romania to breach NATO airspace

In July, Romanian F-16 fighter jet pilots shot down three Russian drones breaching national airspace for the first time after dozens of such incursions since the start of Russia’s war in Ukraine.

In May, a Russian drone crashed into an apartment block in Galati during an overnight attack on neighboring Ukraine, injuring two people.

This post was originally published on here. 

Traffic congestion is only increasing, and unless there is a massive switch to public transport in the coming years, the situation will only become worse.

But in the past few years, Netivei Israel – the National Transport Infrastructure Company – has deployed some 170 AI-based adaptive traffic lights in an attempt to analyze demand and adapt in real time to the situation on the roads. Globes reports on the effectiveness of these traffic lights.

Netivei Israel’s sample comprises 25 junctions presenting different scenarios. The average time saving at those junctions over the course of the day was 25 seconds per vehicle. At Furedeis junction, traversed by some 80,000 vehicles daily, the total daily time saving was estimated at 771 hours. At the junction at the entrance to Kiryat Tivon, the time saving was measured at up to 56 seconds on average per vehicle, or a total of 679 hours per day.

Netivei Israel estimated the contribution to the economy and found that deployment at 100 junctions could benefit the economy by over NIS 500 million a year.

Regular traffic lights generally operate according to a timing program set in advance on the basis of periodic traffic counts. But the situation on the roads changes all the time. Demand rises and falls, the direction of traffic congestion switches, and sometimes unexpected events occur.

 TRAFFIC JAMS on the Ayalon highway in Tel Aviv. (credit: MIRIAM ALSTER/FLASH90)

Algorithms adapt traffic light timing to real-life situations

An adaptive traffic light works differently. Cameras installed at the junction identify vehicles and analyze demand and the length of queues up to 100 meters from the junction. The algorithm adapts the timing of the traffic light in real time to the situation on the ground.

The system was developed over the past few years by ITC (Intelligent Traffic Control) in collaboration with the operations and maintenance division, the traffic management department, and the engineering R&D department, at Netivei Israel.

“Our aspiration is that within five years all 750 junctions for which Netivei Israel is responsible will be adaptive,” says Eitan Silberstein, head of the technologies unit in the traffic management department at Netivei Israel.

“On average, a driver uses three main roads on the way to work, with five to ten junctions on each,” Silberstein adds. “We estimate that an average saving of ten minutes on each journey will amount to two working weeks over the course of a year. The aim is not just to turn more traffic lights into smart traffic lights. If I save 30 seconds at a junction, but delay a driver at the next junction, I haven’t done anything. The real leap forward will be when the entire route is adaptive.”

This post was originally published on here. 

The IDF has needed to cancel and postpone the arrest of Palestinians suspected of terrorism as forces are diverted to deal with rising settler extremism in the West Bank, Army Radio reported on Sunday morning. 

According to Army Radio, the arrests come at the request of the Shin Bet (Israel Security Agency), to which the IDF has responded that it is “unable” to arrest all of the wanted suspects.

“The IDF acts in accordance with the assessment of the situation and changing operational considerations, and accordingly prioritizes and allocates its forces to the various missions,” the IDF Spokesperson’s Unit told Army Radio in response.

On Friday, Defense Minister Israel Katz announced that he had instructed the IDF to prepare a plan to transfer all civilian enforcement authority for Israeli communities and residents in the West Bank to the Israel Police, as part of a broader effort to redefine the military’s role in the territory.

According to Katz, the proposed plan would shift responsibility for civilian law enforcement and public order involving the Israeli population in the West Bank from the IDF to the police.

Israeli settler extremists throw stones at a dirt road at the Palestinian village of Kusra, in the West Bank, in an attempt to block the movement of Palestinians and Israeli forces, August 12, 2026 (credit: SCREENSHOT/VIA SECTION 27A OF THE COPYRIGHT ACT)

“The IDF’s role is to fight Palestinian terrorism and focus on defending the borders and the communities against threats,” Katz said in a statement.
 
“All responsibility for enforcing civilian matters and maintaining law and order will be transferred to the police,” he added.

A senior police official condemned Katz’s decision, telling N12 that the defense minister had “better learn how things work. He’s getting very confused. Let him do his homework.”

Settler violence reaches peak with Kusra incident

Both Army Radio’s report and Katz’s statement follow a sharp increase in recent months in settler violence against Palestinians, the most recent of which is the incident in Kusra. 

On Wednesday, dozens of settler extremists clashed with the IDF near Kusra after the military evacuated an outpost that was set up in the area.

The entire area had been declared a closed military zone on Tuesday, following reports of settler extremists entering and taking control of Palestinian homes in the Kusra and Jalud areas of the West Bank.

IDF sends Golani Brigade, Haruv Reconnaissance Unit to Kusra

On Thursday morning, the military announced it was sending the 51st Battalion of the IDF’s Golani Brigade to Kusra to take over operations in the West Bank.

However, according to Army Radio’s report, after deciding that a permanent military presence in Kusra is needed, the battalion is slated to be relieved by the Haruv Reconnaissance Unit, which will arrive in the Palestinian village on Sunday.

Government officials and settler leaders denounced the incident last week. National Security Minister Itamar Ben-Gvir told Reshet Bet that while he admires the settlers building outposts, “there are some among them who really need to be stopped.”

Yisrael Gantz, the head of the Mateh Binyamin Regional Council and chairman of the Yesha Council, described the Kusra incident as “improper and unacceptable.”

Corrine Baum and Shir Perets contributed to this report.

This post was originally published on here. 

“Conscious unbossing” got its name a couple of years ago, when a Robert Walters survey found most young professionals didn’t want to become middle managers. Whether Gen Z actually acts on it is a fair question. Plenty of them still take the manager job, and I get it, the raise for managing is 11% versus 7% for staying an individual contributor, per Glassdoor. But the instinct is real. I know because I had it too, and I’m a former CMO.

Senior people are stepping off the management track and going back to doing the work themselves. From the outside it looks like a demotion, so people don’t advertise it. In tech, where the data is best, it already has a name: SignalFire calls it the “Super IC,” and top individual contributors are starting to get paid like directors. Most of the examples are engineers. I came at it from marketing.

I spent years climbing, from product marketing all the way up to CMO, with a 65-person team at the peak. Then I chose to give up the team and go back to doing the work myself. Today I’m the founding marketer at AGI Inc., and I run the entire function myself, more of it than I ever could with a team behind me. I write my own copy, build my own decks, and own every channel. In the last 4 months, I’ve taken two major partnership announcements from first draft to live, run a full rebrand and rolled it out, and marketed three product directions at once: enterprise, developers, and product-led growth, each with a different audience.

The pace is the part that still surprises me. When I needed a partner newsletter recently, I built the whole thing myself, design and system, in 4 hours, work that used to mean a brief, a designer, and a week of waiting. I’ve run 16 events in the last three months, 10 of my own and 6 co-hosted with partners, each of which used to take a team of three or four, and one of them brought in 4 new hires. I don’t miss running the org.

Managers everywhere seem to be feeling some version of this. Gallup measured manager engagement falling from 27% to 22% in a single year, the biggest one-year drop they’ve ever recorded. The job stopped being worth it for a lot of people.

I’m not the only one who made this move in public. Elena Verna, one of the best-known growth leaders in tech, gave up the head of growth role at Lovable late last year to go back to hands-on work. Then she shipped an enterprise pricing page by herself, in hours. That page used to take a product manager, a designer, and an engineering team. She has a name for people like us, the “high-impact IC”: usually an ex-leader who can carry a project from idea to shipped, alone.

Here’s what changed. The old career math said your worth scaled with your headcount, because you needed the bodies to get anything done. AI broke that. In Microsoft’s latest work trend report, two-thirds of people using AI said it frees them up for better work, and more than half said they’re making things they couldn’t have made a year ago. That’s my experience exactly. With AI, I get through what used to take a whole team.

Early in your career, the raise data is right, and becoming a manager is still the fastest way to get paid more. At the senior level that stops being true. I used to be valued for how many people reported to me. Now I’m valued for how good I am at the work itself. In tech, that’s already showing up in comp, with the best individual contributors starting to out-earn the managers above them.

What did I get back? Sharper instincts, because you can’t feel what’s working from a status meeting. You feel it when you’re in it. And time for the thing I’ve always been best at, which is connecting people and ideas. That job is the same whether I’m running a marketing org or a 10,000-person community.

The same AI that lets me skip a management layer also lets me skip the junior hire. The grunt work I used to hand a 23-year-old is the work AI does now, and that grunt work was how the 23-year-old learned the job. PwC found entry-level roles in AI-heavy fields are seven times more likely to ask for senior skills. New-grad hiring in tech is down about 65% since 2019, and marketing hiring is down 36%, per SignalFire. Stanford’s payroll data shows early-career workers in the most exposed jobs down 16%. Running lean works for me. The 23-year-old never gets the chance to learn.

If I ran a company, I’d stop treating management as the only way up. Some of your best people would rather stay in the work than run a team, and now they actually can, so give them a senior track that pays and carries real weight. And I’d rebuild the bottom rung on purpose. Hire young people to run the AI, check it, direct it, catch what it gets wrong, so they build judgment in a couple of years instead of ten. Otherwise, you save money now and have no one to promote later.

Gen Z gave this a name, but people much further into their careers are making the same choice, to do the work instead of managing it. And once you’re back in the work, it stops feeling like a step backwards at all.

The opinions expressed in Fortune.com commentary pieces are solely the views of their authors and do not necessarily reflect the opinions and beliefs of Fortune.

Juliana Chyzhova is a GTM strategist with a decade of experience marketing AI products: at Skylum (Luminar), Aftershoot, and now AGI Inc. She co-founded Catalyst Bay, a 10,000-member SF community of founders, operators, and investors, and runs it as a real go-to-market channel. Its stages have featured speakers from OpenAI, Anthropic, JP Morgan, SVB, Deel, Respeecher, and Liquid AI. Across 2026 events: 85,000+ impressions and 3,600+ signups. She created the Audience-Led Launch framework.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

Israel Police on Sunday requested the public’s help in locating a 16-year-old from Acre who has been missing since late July, after being granted permission by the family to publicize details of the case.

Karim Abdel Kader was last seen on July 20 after leaving his school in I’billin, located in northern Israel near Shefar’am.

Kader has black hair, dark skin, and was last seen wearing a black shirt and matching pants. Police stated that he does not have a phone on him.

Police have asked anyone with information on his whereabouts to either report it to the police hotline (100) or to the Acre Police Station over the phone at 04-987-6808.

The announcement of Kader’s disappearance comes days after a separate missing persons case that gripped Israel was solved.

Mali and Liel Yahalomi, an Israeli mother and daughter, who have been mising since August 7, 2026. (credit: Screenshot/Facebook/Israel in Österreich)

Police locate Mali, Liel Yahalomi 

On Friday, police announced that Israeli mother Mali Yahalomi and her daughter, Liel, had been found alive on an intercity bus in Buenos Aires, Argentina.

The two left Israel for Prague, continued to Vienna, apparently traveled through Frankfurt, before eventually reaching Buenos Aires. They had been reported missing nearly a week ago after failing to check in with family members after a Shabbos spent in Vienna.

Authorities are continuing to investigate the circumstances of the trip, including why the two women traveled from Europe to Argentina and did not make contact while police were trying to locate them.

Police suspect the two recorded videos for their family in Vienna but sent them after leaving the country, creating the impression they were still there, Ynet reported. The investigation also reportedly found that their travel was connected to personal financial circumstances.

Jerusalem Post Staff contributed to this report.

This post was originally published on here. 

North Korean leader Kim Jong Un reaffirmed the deepening of ties with Russia in a message to President Vladimir Putin as Pyongyang marked the anniversary of independence from Japan’s colonial rule, KCNA state news agency said on Sunday.

Kim was replying to a message of congratulations from Putin marking Saturday’s 81st anniversary of Tokyo’s surrender in World War Two. The Russian leader said the bond was forged as Soviet soldiers fought against Japan and that cooperation would continue “in all the sectors.”

The North Korean leader expressed hope for the future of ties that had “carried forward the history of common struggle for justice and precious traditions of friendship.”

Pyongyang and Moscow have grown closer since the reclusive state began deploying troops and weapons to support Russia’s war against Ukraine in what has been Pyongyang’s most significant involvement in a war since the 1950s.

The Russian ship Pallada arrived at Wonsan port for a goodwill visit on Saturday tied to the liberation anniversary, and was greeted by North Korean provincial officials and Russian embassy staff, KCNA said.

North Korean leader Kim Jong Un speaks with Russian President Vladimir Putin during their visit to Beijing to attend China's commemoration of the 80th anniversary of the end of World War Two, in Beijing, China, September 3, 2025. (credit: KCNA VIA REUTERS)

South Korean President calls for talks

Also on Saturday, South Korean President Lee Jae Myung called for talks with the rival North aimed at peaceful coexistence, telling Seoul’s Liberation Day ceremony that the two Koreas need safeguards to prevent conflict and should work to replace their armistice with a “peace regime.”

Lee urged dialogue to formally end the 1950-1953 Korean War, which ended in a ceasefire but no peace treaty, and said the talks could explore ways to curb Pyongyang’s nuclear program.

Pyongyang has rejected Lee’s overtures and criticized US-South Korean military exercises as provocations.

On Thursday, Putin drew Tokyo’s condemnation with a visit to an island off Hokkaido, claimed by Japan, that Moscow seized in the days after Japan’s 1945 surrender. 

This post was originally published on here. 

Israel’s summer weather is expected to bring another surprise on Sunday.

Alongside the intense heat, local rain and isolated thunderstorms are expected starting in the afternoon, mainly in eastern Israel, as the Israel Meteorological Service has warned of possible flooding in the Judean Desert and Dead Sea area, the northern Arava, and the northeastern Negev.

Temperatures are expected to fall slightly on Monday, bringing some relief from the heat. Conditions will be partly cloudy, with temperatures slightly below average in the mountains and inland areas. Local rain will still be possible from the afternoon, mainly in the east.

Tuesday will be partly cloudy to clear, with no significant change in temperatures. On Wednesday, after morning cloud cover clears, conditions will become mostly clear, with temperatures rising slightly in the mountains and inland areas.

Alongside the rain, the Israel Meteorological Service issued an early red warning for extreme heat, which will remain in effect on Sunday from 11 a.m. to 10 p.m.

The warning applies to the Beit She’an Valley, the Kinneret Valley, the Jordan Valley, the northern and southern Judean Desert and Dead Sea areas, and the northern Arava. Elsewhere in the country, conditions will be partly cloudy to clear, with no significant temperature changes.

How rare is this unusual forecast?

The unusual forecast follows heavy rainfall in eastern Israel on Saturday, when large amounts of rain fell within a short period, causing flooding and flash floods.

About 26 mm of rain was recorded in Ma’ale Adumim, including 21 mm in just one hour. Flooding in eastern and southern Jerusalem neighborhoods required residents to be rescued from homes and vehicles, while about 15 mm fell in Gush Etzion over a short period.

A localized flash flood was recorded in the Judean Desert, while water flowed through the upper section of the Kidron Stream following rainfall in east Jerusalem.

Forecaster Danny Roup explained in a special column in Walla that light rain or drizzle during the summer months is not particularly unusual, but that the current event differs from a typical summer rain event.

According to Roup, atmospheric instability led to the development of clouds over southern and eastern Israel, producing large amounts of rain in a short period. Such conditions are more typical of September, October, and November.

The most unusual aspect of the event was the rainfall amount. Israel has documented only a handful of events in which more than 25 mm of rain fell in August since measurements began, including in the Golan Heights in 2012, Kfar Galim in 1971, and Zichron Ya’acov in 1920.

According to the data, the amount recorded in the Judean Desert is particularly unusual for August and may even represent a historic record in the area’s rainfall measurements.

However, the event was highly localized. While heavy rain fell in parts of eastern and southern Jerusalem, only about 5 mm was recorded in the center of the capital, and most of the country did not experience unusual weather.

“Rain in summer, not rare. Rain like this in summer, definitely rare,” Roup concluded.

According to Roup, a single weather event cannot be directly linked to climate change, but global warming is expected to result in more localized and extreme weather events.

Police prepare for road closures

Following the unusual rain, flooding, and flash floods, Judea and Samaria District police officers will be deployed along roads and major routes in at-risk areas.

According to police, the main risk of flooding in the Judean Desert streams and in the northern and southern Dead Sea areas is expected between noon and 6 p.m.

Police urged the public to plan trips in advance and adjust routes to the expected weather conditions. Hikers were also asked to avoid streams and hiking trails in areas at risk of flooding because of the danger of being swept away and the serious risk to life.

Police will issue updates on road closures and traffic disruptions throughout the day. Information on changes to traffic arrangements will also be available through the police information hotline at 110.

This post was originally published on here. 

Yemen’s Mocha port has suspended commercial and maritime operations after being hit by more than 25 missiles in Houthi attacks over recent days, the port’s director said on Saturday.

The attacks killed seven people and caused an estimated $16 million in losses, the director told a news conference.

Mocha is a Red Sea port near the Bab al-Mandab strait, a strategic chokepoint connecting the Red Sea with the Gulf of Aden and a key route for international shipping.

Forces aligned with Yemen’s internationally recognized government control the port. It has a smaller cargo capacity than Yemen’s main ports of Aden and Hodeidah.

Yemen’s government said on Friday the Houthis fired six ballistic missiles at Mocha that day, killing at least four civilians and targeting civilian, economic, and maritime facilities.

What is said to be a missile is launched in what Yemen's Iran-aligned Houthis say is an attack on the Red Sea port city of Mocha, Yemen, at an unknown location in this still image taken from video released August 9, 2026. (credit: HOUTHI MEDIA CENTRE/Handout via REUTERS)

Houthis claim to target weapons, warships

The Houthis said they targeted a military build-up of weapons and warships belonging to Saudi-backed forces in Mocha.

The escalation comes amid heightened regional tensions from the US war on Iran and has raised concerns about a return to large-scale conflict in Yemen.

Major fighting in Yemen had largely subsided following a UN-brokered truce in 2022, but efforts to reach a lasting political settlement have stalled.

This post was originally published on here. 

Attorney-General Gali Baharav-Miara asked the High Court of Justice to stop the government from appointing new leaders to the Police Investigations Department before the October 27 election, arguing that Justice Minister Yariv Levin has too much influence over who will be chosen.

The court has not yet ruled on the request. It is considering several petitions against a law passed in June that removes PID from the State Attorney’s Office and places it more directly under the Justice Ministry.

At issue are two long-term appointments: the director of the restructured department, who will serve for six years, and a new senior official who will resolve disputes over investigations of police officers and serve for three years.

Baharav-Miara argued that making those appointments shortly before an election would allow the current government to shape the leadership of one of Israel’s most sensitive law-enforcement bodies for years to come.

She also warned that perceived political control over PID could deter police officers, investigators, and prosecutors, particularly during an election period in which the police are responsible for maintaining public order and protecting demonstrations.

Illustrative: Firemen and police officers at the scene where a car exploded on Peretz Street in Rishon Lezion on July 03, 2022.  (credit:  YOSSI ALONI/FLASH90)

PID investigates suspected criminal offenses committed by police officers. Its independence is therefore intended to ensure that officers can be investigated without political interference or pressure from the police itself.

Levin has ‘significant influence’ over voting committee

Under the new law, a five-member committee will select the two senior officials. Baharav-Miara argued that Levin or his office had significant influence over three of its members.

The Justice Ministry director-general, or a representative, chairs the committee. Baharav-Miara’s filing described Director-General Itamar Donenfeld as holding a position of trust under Levin. Levin appointed a second member, a criminal-defense lawyer, after consulting with the national public defender.

The attorney-general’s filing revealed that Donenfeld was also closely involved in the selection of a third member, who was formally appointed by the Civil Service commissioner.

According to the filing, Donenfeld sent the commissioner the name of a single candidate, along with the candidate’s résumé and a legal opinion finding no impediment to the appointment. The commissioner interviewed the candidate and decided to appoint them.

Baharav-Miara did not claim that the commissioner failed to make his own decision. She argued, however, that Donenfeld’s decision to put forward only one name gave Levin’s office significant influence over a third seat on the committee.

That would be particularly consequential because the committee may operate with only three members. It will also have the power to dismiss the officials it appoints.

The committee has also not yet been fully established. An application process for the position of PID director was opened on June 25, but its deadline was extended three times, most recently to Sunday (August 16). No equivalent process has been opened for the second position.

Permanent appointments should be avoided during elections

Baharav-Miara argued that there is no urgent need to complete either appointment before the election. The existing PID continues to operate under an acting director and no position has been left functionally vacant.

Baharav-Miara argued, citing High Court precedent, that permanent appointments should generally be avoided during an election period when there is no urgent need and a temporary arrangement is available.

The attorney-general acknowledged that the coming election is taking place on its scheduled date, unlike many previous cases in which courts considered appointments after an early election had been called. She nevertheless argued that the same concerns over political considerations and binding the next government apply.

The filing said that, according to the Justice Ministry’s legal adviser, Levin had not yet formulated his position on whether to advance the appointments before the election. It added that his request for separate legal representation had been approved on July 14.

The Knesset approved the PID law in June by 43 votes to 39. It establishes PID as a separate body within the Justice Ministry and transfers powers currently held by the attorney-general and State Attorney’s Office to the department’s new leadership.

Levin and Likud MK Moshe Saada, who sponsored the law, have said the separation will address conflicts of interest and make investigations of police officers more independent and professional.

Baharav-Miara and the petitioners challenging the law argue that it would have the opposite effect by giving political officials influence over the body responsible for investigating the police.

The High Court must now decide whether to freeze the appointments while it considers the broader petitions against the law.

This post was originally published on here. 

Shareholders of The Real Brokerage Inc. and REMAX Holdings Inc. on Friday approved Real’s proposed acquisition of REMAX, moving the companies closer to forming Real REMAX Group after their respective votes.

The votes were held at special meetings of both companies’ security holders, according to the announcement. The proposed acquisition was first announced in April 2026. 

Upon closing, the combined company will operate as Real REMAX Group, bringing together Real’s technology-focused brokerage platform and agent community with the REMAX global franchise network and brand.

The special resolution approving the arrangement was backed by approximately 99% of the votes cast by Real shareholders, and 98.9% of the votes cast by Real shareholders, optionholders and restricted share unit holders voting together as a single class. At REMAX Holdings, holders of about 78.8% of the voting power of common stock voted to approve the acquisition.

The transaction is still subject to remaining closing conditions, including a final order from the Supreme Court of British Columbia approving the arrangement aspects of the deal. The companies said they expect closing to occur shortly after all closing conditions are met, which they anticipate will be in the next couple of weeks.

Once completed, Real REMAX Group is expected to support more than 180,000 real estate professionals across more than 120 countries and territories. The companies project roughly $2.3 billion in pro forma 2025 revenue and $157 million in adjusted EBITDA before synergies for the combined entity.

Leadership framed the vote as a step toward building a larger-scale platform focused on technology, education and support for agents and brokers.

“We’re grateful for the strong support from securityholders of both companies, and appreciate the confidence this signals in our vision for a more connected, innovative real estate ecosystem,” Tamir Poleg, chairman and CEO of Real, said in a statement. “Together, through Real REMAX Group, we’ll have the scale, talent and resources to invest more, build faster and create even greater value for the more than 180,000 real estate professionals who choose our brands, and for the clients they serve.”

Erik Carlson, the CEO of REMAX Holdings, called the vote an “important milestone.” 

“This combination provides the opportunity to strengthen the value for Broker/Owners and their agents while preserving the entrepreneurial culture, local leadership and trusted REMAX brand that have fueled success for more than 50 years,” Carlson said in a statement.

The approval of shareholders at both companies comes after the Department of Justice (DOJ) in mid-July granted the companies an early termination of their Hart-Scott-Rodino (HSR) Antitrust Improvements Act waiting period for the proposed merger.

The HSR Act is a federal law that was originally designed to strengthen antitrust enforcement, in part by giving the government advance notice of large mergers and acquisitions so they can be reviewed for competitive harm before they are completed. The act requires parties to notify both the DOJ and the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) about proposed mergers.

The Real Brokerage reported Q2 2026 revenue of $700.6 million, up 30% year over year, with a net loss of $8 million, driven by $11.6 million in acquisition-related expenses for the pending REMAX deal. For its part, REMAX reported Q2 2026 revenue of $68.5 million, down 5.8% year over year, and a net loss of $4.3 million.

This article was written by Brooklee Han and generated with the assistance of HousingWire Automation, then reviewed by a HousingWire editor before publication.

This post was originally published on here. 

An Iranian military official said on Sunday that Qatar should allow an Iranian team to enter the country to investigate the fate of pilots whom Tehran says were captured by Qatari forces, Iranian media reported.

Qatar denies holding any Iranian pilots. Doha said on Saturday that its search and rescue teams had found the remains of one pilot after Iranian aircraft violated Qatari airspace in March and failed to respond to attempts to contact them.

Qatar said it had contacted Iran to coordinate the handover of the remains and had invited Tehran to review details of its search and rescue operations, but had received no response.

Mohammad Baqerzadeh, commander of the Committee for the Search for Missing Persons of Iran’s Armed Forces General Staff, said an Iranian Air Force expert and fact-finding team had been waiting for months to enter Qatar, according to the semi-official Tasnim news agency.

Baqerzadeh accused Qatari officials of repeatedly delaying the investigation and preventing the pilots’ return to Iran. He called for the International Committee of the Red Cross to urgently follow up on the case.

A replica of an Iranian air force F-4 Phantom fighter aircraft is displayed before traffic along a city square in Bandar Abbas in southern Iran on August 10, 2026. (credit: ATTA KENARE / AFP via Getty Images)

Iran accuses Kuwait of witholding information about four Iranians held in Kuwait

Baqerzadeh also said Kuwait was similarly withholding information about the fate of four Iranians held in Kuwait.

In May, Iran said the four were affiliated with the Revolutionary Guards and had been on a maritime patrol before entering Kuwaiti territorial waters because of a navigation disruption. Kuwait has said the four were suspected of planning hostile actions against the country.

This post was originally published on here. 

Jason Arday, a former University of Cambridge professor at the center of a plagiarism scandal, died at 41 on Friday.

Arday resigned on August 5 after a former Cambridge researcher accused him of plagiarism in his PhD thesis. He denied the allegation but acknowledged making mistakes. He was the university’s youngest ever black professor.

He was found unresponsive by the ambulance service at a property in Battersea, south London.

“Sadly, a 41-year-old man was pronounced dead at the scene. His next of kin have been informed and are being supported by officers,” the Metropolitan Police said in a statement.

“At this time his death is being treated as unexpected, but is not believed to be suspicious. The case is being investigated by officers from the Met’s Central South Command Unit,” the police said.

ason Arday, a former University of Cambridge professor appears in this picture obtained from social media, released on October 9, 2020. (credit: Courtesy of Royal Borough of Greenwich via YouTube/via REUTERS)

The University of Cambridge announced an investigation earlier this week into the circumstances of Arday’s appointment to the Faculty of Education in 2022 and his time there since.

Arday’s personal life, childhood struggles investigated in plagiarism controversy

A high-profile professor who appeared frequently in the media, Arday faced accusations this year that parts of his 2015 PhD thesis were plagiarized, which he denied.

The allegations expanded to include apparent inconsistencies in Arday’s other academic work, and questions over his claims about his career, personal life, and medical conditions.

Arday’s accounts of his childhood struggles with autism and his sporting achievements – including a claim to have run 30 marathons in 35 days – have also been challenged.

“We are desperately saddened to hear this tragic news. Our heartfelt sympathies go to Jason Arday’s family and friends at this incredibly difficult time,” Cambridge’s Vice-Chancellor Deborah Prentice said in a statement.

Britain’s education secretary, Lucy Powell, said she was saddened to hear the news of Arday’s death.

His family said they were in shock.

“The campaign of misinformation was too much for Jason, who was a gentle man and who always wanted to see the best in everyone,” the family said in a statement provided by Arday’s publisher, Simon & Schuster UK.

“We won’t comment further at this point beyond asking the press to leave us alone now, and to stop the campaign of harassment which has been waged against Jason and his family for too long.”

British Prime Minister Andy Burnham called on Saturday for reflection following Arday’s death.

“It’s a tragedy on so many levels, but particularly… for everybody who knew Jason, his family obviously, his friends,” Burnham told broadcasters.

“It’s not a moment for any rushing to judgment. It’s a moment for reflection, I would say, reflecting on how things came to this.”

Critics blame ‘unthinking culture warriors’ for failing to check Arday’s credentials

The case has fueled debate over the university’s handling of the allegations. Some critics have argued it was so keen to hire a black academic that it failed to check Arday’s credentials sufficiently and did not respond appropriately when the plagiarism claims emerged.

“The unthinking culture warriors who have supported (Arday) unconditionally share responsibility with his racist critics for making life harder for black academics and dragging UK higher education deeper into the mire,” Paul Gilroy, a University of London sociology professor, was quoted as saying by the Guardian newspaper on August 8.

Initial accusations against Arday were made by self-defined “race realist” Nathan Cofnas, the Guardian reported. Cofnas has previously expressed the belief that in a meritocracy there would be “close to zero” black professors at Harvard University.

The Guardian also reported that, following the allegations of plagiarism, Cambridge stated that it had passed the complaints to Liverpool John Moores, where Arday had completed his PhD, which had not found evidence of plagiarism.

Simon Baron-Cohen, a Cambridge professor and supporter of Arday, said Arday had spoken to him hours before his death about his distress over media coverage and criticism on social media.

“He was being subjected to relentless scrutiny, including ridicule, discrediting absolutely every detail of his life,” Baron-Cohen told BBC Radio on Saturday. “And he wasn’t coping with the loss of his career, the loss of his reputation, and he felt he couldn’t go on.”

Arday, as a vulnerable person since childhood, deserved safeguarding and support, he said, adding that investigations into the case should assign accountability “at lots of levels.”

Jerusalem Post Staff contributed to this report.

This post was originally published on here. 

A 35-year-old Israeli tourist was arrested in Crete on Saturday on suspicion of causing a wildfire after lighting a barbecue at a rented vacation villa despite being explicitly warned against doing so.

He is expected to be brought before a judge in Rethymno on Sunday for a hearing on extending his detention.

According to Greek media reports, the fire broke out at 7:11 p.m. on Friday near the village of Sellia, close to the resort town of Plakias, in the municipality of Agios Vasileios in southern Rethymno.

Findings from the Greek Fire Service’s arson investigation unit reportedly indicated that the fire began in the yard of the vacation villa where a group of Israeli tourists was staying. They are suspected of lighting a barbecue despite strong winds and serious fire warnings.

According to the reports, the villa owner warned the guests when they arrived that, due to the high fire risk, using a barbecue was completely prohibited in the area. He said he also provided the instructions in writing.

A firefighter works to extinguish a wildfire burning next to the village of Krya Vrysi on the island of Crete, Greece, July 29, 2026. (credit: REUTERS/STRINGER)

Despite the warning, the guests allegedly lit the grill. Sparks carried by the wind ignited dry vegetation, and the fire quickly spread into the surrounding open area.

More than 60 firefighters were dispatched to the scene, along with three special wildfire units, dozens of vehicles, firefighting helicopters, water tankers, and volunteers.

Greece’s national 112 emergency system sent alerts to residents and ordered the precautionary evacuation of the communities of Fotinari and Souda. Firefighters brought the blaze under control after about four hours.

Some 45,000 dunams burned in the area about two weeks ago

The incident comes amid a particularly severe wildfire season in Greece.

About two weeks ago, one of the summer’s most serious fires raged in the Rethymno area. According to data from the National Observatory of Athens, about 45,000 dunams burned within just two days south of Rethymno.

Authorities evacuated more than 8,000 residents and tourists from their homes and hotels. A total of 224 firefighters, 53 fire engines, 11 special units, and firefighting planes and helicopters fought the flames.

Two firefighters were killed during the firefighting operations. At the time, winds in the area reached speeds of up to 88 kilometers per hour, with local gusts exceeding 100 kilometers per hour, making aerial firefighting operations extremely difficult.

Following the wave of wildfires, Greek authorities have adopted a zero-tolerance policy toward violations of fire prevention regulations. On days when a high fire risk is declared, lighting barbecues, burning cut vegetation, or carrying out any activity that could create sparks is completely prohibited.

Those who violate the regulations may face heavy fines and criminal proceedings.

This post was originally published on here. 

Kasem Noubani, a 24-year-old man from the Chicago area, was sentenced about a week ago to 600 days in prison after pleading guilty to a hate crime for his role in the assault of an IDF reservist and another Jewish student on the campus of DePaul University in Chicago.

The attack, which was premeditated, left one of the victims with a brain injury and his friend with a broken wrist that required surgery.

Noubani was arrested only about a year and a half after the attack during a traffic stop in Arkansas. He was subsequently extradited to Illinois and prosecuted. On August 4, he pleaded guilty and was sent to the Cook County Jail.

The incident occurred in broad daylight on November 6, 2024, outside DePaul University’s student center. Max Long, an IDF reservist who came to study at the university after serving in Israel, set up an information booth with his friend, Michael Kaminsky. Long was wearing a sweatshirt that read, “Stop Antisemitism,” and the two held a sign inviting students: “Come talk about Israel with an IDF soldier.”

According to the indictment, Noubani and his accomplice, Adam Arkan, arrived at the scene wearing masks after planning the attack in advance. Arkan began speaking with Long and Kaminsky to distract them, while Noubani approached from behind, attacked Long, and repeatedly struck him in the head and body. Long was knocked to the ground and lost consciousness. Kaminsky, who tried to help his friend, was also attacked and suffered a broken wrist.

DePaul university student Max Long (credit: Courtesy of Max Long and Michael Kaminsky)

Long suffers memory loss months after antisemitic attack

Long suffered a hematoma, a severe concussion, and a brain injury. A cystic finding was later discovered in the area between his brain and spinal cord. Even months after the attack, he continued to suffer from memory loss and required regular medical monitoring. Kaminsky underwent surgery because of his broken wrist.

After the attack, Arkan fled the scene in his father’s car. Noubani was recorded throwing the sweatshirt and ski mask he had been wearing into a trash can. Investigators collected the clothing, and laboratory testing found that the DNA on the items matched Noubani’s. Arkan also identified him during questioning as the person who attacked Long from behind.

Arkan, who was 20 when the charges were filed, is a student at Triton College, not DePaul University. According to the indictment, security cameras recorded him arriving in the campus area about an hour before the attack, before he put on the ski mask, and his father identified him in the footage.

Arkan sentenced to probation, community service

Although Arkan was initially charged with serious offenses, including hate crimes and aggravated battery, he pleaded guilty under a deal to only two misdemeanor battery charges. Last November, he was sentenced to two years of probation and 100 hours of community service. The sentence drew criticism from Jewish organizations in Chicago, which argued that it did not reflect the severity of the violence directed against Jews.

Noubani, by contrast, had already had a previous encounter with the justice system. Months before the attack, he participated in a pro-Palestinian protest held around the Democratic National Convention in Chicago in August 2024. He was among the protesters who breached a fence in the security perimeter and pleaded guilty to trespassing.

Alongside the criminal proceedings, Long and Kaminsky filed a civil lawsuit against DePaul University. They claim that a university security officer stood about three meters away from them during the attack and did not intervene, while another guard briefly detained one of the attackers but allowed him to leave.

The two accuse the university of negligence and of failing to protect Jewish and Israeli students on campus, and are seeking at least $50,000 in damages. The university asked for the lawsuit to be dismissed, arguing that it had no obligation to protect them from the attackers. According to the latest public update, however, the case has not yet been decided.

This post was originally published on here. 

The man behind the world’s largest digital encyclopedia talks to Fortune Greece, republished with permission.

There are few digital platforms that have become as quietly indispensable as Wikipedia. With no ads, no subscriptions, and none of the noise that typically accompanies anything “big” on the internet, it has been operating for nearly a quarter of a century as the most stable knowledge infrastructure of the digital world. Behind it stands Jimmy Wales, a founder who seems almost stubbornly resistant to the logic of Silicon Valley.

Today, in an environment where truth is constantly questioned, artificial intelligence is reshaping our relationship with knowledge, and trust in institutions is at historical lows, Jimmy Wales appears almost unconventional. He doesn’t make any reference to disruption, nor does he promise technological “revolutions.” Instead, he insists on something far simpler—and far more difficult: the pursuit of transparency, verification, and group responsibility.

The story of Wikipedia is now well known. What matters more today is not how it began, but how it endured—and what it means to remain relevant in an ecosystem that evolves faster than ever. There is something oddly reassuring about talking to someone whose creation has become so deeply embedded in our daily lives that it’s hard to remember what the world looked like before it. It’s not just the scale of the project. It’s his commitment to principles that sound obvious, but in practice feel almost radical.

At a time when information is becoming increasingly “easy,” Jimmy Wales insists that understanding remains a deeply human process—one of the most hopeful messages not only for the future of Wikipedia, but also for the future of knowledge itself.

Wikipedia has shaped how billions of people access and understand knowledge. Nearly 25 years on, how has it managed to remain sustainable without ads or paywalls?

The model has worked very well from the beginning, and we see no reason to change it. We have incredibly strong support from the public. The average donation to Wikipedia is about $10, we have millions of donors, and many of them give year after year.

This model also brings important advantages. We are not dependent on advertising revenue, nor are we under pressure to chase sensational headlines to drive traffic. That allows us to remain calm and consistent – and that matters.

You’ve argued that tech companies should be paying to train their AI models on Wikipedia’s content. If Wikipedia becomes a core data source for AI, how do you ensure it remains a public good?

One of Wikipedia’s defining features is that all of its content is freely licensed, similar to open-source software. Anyone can use it, modify it, and redistribute it, for commercial or non-commercial purposes, at no cost.

We don’t charge AI companies to use our data, and under our licensing model, we couldn’t. What concerns us is how that data is used. When the use of Wikipedia puts a significant burden on our infrastructure, it needs to be done in a more structured and fair way, through systems we can manage.

It’s not reasonable for our millions of donors, who contribute an average of around $10, to subsidize large technology companies. They are supporting our mission.

That said, things are moving in the right direction. Most major AI companies are beginning to recognize that they need to be fair to Wikipedia. At the same time, our mission is free knowledge for everyone. In that sense, it is a good thing for AI to be trained on Wikipedia data. I wouldn’t want to use an AI trained only on X. It would be a very stupid and angry AI.

Wikipedia was built on a model where users search, read, and evaluate information. Today, AI delivers ready-made answers. Does that concern you, in the sense that it might make people more passive towards information?

I use AI extensively, and in my experience, it actually makes you more active, not more passive. Instead of simply reading a travel article, for example, you can ask questions, go deeper, and explore a topic in more detail. The same applies to programming, which I do as a hobby. I’m not particularly skilled, but AI helps me understand concepts—as long as you use it properly, asking for explanations and following up with more complex questions.

Of course, not everyone will use it that way. It’s a complex picture. But overall, I don’t think AI leads to passive consumption of knowledge.

So, the issue isn’t just the technology, but how we use it. What does human collaboration still do better than AI when it comes to reliable knowledge?

One of the core problems with AI today is what we call “hallucinations.” Large language models work by predicting the next word based on what came before, choosing what seems most likely. The results can be impressive. We’ve all seen AI produce responses that sound coherent and reasonable. But that doesn’t mean it actually understands reality or facts.

In practice, the more obscure the topic, the higher the error rate. If you ask about someone like Taylor Swift, the answer will probably be accurate. But if you ask about a lesser-known subject, the model may start inventing things—because it wants to provide a complete and confident answer.

That’s why we don’t allow AI to be used to write Wikipedia articles. It can support parts of the process, and that will likely increase in the future. But at the level of final authorship, the error rate is still too high.

How does Wikipedia protect itself from AI-generated or plausible but incorrect information?

Wikipedia operates on strict sourcing standards. Much of our time is spent discussing the reliability and quality of sources. If someone adds information without proper sourcing, it is immediately challenged. Other editors ask where it comes from, and if it proves false, the edit is quickly reverted. Repeated violations can lead to bans.

Detecting AI use is difficult. What matters is the quality of the work. That’s why we discourage using AI to write articles—it often introduces information that sounds plausible but isn’t true.

And that’s the real challenge. These systems don’t produce obviously absurd errors. They produce errors that sound entirely believable. If an AI claimed Taylor Swift was the first person on Mars, you’d immediately dismiss it. But if it gets a relative’s name wrong or invents a plausible album, you might not notice. That’s what makes it difficult.

What happens when a new editor adds incorrect or poorly sourced information?

Typically, the edit is reverted, and other users ask for clarification.

There was a case in the German Wikipedia where someone was adding book references using ISBN numbers. At first, the errors seemed like typos, but eventually, it became clear the books didn’t exist. The user explained that they were new and had used an AI tool to generate references, without realizing it could fabricate ISBN numbers or books.

That’s the danger: the output looks convincing but is entirely false. In that case, it was a good-faith mistake. The user apologized and wasn’t banned. But if they had continued, they would have been.

What are the most common mistakes Wikipedia editors make?

For newcomers, the biggest mistake is not understanding the need for neutral writing. Wikipedia is not X. The goal is a calm, balanced presentation of information. Sourcing is equally important—especially high-quality sources.

As for the size of the community, it’s hard to measure precisely. Someone who makes one edit isn’t necessarily part of it. But among regular editors, there are roughly 60,000 to 80,000 globally. A smaller group of around 5,000 highly active users does most of the work.

Wikipedia operates in a highly polarized geopolitical environment. How difficult is it to defend against coordinated influence?

Some of these challenges have always existed. There will always be people trying to push an agenda, and we deal with that continuously. But the bigger issue today is the decline of local media and journalism. It’s becoming increasingly difficult to document the history of smaller communities.

In many parts of the world, it’s easier to write about a city in 1975, when there was a local newspaper, than today, when there may be none. That’s a real problem, and we don’t yet have a solution.

The broader decline in public discourse is a societal issue, but it doesn’t affect Wikipedia in the same way. We still rely on quality journalism and credible sources, and we’re careful about how we use them.

In a world where political and social polarization has become the new normal, do you think we can return to a more balanced public discourse?

It’s a good question. This period is certainly unusual, though I’m not sure there has ever been a truly “normal” time. A friend of mine used to say, “I’m always waiting for life to get back to normal so I can do certain things—but it never does.” He was talking about everyday life with kids, but there’s truth in that.

It may feel like things were calmer a few years ago. I often point to the era of John McCain and Barack Obama—there were disagreements, but also a level of respect. I think we can return to something like that, because people want it. There’s real dissatisfaction with the current toxic environment. The question is how—and that’s exactly what my book, The Seven Rules of Trust, is about.

English-language Wikipedia has enormous influence over how the world understands events, people, and histories. How do you address bias, and how do you ensure that smaller languages, such as Greek, are not left on the margins?

Wikipedia operates in more than 300 languages. Some communities are small, but there are more than 100 that are particularly active and vibrant, including the Greek one. There is constant communication among users across different language editions. English often serves as a common language, but in many parts of the world, local languages remain just as critical. The idea of neutrality is discussed and developed collectively, as a global principle that runs through the entire project.

At the Wikimedia Foundation, we study how this principle is applied across different linguistic environments. In some smaller editions, there is not yet a formally written neutrality policy – not because neutrality is rejected, but because it has not yet been codified. That also shows the different nuances the concept of neutrality can carry.

One example I often use is the question of who invented the airplane. In the English-speaking world, the answer is almost obvious: the Wright brothers. In other countries, however, the story may be different. And in reality, the history is more complex than we tend to think. This points to something essential: very often, we carry biases without even realizing it. Wikipedia works precisely as a mechanism that brings those different perspectives to the surface, allowing for a fuller account of reality.

Even in highly conflicted environments, this approach works. If you compare, for example, the Russian and Ukrainian Wikipedias, you’ll see that, despite the differences, they are surprisingly similar in their effort to explain events. And that is something we can be very proud of.

Can Wikipedia help people understand the perspective of “the other side,” even when they deeply disagree with it?

Absolutely. One of the most valuable things Wikipedia can offer is that, in times of conflict, it allows you to understand the other side’s point of view. You may still disagree, but at least you understand the reasoning behind it.

I remember a striking experience in Taiwan. A young volunteer, who was accompanying me to a series of meetings, explained that he had grown up in a strongly nationalist environment, where he had been taught that people from mainland China had been brainwashed and did not understand the facts. Through his involvement with Wikipedia, he came into contact with users from mainland China. And, as he told me, although he still disagreed with them on many issues, he could now understand where their views were coming from.

For me, that is a meaningful step toward understanding. You don’t have to agree with someone. It is enough to recognize them as a human being with reasons and arguments. From there, a real conversation can begin – and that is fundamental.

In your book, The Seven Rules of Trust, you write that transparency is hardest precisely when an organization has something to hide. What does that mean for a CEO who needs to protect the company’s reputation while also preserving public trust?

That is exactly where the difficulty lies. Transparency is important, but it becomes truly critical when you have something to hide. When something goes wrong, the temptation to cover it up or avoid responsibility is strong. But that is a choice that rarely works in the long term. People – customers, partners, employees – can forgive a mistake. What they do not forgive easily is denial and dishonesty.

The story of Airbnb is a good example. When a crisis of trust broke out after a property was damaged, the company’s initial response was defensive and inadequate. Very quickly, though, they realized that without trust, there is no sustainable business model. They took responsibility, admitted the mistake, and made meaningful changes. That shift proved decisive for their trajectory.

It takes courage to say, “We got it wrong.” Once you choose to deny it or cover it up, the problem doesn’t shrink – it multiplies.

Do you see more fear or pride among today’s leaders when it comes time to admitting a mistake?

We definitely see it, and in an almost pathological way. At the same time, we can also see the results, because people no longer trust their leaders.

In reality, admitting a mistake would be far more effective. When a leader takes responsibility, people are willing to say, “Okay, move forward and do better.” By contrast, persistent denial and excessive pride undermine credibility and, ultimately, push the public even further away.

At a time when many companies struggle to keep employees engaged and connected to their mission, Wikipedia relies on thousands of people who contribute voluntarily. What keeps this ecosystem alive?

One of the seven rules in the book is to have a clear reason for existing. In our case, that purpose is simple and very specific. Many companies also have a strong core of values. The challenge is being able to express it clearly. When that happens, decision-making becomes easier: everyone knows why the organization exists, and it avoids being pulled in random, opportunistic directions.

Even in a seemingly “simple” field – say, making cardboard boxes – there can be real substance. If you define your goal as making the best possible products in an area the world genuinely needs, then you have a clear direction. And when that direction is clear, it aligns everything: decisions, priorities, and ultimately the way an organization operates.

Alternative knowledge models are now emerging alongside Wikipedia, based more on AI and less on human curation. Elon Musk, for example, argues that machines can be more objective than humans. How do you respond to that?

I don’t think that’s true. Elon argues that his model can be more neutral than Wikipedia. In practice, however, it seems to align with some of his own, rather unusual, political views. And to me, that is not neutrality.

The core issue is transparency. We don’t know how the content is produced, what data the AI has been trained on, or what instructions it has been given. Without that visibility, trust becomes extremely difficult. You can use it to understand a particular view of the world. But that is not the same as an objective account of reality.

Wikipedia has strict criteria regarding who is considered “notable.” What does “notability” really mean to you?

I’ve always thought the term “notability” is not ideal. It sounds as if we are judging whether someone is important or worthy of attention. My mother is very important to me, but that doesn’t mean she should have a Wikipedia entry.

In reality, what matters to us is verifiability. Are there sufficient, reliable, independent sources that allow us to write a responsible biography? If the only source is your personal blog, that is not enough. You can write anything, but is it true? Is it complete? Are key facts missing? Ultimately, that is the core criterion. Not how “important” someone appears to be, but whether the information can be documented in a reliable way.

There are people who may not be widely recognizable, but who have made meaningful contributions to science, public life, or a specific field. How does Wikipedia approach them?

Of course. If we take scientists as an example, some are widely known and there are many sources about their lives and work. Others, equally important, are recognized mainly through their scientific work, and the available sources are different in nature.

In any case, if someone has made a meaningful contribution and there is sufficient, reliable information to document it, even in the form of a short biography, then they deserve to be on Wikipedia. Contribution matters, but only when it can be documented in a reliable way.

How do you imagine Wikipedia over the next 25 years, in a world where technology and the way we consume information are constantly changing?

Broadly speaking, the path remains steady. Wikipedia has existed for almost 25 years and, looking ahead to the next 25, I don’t see its core changing: it will continue to function as an encyclopedia, serving the same purpose.

Of course, technology will evolve. Artificial intelligence will increasingly be used as a tool to support the work of editors, not as a substitute for human judgment. The way people search for and consume information will also change. Still, Wikipedia’s fundamental mission remains unchanged: the reliable and free dissemination of knowledge.

On a personal level, I approach things with the same philosophy. I focus on what I find interesting and meaningful at any given moment, whether that has to do with Wikipedia or broader questions around trust, technology, and society. What motivates me is curiosity and the opportunity to work on ideas that have real impact. And above all, I still enjoy it.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

This is a conversation with Fortune Greece CEO Tasos Zachos, reprinted with permission.

The second act of artificial intelligence will not be judged by models alone. It will be judged by how economies manage to turn technology into real productivity. After almost two years of impressive demonstrations and incessant discussions around large language models, the global economy is entering a new phase. The question is no longer who has the most powerful AI tool, but which organizations — and which countries — have the skills, leadership and infrastructure to harness the technology at scale. That is, to become the region’s Frontier AI leaders.

In Southern Europe, this transition is already underway. Greece, Portugal, Italy and other markets in the region are trying to move from simply adopting AI tools to creating an ecosystem that combines human capital, universities, startups, the public sector and modern digital infrastructure.

“I see Greece as more than a market; I see it as an innovation hub,” Charles Calestroupat, Microsoft’s Vice President for Southern Europe, told Fortune Greece. Responsible for 17 markets in the region, he believes that the country now has several of the ingredients needed to evolve into a regional AI hub: an increasingly mature innovation ecosystem, public digital initiatives such as mAigov, growing investments in cloud and data centers and, more importantly, people with the right skills.

If skills are the foundation of this transition, then the role of large organizations becomes decisive. In this context, Microsoft, through the GR for GRowth initiative, has already contributed to the training of 100,000 people — professionals in the public and private sectors, as well as students and unemployed — in digital skills, in pursuit of a transition that will be essentially inclusive. The aim, as highlighted by this strategy, is not only to accelerate the digital transformation, but also to ensure that no one is left behind. “Greece ranks 1st in terms of the use of AI by Gen Z in Europe,” says Charles Calestroupat, who also points out that everything will be determined by the ability of organizations to redesign the way they work, invest in the skills of their people, and build the required trust for AI to produce measurable business value.

From individual initiative to corporate infrastructure

The Work Trend Index Report for 2025 is indicative of the direction of change globally, but especially for Southern Europe. 46% of organizations worldwide automate workflows through AI agents and 82% of leaders plan to integrate them within 12-18 months. Despite this development, a hierarchical gap emerges, as 67% of executives claim that they are familiar with advanced AI tools, compared to only 40% of employees, highlighting the need for equal training and access. Especially for Southern Europe, the integration of AI agents is an opportunity for digital transformation and the bridging of the productivity gap, requiring the transition from experimentation to systematic use, especially for frontline employees. Success depends on investing in structural reskilling, transforming employees into managers of autonomous digital assistants.

“AI is not just an assistant. It is an enabler, in the sense that you can think of your work as if you were the boss of agents, which means there are three phases. The first phase is really about being assisted by AI to complete a task. The second phase is about using agents to accomplish specific end-to-end tasks. And the third phase is about creating teams of agents that remain under the control of a human, and you manage them. This is the best way to create value at the company level,” says Calestroupat.

Becoming a Frontier Firm

What successful organizations that want to be at the forefront of AI (Frontier Firms) do is, first, change the way they design their work, that is, change their processes to accommodate AI. They don’t just try to apply AI to previous processes – they change them. Second, they focus AI deployment on core business processes to make sure they get tangible business value from AI deployment. And finally, they organize data governance, which means that they deal with everything related to privacy, security, data protection and quality, in order to ensure that AI can be based on reliable data.

“Being successful means being able to measure tangible business outcomes. So, start with a vision and top-down strategy, and then focus on the top business priorities. And make sure you have solid AI governance with data protection compliance,” adds Microsoft’s Vice President for Southern Europe.

The obstacles that have to be overcome, and demand for AI skills

In the effort to integrate artificial intelligence to increase productivity, there are still significant obstacles. One of the most important is the transformation paradox, which is observed mainly in Europe.

Calestroupat commented: “65% of people are afraid of being left behind in terms of AI transformation … at the same time, 45% think that it is better for them to stay in a safe zone and not try to fail. And only 13% believe that their organization will value the fact that they adopt a learn – test – fail mentality. So, we really need to build cultures that will accelerate learning and a mindset of transformation.”

The paradox of transformation starts with the companies themselves and the structure of the market in Southern Europe, which mainly consists of SMEs. In some cases, these SMEs are looking for specific skills and cannot find them yet, in others the overall demand for new skills still remains low.

The above is already reflected in labor market data. According to Intellectica’s Skills Demand-Supply Intensity Index (SDSI), the largest skills shortages in Greece are currently found in Cloud & DevOps, cybersecurity, software engineering and AI. Although the demand for AI skills remains lower than in other European markets, such as Portugal and Cyprus, this picture mainly reflects the lower level of adoption of AI by Greek companies. Intellectica believes, however, that this lag can be turned into an advantage, giving workers and organizations time to invest in upskilling before demand increases significantly, especially with the support of a broader innovation ecosystem.

The infrastructure powering AI

The growth potential in the region remains significant. But skills alone are not enough. The AI ​​economy also requires a new generation of high-performance, data storage and low-latency infrastructure – from data centers and cloud infrastructure to energy networks and international connectivity networks.

For Microsoft in particular, Athens is being upgraded to a central administrative hub for the whole of Southern Europe. The Greek office, which up until recently managed Greece, Cyprus and Malta, has taken over, under the leadership of Yanna Andronopoulou, the management of a total of 12 markets, including the entire Adriatic region and Bulgaria. This transforms Athens into a regional hub. In addition, an investment of €1 billion is underway to create a complex of three data centers in Eastern Attica, which will form the Azure Cloud Region Greece Central, the company’s first integrated cloud region in the country.

The presence of the American technology giant in Eastern Attica is one of the strongest signals of the region’s transition to a new digital infrastructure map for SE Europe. The geographical location of the region, the energy infrastructure and access to international telecommunications networks create the conditions for the formation of a new digital corridor, which includes investments from all over the world.

Among the most important investments is the new AI-ready data center of EDGNEX Data Centers, a joint venture of PPC Group and DAMAC from UAE. At the same time, US firm Digital Realty has already created the largest data center campus in Greece, with more than €400 million in investments and four facilities in Attica and Crete. The company positions Greece as a strategic hub connecting Europe with the Eastern Mediterranean, Asia and North Africa, using exclusively renewable energy sources.

Additionally, new international investors are entering the market. Apto, an investment vehicle of Pimco, in collaboration with Dromeus Capital, is planning the Data Center Olive hyperscale project, worth up to €770 million, which will add significant computing power to the Greek market over the next decade.

Taken together, these developments are creating the conditions for Southern Europe to move from AI ambition to AI execution. Βy creating organizations that can transform into Frontier Firms, incorporating predictive intelligence and autonomous digital assistants, investing in structural reskilling of staff so that employees can safely guide AI tools, and ensuring that investments in “local” data centers continue. In other words, by turning the theory of Frontier Transformation into direct business action.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

The Health Ministry declared that a patient held in isolation tested negative for Ebola on Friday. 

The patient was admitted to Soroka Medical Center after returning from the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) days earlier and developing a fever. 

The Health Ministry urged the public to avoid travel to the DRC and said anyone returning from the DRC or Uganda, where the Ebola outbreak has spread, should self-isolate and call the Health Ministry hotline at *5400 if symptoms appear within 21 days of return.  

The Health Ministry emphasized that currently there have been no confirmed cases of Ebola in Israel. 

The current Ebola outbreak in the DRC is caused by the Bundibugyo species of Ebola, which does not have an approved cure or vaccine and is currently on track to be the largest outbreak in history, surpassing that of 2014-2016, in which 28,616 cases and 11,310 deaths were recorded across ​Guinea, Liberia and Sierra Leone, according to the World Health Organization.

A doctor administers serum to a patient with Ebola virus disease at the Rwampara Ebola Treatment Centre (ETC) in Bunia, Ituri, in the east of the Democratic Republic of Congo on July 13, 2026. (credit: BENEDICTION MURHABAZI / AFP via Getty Images)

Less than three months after the outbreak was declared, over 4,381 cases were confirmed and deaths had reached 2,011. 

In 2014, it took a little over 12 months to reach the same number of deaths. 

Ebola is not an airborne illness and can only be transmitted through direct contact with a sick person with symptoms or with blood, body fluids, or secretions. 

The Health Ministry stated that it is continuing to monitor the situation and is conducting systemic preparations to ensure optimal preparedness of the health system for any possible scenario.

Reuters contributed to this report. 

This post was originally published on here. 

A dozen people were killed and at least 10 injured after a Polish bus overturned at night on a motorway in eastern Hungary, Hungarian Prime Minister Peter Magyar said on Sunday morning in a Facebook post.

The bus ran into a ditch and tipped over early on Sunday near the town of Mezokeresztes in eastern Hungary, police said, adding that the bus was heading towards the city of Nyíregyháza on the motorway when the accident happened.

State news agency MTI said there were 57 passengers and two drivers on the bus. 

 Hole and cracks in the glass of a city bus. (Illustrative) (credit: SHUTTERSTOCK)

“A Polish-registered bus traveling on the M3 motorway towards Nyíregyháza… veered off the straight stretch of road into a ditch and overturned. Preliminary information suggests the driver likely fell asleep,” police said on their website.

Twelve people lost their lives, and several others were injured in the accident, police said, adding that they were taking the bus driver into custody.

The injured have been taken to hospital. 

This post was originally published on here. 

Justice Minister Yariv Levin has declared that if the Likud wins the Knesset elections, he will ask to continue in his post so that he can finally implement his judicial reform policy. 

What needs reform even more is the size of the government. Admittedly, every party in a government coalition should be entitled to one minister, but regardless of the size of the party whose leader is the prime minister, no party, other than the ruling party, should have more than one minister in the government. The ruling party can have an extra minister in addition to the prime minister.

In delegating ministerial portfolios, the prime minister should forget about jobs for the boys and appoint the most suitable people from those who received the most votes in the primaries held by their respective political parties.

There were 12 ministers in the first government of Israel. The present government started with 30 ministers but now has 24. It’s not the largest government. There were two governments with 36 ministers. Naftali Bennett led Benjamin Netanyahu the other.

For political convenience, new portfolios are created, and some old portfolios are canceled or renamed.

Justice Minister Yariv Levin, MK Simcha Rothman (Religious Zionist Party), and MK Yulia Malinovsky hold joint press conference in Knesset ahead of upcoming vote on bill to publicly prosecute Oct. 7 terrorists, Sunday May 10, 2026. (credit: MARC ISRAEL SELLEM)

In addition to the prime minister, ministries in the present government include: agriculture and food security; aliyah and integration; communications; construction and housing; culture and sports; defense; economy and industry; education; energy and infrastructure; environmental protection; finance; foreign affairs; health; heritage; innovation, science, and technology; interior; justice; national security; Negev, Galilee, and national resilience; religious services; social equality and the advancement of the status of women; tourism: transportation and road safety; and welfare and social affairs. In addition, numerous national authorities and other national bodies are engaged in formulating and determining policy.

By contrast, portfolios in Israel’s first government included agriculture, rationing and supply; education and culture; foreign affairs; finance, trade and industry; health; immigration and internal affairs; justice; labor and social security; police; religions and war victims; transportation; and welfare.

Issues further arise with the handling of these core ministries, such as education.

To the early governments of Israel, education was of primary importance after defense and diplomacy. In fact, a law on compulsory education was passed during the period of the first government.

But interest in education appears to be waning as teachers are made to work harder for less money and fewer vacation days.

There is almost always friction between official representatives of teachers’ unions and the Education Ministry, with threats and fears that some schools will not open at the beginning of September. This year is no different, but the situation is exacerbated by reports that teaching is no longer a desirable profession, and that there has been a sharp drop in the number of people opting for a career in education.

Education Minister Yoav Kisch has been quoted as saying that he loves the ministry and hopes to continue as minister if Likud wins the Knesset election.

But Kisch is not popular with teachers or their unions. If his wish comes true, more teachers will leave the profession. There is already an acute shortage of teachers. If their ranks continue to be depleted, what hope is there for Israel’s future?

Needed: An Israeli ministry for civil rights

In addition, though top-heavy with ministerial portfolios, some of which could either be merged or eliminated, Israel’s government desperately needs a ministry or authority for national priorities and the implementation of civil rights.

Israel’s founding fathers, namely the signatories to the Declaration of Independence, though coming from vastly different ideologies, agreed that “the State of Israel will ensure complete equality of social and political rights to all citizens, irrespective of religion, race or sex. It will guarantee freedom of religion, conscience, language, education and culture. It will safeguard the Holy Places of all religions…..”

There’s a missing word – “residents.” It’s a known fact that certain residents of Israel who wish to become citizens have had their applications denied year after year. Some who are non-Jewish, but were married to Israeli Jews and have Israeli-born children, were deported after divorce or widowhood.

Some Arabs whose families have lived in this country for generations are also denied citizenship and most of the civil rights that go with it.

How can we ever make peace with the Palestinians while continuing to discriminate against Arabs in our midst?

Some of the Arabs living in Israel are married to Arabs living in Gaza. Before October 7, the Gazan spouse used to come to Israel every few weeks for two or three days. This is no longer permitted, and families rely on social media platforms to stay connected. If the Gazan spouse had been coming to Israel for years and never violated any Israeli laws, is it not a violation of the civil rights of the partner living in Israel to keep the two of them apart?

When Soviet authorities imprisoned Natan Sharansky and kept him apart from his wife Avital for 12 years until they were reunited with the help of US president Ronald Reagan, US diplomacy, and a prisoner exchange, the mobilization of world Jewry for the whole period in which Sharansky was incarcerated kept the issue burning.

Gazan spouses barred from Israel don’t have that kind of support, though their plight is occasionally mentioned in left-wing publications and on social media.

Of course they cannot be compared with Sharansky, who was a dissident dedicated to exposing Soviet tyranny and facilitating the emigration of Soviet Jews. But the bottom line in both cases is the break-up of family.

Family break-ups among Israeli families have also occurred because the husband, a reservist, spent too long away from home while serving in the army and was not adequately compensated for the loss of income.

There has to be a ministry other than social welfare that concerns itself with humane and human rights issues.

This post was originally published on here. 

Hurricane Lala approached Hawaii with strong winds and heavy rain on Saturday, leaving more than 40,000 utility customers without power across the state as the National Hurricane Center warned of “life-threatening” conditions.

The poweroutage.com website showed 42,889 customers without power as of 2:14 p.m. HST in Hawaii, including 31,792 on the Big Island and 7,203 in Maui County, which includes the islands of Maui, Lanai and Molokai. 

An advisory from the hurricane center at 2 p.m. HST predicted 10 to 20 inches (25.4 to 51 cm) of rain on the Big Island, and possibly up to 25 inches there, as well as 8 to 12 inches in eastern Maui and 4 to 6 inches in western Maui.

“This rainfall will produce life-threatening flooding and mudslides, especially in areas of steep terrain,” the center said.

Hawaiian Electric warned customers to expect “possible extended outages, potentially overnight,” as the storm system made its way westward across Hawaii. On the Hamakua Coast on the Big Island, utility crews were assessing a 42-mile (67.6 km) span of transmission lines after fallen trees knocked down multiple poles and structures, Hawaiian Electric spokesperson Darren Pai told TV station Hawaii News Now.

The Ka'u Desert section of Hawaii Volcanoes National Park is seen closed due to high winds and heavy rainfall in Volcano Village, Hawaii, on August 15, 2026. (credit: Jill K. Briggs / AFP via Getty Images)

Earlier in the day, the US National Hurricane Center said Lala’s maximum sustained winds reached 75 mph (120 km/h), making it a Category 1 hurricane.

Winds of over 100 mph measured

The Maunakea Weather Center, on the Big Island’s tallest peak, recorded wind gusts of more than 100 mph throughout the early afternoon, although winds would have been slower closer to sea level.

The Hawaii Department of Transportation said it was closing Hilo International Airport and would close Ellison Onizuka Kona International Airport at Keahole at 2 p.m. HST. The department also closed the Hawaii Island, Maui County, and Kaua‘i commercial ports.

This post was originally published on here. 

An Ethiopian Israeli should be able to become the prime minister, the president, or the chief rabbi of Israel. 

An Ethiopian Israeli should also be capable of leading a major Zionist or Jewish institution, and should appear on CNN, Fox News, the BBC, or Sky News.

Or even with Piers Morgan when discussing and debating Iran, Gaza, diplomacy, antisemitism, Jewish identity, and Israel’s future.

But until Israeli leaders, international Jewish organizations, and major media institutions begin treating Ethiopian Jews as potential leaders rather than permanent subjects of somebody else’s conversation, their language of diversity and inclusion will remain incomplete.

For decades, Ethiopian Israelis have been presented primarily through three narratives: immigration, discrimination, and poverty. Those stories matter. But they are not our entire story.

Dr. Shmuel Legasse sits down with The Jerusalem Post for an insightful podcast episode. (credit: JPOST STAFF)

Where are the Ethiopian Israelis discussing national security, Jewish law, Africa, diplomacy, and Israel’s relationship with the United States? 

Where are the Ethiopian Israeli candidates being prepared for cabinet ministries, senior diplomacy, major Jewish institutions, or national religious leadership?

International media organizations debate Israel every day, yet Ethiopian Israeli intellectual voices remain remarkably rare.

Israel also bears responsibility. Do not appoint an Ethiopian Israeli simply because an institution needs a Black face in a photograph. 

And do not select an insufficiently prepared representative, watch that person struggle internationally, and then quietly conclude that Ethiopian Israelis cannot perform at the highest level. 

Find the qualified people. We already exist.

Qualified Ethiopian Israelis

Today I present two leaders among many: Rabbi Reuven Wabashat and Fentay Maharat-Alamu. And, with humility, I include myself not as someone claiming entitlement to office, but as another example of a generation asking for the opportunity to serve.

Rabbi Reuven Wabashat represents a remarkable bridge between the ancient religious tradition of Ethiopian Jewry and contemporary Israeli rabbinical scholarship.

Born in Anbobar, Gondar, Ethiopia, he is a descendant of generations of Ethiopian Jewish spiritual leadership. His grandfather, Qes Wabashat Aytegb, and great-grandfather, Qes Aytegb Tamenu, were respected Ethiopian Jewish leaders.

He immigrated to Israel as a child in 1972, before the great Ethiopian aliyah operations. He later served as an IDF officer, became a rabbinical judge and halachic scholar, and authored works of Jewish law and biblical interpretation.

I know Rabbi Wabashat personally – as my rabbi and mentor.

So I ask a question Israel should confront seriously: Why should a scholar of his caliber be viewed principally as a rabbi for Ethiopians? 

Why shouldn’t Ethiopian-Israeli Torah scholars compete for municipal chief rabbi positions – and eventually Israel’s highest rabbinical offices?

THEN THERE is Fentay Maharat-Alamu.

Her life challenges almost every stereotype about Ethiopian Israelis. Born in Gondar, Ethiopia, in 1984, Fentay was still a baby when her family undertook the perilous journey through Sudan toward Israel. 

In the desert, the family ran out of water and came dangerously close to death. 

During that ordeal, she suffered an injury near her eye. She arrived in Israel carrying a scar before she was old enough to understand what a scar meant. But the scar did not define the limits of her life.

Before entering Israel’s Foreign Service, Fentay accumulated roughly 15 years of professional and management experience in the private sector, including years at Rafael Advanced Defense Systems. 

She later represented Israel diplomatically on several continents, including assignments in Chile, Ethiopia, and the Netherlands. Consider that transformation.

A one-year-old Jewish baby carried through the Sudanese desert grew up to represent the sovereign Jewish state internationally. That is not merely an Ethiopian story. That is a Zionist story.

Now Fentay is opening another chapter through literature and lectures. Her forthcoming novel, The Scarred Stone, received support from the Israeli center for Libraries even before publication. 

The book turns the lens backward toward Beta Israel life in Ethiopia, particularly the lives, courage, and memories of its women.

Who were Ethiopian Jews before the world called us immigrants? 

Before Sudan. Before rescue operations. Before absorption centers. 

There were families, villages, traditions, religious scholars, mothers and fathers who dreamed of Jerusalem. We did not enter Jewish history when Ethiopian Jews landed at Ben-Gurion Airport. We were already living Jewish history.

Fentay’s forthcoming book therefore deserves an audience beyond the Ethiopian community. It offers readers an opportunity to encounter Ethiopian Jews not merely through rescue and suffering, but through family, faith, womanhood, memory, and belonging.

MY OWN path is different. I came through education, law enforcement, public service, journalism, and Jewish advocacy. 

I studied educational leadership and conflict resolution, spent many years in American public service, and have written and spoken about Israel, Ethiopian Jewry, Jewish unity, moral diplomacy, equality, and world peace.

I mention this quietly because this article should not become my campaign biography. My point is, there are many of us.

Our community contains rabbis and diplomats, educators and officers, writers, entrepreneurs, academics, and public servants.

The tragedy is not that Ethiopian Israel has failed to produce leadership. It is that institutions and the stereotypical system too often fail to recognize it.

Political parties should recruit Ethiopian Israelis for meaningful parliamentary careers and prepare them for cabinet responsibility.

Religious institutions should cultivate Ethiopian Torah scholars for leadership of the entire Israeli public, not merely Ethiopian congregations.

The Foreign Ministry, universities, Jewish Federations, and international Zionist and antisemitism organizations should identify Ethiopian Israeli leaders and strategists capable of reaching their highest ranks. 

International media must change as well. 

We Ethiopian Israelis exist. Please call us to discuss Israel.

Can an Ethiopian Israeli become president of Israel? Why not? 

Can an Ethiopian Israeli become chief rabbi? Why not? 

Can an Ethiopian Israeli someday become prime minister of the Jewish state? Why not?

I’m not saying that Ethiopian Israeli leadership should replace anyone else, because leadership should be determined by knowledge, character, preparation, service, and vision. 

Rabbi Reuven Wabashat represents one expression of that leadership. Fentay Maharat-Alamu represents another – from the dangers of Sudan to Israeli business, diplomacy, literature, and public service. 

I humbly hope to contribute my own small part alongside them. 

And we must start looking at those who are already contributing.

This post was originally published on here. 

The family of  Haymanot Kasau, who has been missing for more than 900 days, has renewed their push for a more extensive search into her disappearance following the discovery of Mali and Liel Yahalomi in Argentina only about a week after they disappeared in Vienna and following an extensive search operation by the Israel Police in Israel and abroad.

Haymanot’s family is demanding that the same capabilities and resources used in the search for Mali and Liel also be employed in the investigation into her disappearance, and is calling for the case to be transferred to the Shin Bet (Israeli Security Agency).

A statement from the campaign headquarters seeking Haymanot’s return home said that “With the mother and daughter having been found and Israel Police succeeding in solving the investigation, its helplessness in investigating Haymanot’s abduction stands out even more, and therefore the family is demanding that the investigation be transferred to the Shin Bet.”

Haymanot’s parents, Benchi and Tesfaye Kasau, also responded to the discovery of the two women, saying that alongside their joy that the case ended safely, they could not help but compare the efforts invested in that search with the handling of their daughter’s case.

“After Shabbat ended, we received the happy news that Mali and Liel Yahalomi had been found safe and well. Once again, a happy ending, except it is not our happy ending. Our Haymanot has not been with us for 902 days. 902 days have passed since our little daughter was abducted.”

Supporters of missing girl Haimanot Kassau seen protesting on August 12, 2026.  (credit: AVSHALOM SASSONI/FLASH90)

The parents added, “Haymanot was 9 years old; she did not choose to disappear, she did not choose not to come home, and despite this, not everything possible has been done to find her. Israel Police, under the direction of Inspector-General Danny Levy, used all of its capabilities to find Mali and Liel, but what have they done for our Haymanot? Lahav 433 has investigated half the world to find them, and they still don’t meet with us or update us properly.

“We are once again asking Israel Police to transfer the investigation into Haymanot‘s abduction to the Shin Bet, and that Police Commissioner Inspector-General Danny Levy and Lahav 433 head Commissioner Meni Binyamin, who have failed to find any lead in the investigation, transfer the case to the Shin Bet because our girl is still not here.”

In an appeal to the public, the parents said, “And to the dear people of Israel, whose citizens continue to show us the light amid all the darkness, and we understand that many of them, like us, have expressed their anger over the discrimination in the handling of the investigation into Haymanot’s abduction, thank you. Thank you very much, and please, stay with us; help us make our cry heard because, unfortunately, no one listens to us.”

Mother, daughter found in Argentina after planning disappearance 

Mali and Liel Yahalomi captivated the country over the past week as the mystery surrounding their disappearance from the streets of Vienna unfolded. On Friday night, Israel Police announced that the two had been located on a bus in Argentina, safe and well. Police questioned them and released them after they said they had left of their own free will. Police clarified that they had no suspicion of criminal activity and had not opened an investigation.

Details revealed after they were found indicated that the two had planned their disappearance in advance, but had not taken into account law enforcement authorities’ ability to trace digital footprints and piece together information collected in different countries.

“Israel Police, in cooperation with all security agencies and relevant authorities in Israel and abroad, operated in recent days in an extensive and focused effort to locate the missing women,” the police stated.

“At the direction of Police Commissioner Inspector-General Danny Levy, the police, led by Lahav 433 and the Intelligence Division, operated command centers in Israel and abroad around the clock. According to the police, all necessary means and resources were allocated to the searches, hundreds of investigative actions were carried out, and cooperation took place with Europol and other police organizations around the world.”

A police source told Maariv, “From the outset, we said that there apparently was no criminal incident or terrorist incident here, and that the mother and daughter had most likely left the room of their own free will. Representatives of the police Intelligence Division managed to track them down, and they were surprised when we reached them. After a brief questioning, and once we understood that there was no criminal or other motive, they were released. There is no suspicion that they committed an offense.”

Haymanot Kasau’s family marks 900 days since disappearance 

Haymanot Kasau disappeared from an absorption center in Safed more than 900 days ago and has not been found since. Her family says police still have no leads in the case and has long demanded Shin Bet involvement.

Just this week, on Wednesday, family members, members of the campaign to bring Haymanot home, and activists demonstrated near Shin Bet offices in Tel Aviv, calling on Shin Bet chief David Zini to make the agency’s intelligence capabilities available to the investigation.

During the protest, Haymanot’s father, Tesfaye Kasau, read a personal letter he had written to Zini in Amharic, after which its contents were also read in Hebrew. “Tomorrow we will mark 900 days that our daughter has not been home, and my heart is struggling to bear the pain, the worry, and the helplessness,” the father wrote.

The family argues that the investigation should also be transferred to the Shin Bet in light of the agency’s involvement in other areas, including the fight against organized crime and weapons trafficking in Arab society and the search for the child Yuval Kogan. They say the agency’s resources and intelligence capabilities should also be made available in the effort to locate Haymanot.

In his letter, the father also raised a painful allegation regarding the way the case has been handled. “I am doing everything in my power to stop myself from thinking that it has to do with color, but it is very difficult not to think about how things would have looked different if we looked different. If she were blonde, would her life matter more? If she were not a new immigrant, Ethiopian, would you already be helping us? Prove to us that this is not the case.”

This post was originally published on here. 

Mark Cuban told Rep. Ro Khanna, D-Calif., that he “doesn’t understand business” during a heated clash over California’s proposed 5% billionaire wealth tax, warning it could drive startup founders and investors out of the state.

The exchange centered on California’s Proposition 40, a controversial ballot measure that would impose a one-time 5% wealth tax on residents with more than $1 billion in assets.

The measure has been endorsed by the California Democratic Party, while some notable leaders, including Gov. Gavin Newsom, have expressed opposition.

In a video posted on X on Saturday, Khanna made the case for the tax, arguing that it would help preserve health care for working-class Californians. He said the “Sacramento establishment” and lobbyists opposing the measure were “blatantly out of touch.”

STEVE HILTON WARNS CALIFORNIA ECONOMY WILL ‘ABSOLUTELY COLLAPSE’ UNDER ‘INSANE’ BILLIONAIRE TAX

Cuban responded by arguing that founders of rapidly appreciating startups can become billionaires on paper without having hundreds of millions of dollars in liquid assets available to pay the proposed tax.

“They are the definition of cash poor, stock rich,” Cuban wrote on X.

He warned that the measure could cause startup founders and investors to leave California.

“If this passes, only idiot startup founders stay in Cali,” Cuban wrote.

TRUMP WARNS NEW HOCHUL, MAMDANI PIED-À-TERRE TAX COULD ACCELERATE NYC WEALTH EXODUS

Cuban went further, warning that the measure could also influence where he invests.

“I will make NOT being in California a pre requisite for an investment,” he continued.

“Ideology is not a strategy Ro,” he added.

Khanna then proposed a workaround for founders whose wealth is largely tied up in private-company stock.

“Why not a non recourse loan for pledged stock as collateral for this situation?” Khanna wrote.

KEN GRIFFIN’S NYC SKYSCRAPER MOVES FORWARD DESPITE FEUD WITH MAYOR ZOHRAN MAMDANI

Khanna proposed addressing the concerns surrounding illiquid founders by allowing them to pledge shares in their companies as collateral for a government loan that could then be used to pay the wealth tax.

The loan could remain outstanding for roughly 10 years, after which the founder would either repay the government in cash or the government would take possession of the pledged shares. Because the loan would be nonrecourse, the founder would not be personally liable if the company failed.

Cuban blasted the proposal.

“Ro, that’s insane,” he wrote.

Cuban argued that California would effectively lend founders money that would immediately be returned to the state as payment of the tax, meaning the arrangement would initially generate no additional cash revenue from those taxpayers.

“What’s the point of that?” he wrote.

BOB IGER, JOSH KUSHNER SHOCKINGLY PURCHASE LAKERS MONTHS AFTER MARK WALTER BECAME MAJORITY OWNER

Cuban also argued that California could eventually wind up owning shares in private companies if founders were unable to repay the loans.

“Cali, You make it. We take it!” Cuban wrote.

Khanna pushed back on Cuban’s criticism, arguing that the government would still collect the tax from billionaires with liquid assets.

“The government would still collect from the vast majority of billionaires who are not illiquid,” Khanna wrote.

Khanna claimed that 72% of billionaire wealth is held in public stock and said the proposed financing mechanism would be aimed at true “paper billionaires” whose fortunes are tied to illiquid assets. He argued that if a private company succeeds, California would ultimately collect on the loan, while founders would not be personally liable if the company failed.

CALIFORNIA VOTERS TO CONSIDER BALLOT MEASURE TO INCREASE TAXES ON BILLIONAIRES

Khanna then broadened his argument, telling Cuban that ordinary Americans support higher taxes on billionaires.

“Mark, come on a road trip with me around California, Pennsylvania and the country and ask ordinary Americans how they feel about a billionaire tax,” Khanna wrote. “Most say, I promise you, why only 5 percent?”

Cuban shot back: “You don’t understand business Ro.”

He argued that even a successful founder could spend 10 years growing a company, create thousands of jobs and pay hundreds of millions of dollars in federal and state taxes without ever having $250 million in liquid assets available to repay the proposed state loan.

CLICK HERE TO GET FOX BUSINESS ON THE GO

“Is that what you want your state to be?” Cuban wrote.

“Next tweet we can discuss who the money is going to with Prop 40,” he added.

This post was originally published here. 

For nearly 50 years, the world has dealt with Iran under a straightforward premise: the sole source of danger is the theocracy installed by the 1979 revolution.

Western policies have split between containing the regime, changing its conduct, eroding its capabilities, or waiting for internal collapse. The record of these tactics, though, raises a tougher question.

Why does the Iranian threat return each time Tehran’s foes believe they have contained it?

The breeding grounds enabling centralized power 

For decades, the world may have fixated on who governs Iran while ignoring the framework that lets central authorities rebuild their power project whenever conditions change.

The core issue is about more than the nuclear program, ballistic missile stockpile, and proxy networks. These are assets that can be disabled or partly destroyed.

They spring, however, from a large state with a huge population, energy reserves, a scientific and industrial foundation, geographic reach, and military institutions honed across decades.

Lost facilities, leaders, and munitions cannot wipe out technical know-how or erase recovery capacity. A single tool may break, but the underlying machine still can build a replacement.

History shows international dealings with Iran have targeted what can be destroyed; capabilities can be degraded. But such tactics leave unanswered the more fundamental question of how to stop a large, centralized state with people, resources and expertise from rebuilding losses once conditions ease.

So, the issue moves from disarmament to state structure, from who governs Iran to how power sources inside the country are administered.

One episode lays bare this disconnect. The July 2015 nuclear deal capped portions of Iran’s nuclear work. It left Tehran’s view of its regional standing intact. Missile work and proxy operations also proceeded without pause.

The January 2020 killing of Maj.-Gen. Qasem Soleimani jolted the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps, although influence networks resumed activity once roles were reassigned.

Strikes on Iranian military sites have proved able to inflict damage and disrupt operations, but they cannot ensure permanent disablement.

Containment thus amounts to little more than managing repeated rounds of buildup, strike and rearmament.

Viewed this way, regime change in Iran offers at best a partial fix if presented as a final answer to the problem. The ruling system provides the country’s power project with its ideology, while the centralized state furnishes its resources and wealth.

Replacing the regime while leaving power administration untouched may soften rhetoric but offers no assurance of a different course. A more pragmatic, economy-focused government could emerge.

Geography, national interests and latent capabilities, however, survive leadership turnover. Long-held regional ambitions would likely resurface, framed in nationalist rather than revolutionary terms.

That said, casting the Iranian state as inherently hostile misreads reality. Most countries adjust conduct when their institutions, military doctrine, and balance between rulers and ruled evolve. 

The objective is something other than indefinite weakening of Iran. It is blocking the convergence of unchecked central power, expansionist ideology, and exclusive control over military decisions.

Chaotic breakup of the Iranian state carries its own severe risks. Internal diversity, widespread weapons, and Iran’s strategic position could turn collapse into civil conflict, foreign meddling, and massive disruption of energy flows and shipping lanes.

Break the ‘buildup, strike, resurgence’ pattern

The most durable course therefore starts inside Iran, on the premise that Iranians alone hold the right to choose their governing system and its structure.

Broad decentralization or federalism, and possibly confederal arrangements if adopted through national consent and constitutional agreement, can curb the center’s monopoly on wealth and decisions, give regions greater say over resources and fiscal matters, and write institutional limits into the use of national capacities for foreign ventures.

Forcing such models from outside, by contrast, would let authorities cast themselves as defenders of national unity and turn reform into a pretext for harsher repression.

Decentralization hardly guarantees Iran will turn automatically into a peaceful country. Constitutional arrangements by themselves cannot dispel national ambitions or remove foreign frictions. Their worth lies in raising the price of decision monopolization, spreading oversight of resources, and making long-term foreign ventures far harder to pursue without broad consent and accountability.

Such rules constrain impulsive action while still falling short of an ironclad promise of responsible behavior.

No global requirement exists for a permanent Iranian adversary to justify alliances and defense budgets. Removing the regime with no plan for what follows promises an even more dangerous crisis.

What is required instead is ending the threat’s ability to regenerate, through four parallel steps: capping offensive capabilities, advancing institutional reform that disperses power inside Iran, upholding regional deterrence to block coercion, and pursuing diplomacy that links economic and political integration to revised conduct.

The world has repeatedly slowed Iran’s power project. It has never eliminated the country’s ability to rebuild it. The ruling system may fall one day, but its collapse would leave intact the building blocks of Iranian strength.

If a framework survives that lets central authorities marshal people, resources and expertise behind foreign ventures, any win will amount to a temporary pause between rounds.

A credible resolution comes when Iran’s strength changes from a source of fear for neighbors into a force bounded by institutions and directed by societal interests. Only then does the root problem resolve itself. The danger will not have sustained another setback – it will have lost the conditions that kept reviving it.

The writer is a UAE political analyst and former Federal National Council candidate.

This post was originally published on here. 

Around 5,000 people have been evacuated after a magnitude-7.7 earthquake smashed an area in eastern Indonesia, killing at least 51, blocking roads and causing landslides, authorities said on Sunday.

Thirty-six people were seriously injured in the Saturday morning quake in East Nusa Tenggara province, while 77 had minor injuries, Deputy Health Minister Benjamin Paulus Octavianus told a televised meeting.

The quake, followed by some 341 aftershocks, is the Southeast Asian nation’s worst in years. Hundreds died after a 2022 earthquake in West Java.

More than 3,300 people in the Sikka region self-evacuated or were stranded in a sports arena, said the disaster mitigation agency BNPB.

Some Sikka residents were stranded outside collapsed homes under a makeshift tent made out of tarp, while some people received treatment in a tent outside a hospital in the port town of Maumere.

Health workers and emergency personnel transfer a patient on a stretcher from an ambulance at a regional hospital after an earthquake was felt in Ruteng, Manggarai, East Nusa Tenggara province, Indonesia, August 16, 2026. (credit: REUTERS/Terisno Adon)

“Almost all of Sikka’s residents didn’t dare stay indoors, so they slept on a porch or a tent outside,” Simon Subandi, deputy regent of Sikka, told news channel KompasTV.

More than 3,500 military and police officers have been deployed to the region, Cabinet Secretary Teddy Indra Wijaya said in a statement.

Over 1,000 homes damaged, people trapped under rubble

Indonesia’s search and rescue agency said rescuers were able to access parts of Maumere that had been blocked by landslides. Most of those missing were trapped under rubble, and more than 1,300 homes were damaged, BNPB said.

Twenty petrol stations were out of service due to power outages, state energy firm Pertamina said.

The East Nusa Tenggara government is considering declaring an emergency for the province, BNPB said, which would allow authorities to mobilize resources and funding.

The area of the quake was hit in 1992 by a magnitude-7.5 earthquake that caused extensive destruction, Indonesia’s geophysics agency said.

Indonesia, a sprawling archipelago of 290 million people, straddles the “Pacific Ring of Fire,” a seismically active zone where tectonic plates meet and trigger frequent earthquakes and volcanic eruptions.

This post was originally published on here. 

Hurricane Lala approached Hawaii with strong winds and heavy rain on Saturday, leaving more than 40,000 utility customers without power across the state as the National Hurricane Center warned of “life-threatening” conditions.

The poweroutage.com website showed 42,889 customers without power as of 2:14 p.m. in Hawaii, including 31,792 on the Big Island and 7,203 in Maui County, which includes the islands of Maui, Lanai, and Molokai.

An advisory from the hurricane center at 2 p.m. predicted 10 to 20 inches of rain on the Big Island, and possibly up to 25 inches there, as well as 8 to 12 inches in eastern Maui and 4 to 6 inches in western Maui.

“This rainfall will produce life-threatening flooding and mudslides, especially in areas of steep terrain,” the center said.

Hawaiian Electric warned customers to expect “possible extended outages, potentially overnight,” as the storm system made its way westward across Hawaii. On the Hamakua Coast on the Big Island, utility crews were assessing a 42-mile span of transmission lines after fallen trees knocked down multiple poles and structures, Hawaiian Electric spokesperson Darren Pai told TV station Hawaii News Now.

A rural road floods in Volcano Village on Hawaii Island, on August 15, 2026. (credit: Jill K. Briggs / AFP via Getty Images)

Hurricane Lala winds reach Category 1 levels

Earlier in the day, the US National Hurricane Center said Lala’s maximum sustained winds reached 75 mph, making it a Category 1 hurricane.

The Maunakea Weather Center, on the Big Island’s tallest peak, recorded wind gusts of more than 100 mph throughout the early afternoon, although winds would have been slower closer to sea level.

The Hawaii Department of Transportation said it was closing Hilo International Airport and would close Ellison Onizuka Kona International Airport at Keahole at 2 p.m. The department also closed the Hawaii Island, Maui County, and Kaua‘i commercial ports.

This post was originally published on here. 

Hawaii spent Saturday bracing for the Big Island’s first direct hurricane strike in 155 years. It may not come. National Hurricane Center forecasters said in their afternoon discussion that Lala was showing a possible new track, leaving it unclear whether the storm will make landfall on the island at all. The damage arrived regardless.

Everything Hawaii sells and nearly everything it buys moves by air or by ship, and this weekend both stopped. Hilo International Airport and Ellison Onizuka Kona International Airport shut down, and commercial ports on the Big Island and in Maui County closed. More than 200 flights across the state were canceled Saturday, according to FlightAware, and Norwegian Cruise Line said some itineraries would be changed.

Lala strengthened into a Category 1 hurricane Saturday with sustained winds of 75 mph. By late evening its eyewall was brushing the southern shore, with maximum winds of 80 mph and the center about 30 miles south-southeast of South Point. The center is forecast to pass south of the smaller islands through Sunday, spreading tropical storm conditions west to Oahu and Kauai. “It doesn’t take landfall to create destruction,” said Vanessa Almanza, a National Weather Service meteorologist in Honolulu.

The power grid proved her point. About 76,000 customers statewide — roughly 15 percent of Hawaii’s electricity users — were dark by Saturday evening, according to PowerOutage.us. Hawaiian Electric said wind-toppled trees brought down poles and structures along a 42-mile stretch of transmission line on the Hamakua coast, and four independent power producers were knocked off the Big Island grid, raising the prospect of load shedding — deliberately cutting power to some customers to keep the rest of the system stable. The utility told one Big Island customer that service might not return until Monday.

Rain is the larger threat to property. Forecasters projected 10 to 20 inches across the Big Island with maximums near 25 inches, 8 to 12 inches on windward Maui and 4 to 8 inches elsewhere in the chain. Nahuku had already recorded 16.18 inches in 24 hours, with Glenwood at 11.94 and Piihonua at 10.09. The Wailuku River in Hilo rose from 3.4 feet Friday night to 16.2 feet by Saturday morning, the U.S. Geological Survey reported. That is water moving down steep volcanic slopes into towns built at the bottom of them.

Gov. Josh Green, citing rainfall of two inches an hour, told residents to shelter in place. He had declared a state of emergency Thursday. Shelters opened, events were canceled, and ranchers were advised to leave cattle in open pasture rather than in structures that might collapse. With outages spreading, the county Department of Water Supply asked island-wide that water be used only for drinking, cooking and bathing.

The repair work is already scoped. Hawaiian Electric has hundreds of crew members deployed and is restoring service where conditions allow, having already brought back more than 20,000 Big Island customers and several hundred in Maui County, though damage assessments must be completed before repair crews go out. Airports and harbors reopen once winds drop below operating thresholds, which for a state that imports the overwhelming majority of its food is the number that determines how fast grocery shelves refill.

JBizNews Desk | Honolulu

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

Recently, I got into a debate online with someone who demanded to know why, after all these years, there is still no Palestinian state.

The question was clearly meant as an indictment of Israel.

But as the exchange went on, it became clear to me that the person knew almost nothing about the history of the conflict. There were plenty of accusations but very little knowledge of the facts, a phenomenon we see all too often nowadays.

So let’s set the record straight.

Before asking why there is no Palestinian state today, it is worth recalling a basic historical fact: there has never been a Palestinian state in all of history.

 Oslo Accords (credit: Wikimedia Commons)

The land was ruled, over the centuries, by Romans, Byzantines, Arab and Muslim dynasties, Crusaders, Mamluks, Ottomans, and the British. But there was never an independent Palestinian Arab country with its own government, army, currency, or capital.

Even the name itself is revealing. The word “Palestine” appears precisely zero times in the Hebrew Bible, the Christian New Testament, and the Koran. Indeed, it was only after crushing the Bar-Kochba revolt in the second century CE that the Romans. Under Emperor Hadrian, Judea was renamed Syria Palaestina. The change was intended to sever the Jewish connection to the land and erase the memory of Jewish sovereignty.

The many failed chances for a Palestinian state

In the modern era, Palestinian Arab statehood was repeatedly put within reach and repeatedly rejected.

The pattern began early. In 1937, a British royal commission headed by Lord Peel recommended partitioning Mandatory Palestine into separate Jewish and Arab states. Arab leaders rejected the proposal, while the Zionist leadership accepted partition in principle, while objecting to key boundaries and details.

A decade later, in 1947, the United Nations proposed dividing British Mandatory Palestine into two states, one Jewish and one Arab.

The Jewish leadership said yes, and the Arab leadership said no.

Instead of accepting the opportunity to establish a Palestinian state, the Arab world went to war in 1948 to prevent the creation of a Jewish one.

And even after that war, there was another prolonged opportunity.

From 1948 to 1967, Jordan controlled Judea and Samaria, while Egypt controlled Gaza. Israel had no presence in either territory. Yet no Palestinian state was created during those 19 years.

The PLO, founded in 1964, underscored what the real priority was. It did not even focus its claims on Judea and Samaria and Gaza. Its original charter demanded the whole of Israel.

That same rejectionist approach was evident after Israel’s 1967 Six Day War victory, when the Arab League responded at Khartoum with the famous “Three Noes”: no peace, no recognition, no negotiations with Israel.

The 1993 Oslo Accords: A wasted opportunity

Then came Oslo in September 1993, when Israel decided to test a different path.

Israel recognized the PLO, withdrew from Palestinian population centers, and helped establish the Palestinian Authority, expecting negotiations to lead to a permanent settlement.

That process eventually led to Camp David, where, in July 2000, prime minister Ehud Barak met with Yasser Arafat under US president Bill Clinton’s auspices. Barak accepted the idea of Palestinian statehood and offered far-reaching territorial concessions, including in Jerusalem.

Arafat rejected the deal, and the summit ended without an agreement.

But the effort did not end there. Later that year, in December 2000, Clinton proposed parameters envisioning a Palestinian state in Gaza and nearly all of Judea and Samaria, territorial swaps, and a capital in east Jerusalem.

Arafat did not accept those terms either.

In the years since, Clinton has been remarkably blunt about what happened. Speaking at The New York Times DealBook Summit in December 2024, he recalled telling young Americans that Arafat had “walked away from a Palestinian state, with a capital in east Jerusalem, 96% of Judea and Samaria, 4% of Israel to make up for the 4%” that Israel would retain.

Then Clinton drove the point home: “You walk away from these once-in-a-lifetime peace opportunities and you can’t complain 25 years later when the doors weren’t all still open, and all the possibilities weren’t still there.”

Those are the words of the American president who spent years trying to broker peace.

And what followed the collapse of that effort was not another Palestinian diplomatic initiative, but the Second Intifada. Israeli buses, restaurants, and cafés were attacked by Palestinian terrorists.

Still, Israel tried again.

In 2005, the Jewish state withdrew its soldiers and expelled its civilians from the Gaza Strip, uprooting every Jewish community and ending its permanent military presence inside the Strip.

Gaza now had the chance to become a test of what Israeli withdrawal could produce. Instead, Hamas seized control and turned it into a terrorist fortress. Rockets were fired at Israeli towns. Terror tunnels were dug under the border.

Three years later, Israel returned to the negotiating table once more.

In 2008, prime minister Ehud Olmert pursued another far-reaching agreement with PA President Mahmoud Abbas. According to former US president George W. Bush, the plan would have given the Palestinians the “vast majority” of Judea and Samaria, while Israel retained certain settlement blocs. It also envisaged shared sovereignty in Jerusalem and a tunnel linking Judea and Samaria and Gaza.

Bush later wrote in his memoir, Decision Points, that both leaders had privately accepted the details of the plan, but Abbas ultimately backtracked and refused to endorse it publicly.

And the problem is not confined to the negotiating table.

Abbas has spent nearly two decades as president without new elections, while the PA under his leadership continues paying stipends to terrorists and their families and educating children in a culture of rejection and “martyrdom.”

Then came Oct. 7, 2023.

Israel had left Gaza 18 years earlier. There were no Israeli towns or villages there and no Israeli military government running daily life. Yet Gaza became the launching pad for the worst massacre of Jews since the Holocaust.

Thousands of Palestinian terrorists poured across the border, murdering, raping, burning, and kidnapping Israelis.

We left Gaza and got rockets, dismantled Jewish communities and got terror tunnels, and withdrew every Israeli soldier and civilian and ultimately got Oct. 7.

And now there are voices once again telling Israel to repeat the experiment of retreat in Judea and Samaria, which would endanger Jerusalem, the Coastal Plain and Ben-Gurion Airport.

No Israeli in his right mind can or should agree to that.

After all, if Israel were really the main reason there is no Palestinian state, then the periods when Israel was absent should have produced one – from 1948 to 1967 in Judea and Samaria and Gaza, and in the years following Israel’s 2005 withdrawal from Gaza. They did not.

A Palestinian state under present conditions would be a gamble with millions of Israeli lives. Territory surrendered by Israel was used to prepare and launch the Oct. 7 massacre. Why assume land surrendered in Judea and Samaria would produce a different result?

So the next time someone asks why there is no Palestinian state, turn the question around.

Ask them: Why did the Arab leadership reject partition in 1947? Why did Arafat walk away when Clinton was offering him a state with its capital in east Jerusalem and 96% of Judea and Samaria?

Why did Abbas fail to endorse the far-reaching agreement described by Bush in 2008?

Why was Gaza turned into a base for terror after Israel withdrew?

And after Oct. 7, why should Israel be expected to ignore every lesson of the past and take the same risk again?

The bottom line is that there is no “Palestine” because for generations the Palestinian leadership has preferred the struggle against Israel to the compromises required for statehood.

Palestinians cannot repeatedly pass up opportunities, embrace or tolerate violence instead, and then insist that someone else is solely responsible for the consequences.

Clinton understood that, Bush saw it, too, and Israelis certainly understand it now.

Simply put: the facts have not changed. Only the willingness to face them has.

The writer served as deputy communications director under Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu.

This post was originally published on here. 

President Donald Trump on Friday downplayed the toll on American sailors enduring nearly nine months at sea on the USS Abraham Lincoln as concerns escalated about mental health and supply issues aboard the aircraft carrier supporting U.S. operations against Iran.

In a brief exchange with reporters before flying to New York for an event to highlight falling violent crime rates across the U.S., Trump refuted that family members have raised concerns about the deployment’s length and even said that the deployment — which includes a record-setting uninterrupted time at sea of more than 240 days — is “not nearly long enough.”

“That ship is moving right now, or very shortly, and it’s being replaced with another very similar ship,” Trump said when asked about the lengthy deployment. The acting navy secretary, Hung Cao, said the Lincoln “will return home soon” in a social media post on Friday.

Trump strode into office for a second term vowing to avoid lengthy and expensive military entanglements. And after launching the Iran war, alongside Israel, Trump and his advisers said the conflict would last a matter of weeks. The war is now more than five months old.

But on Friday, during his crime address in Garden City, New York, he acknowledged that he’s used the U.S. military “a little bit more than I wanted to,” while asserting anew that the U.S. operation against Iran is going well. He even said, seemingly in jest, that “pretty soon I’ll be declaring the Hormuz Strait a territory of the United States.”

“I’ll never apologize,” Trump added about the war and its impact on oil prices. “I did the right thing.”

Democrats demand Pentagon briefing on USS Lincoln

Extended deployments of carriers during the Iran conflict have raised concerns about the impact on service members who are away from home for long periods as well as the increasing strain on the ships and their equipment.

Several Democratic lawmakers, including Sens. Richard Blumenthal of Connecticut and Ruben Gallego of Arizona, are pressing for accountability from the Pentagon over conditions aboard the Lincoln, which Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth on Thursday said were “completely misrepresented.”

Rep. Jason Crow, D-Colo., who served three tours in Iraq and Afghanistan with the 82nd Airborne Division and 75th Ranger Regiment before being elected, took to social media to criticize Trump’s comments, saying on X that “President Trump does not care about our servicemembers or their families.”

Top Democrats on the House Oversight Committee have requested a classified briefing on the ship’s food inventory, sanitation issues and healthcare availability, as well as an assessment of how much longer it would be deployed before relief arrives.

Republicans have been less outspoken about the situation on the Lincoln. The GOP chairmen of the House and Senate armed services committees did not immediately respond to a request for comment.

While hostilities between the U.S. and Iran have calmed in recent weeks, the Navy has reimposed a blockade on Iranian ports in the crucial Strait of Hormuz, and the Trump administration has offered no clarity on how it intends to wind down the war. Hegseth said the U.S. military can maintain the blockage of Iranian ports “indefinitely.”

Another aircraft carrier, the USS George Washington, left port in Da Nang, Vietnam, last week, and is expected to replace the USS Lincoln, one of two aircraft carriers currently deployed in the Middle East.

After reports emerged that sailors on the Lincoln are struggling with mental health concerns, the Navy said it has “not observed an increase in suicidal ideations or attempts aboard the ship,” though officials have declined to provide data, citing operational security and patient privacy concerns.

A Navy official said a sailor aboard the Lincoln went overboard in early August but the person was quickly recovered, treated by the ship’s medical department and transferred off ship for follow-on care. The official would not say whether it was being considered a suicide attempt.

U.S. Central Command, which oversees military operations in the Middle East, has also pushed back on reports about poor conditions.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

Sandisk’s latest forecast offers one of the clearest signs yet that the artificial-intelligence infrastructure boom is moving far beyond processors and into the storage systems required to keep AI running.

The company expects revenue to grow at a mid-to-high-teens annual rate from fiscal 2028 through 2030, while adjusted gross margins remain around 80%.

The more important number may be how much future production is already spoken for.

Sandisk has signed multi-year agreements with eight large customers, covering roughly 50% of expected memory production in fiscal 2027 and about two-thirds in fiscal 2028. Those agreements average roughly four years, giving the company something memory manufacturers historically lacked: long-term visibility.

That matters because memory has traditionally been one of the semiconductor industry’s most cyclical businesses.

Manufacturers build capacity. Supply eventually outruns demand. Prices fall, margins contract and expansion plans are cut back.

AI is changing that equation.

Large data centers require enormous amounts of NAND flash storage alongside the GPUs doing the actual computing. As Google, Meta, Microsoft, Amazon and other hyperscalers continue expanding AI infrastructure, storage capacity is becoming another potential bottleneck.

The AI trade is therefore broadening.

Nvidia may supply many of the processors, but those chips need servers, networking equipment, power, cooling systems and enormous amounts of storage around them.

Sandisk’s customer agreements suggest large buyers are no longer comfortable waiting until they need additional capacity.

They are reserving it years in advance.

That reduces some of the boom-and-bust risk historically associated with memory producers and gives Sandisk much greater visibility into future demand.

The company also said it intends to return excess cash to shareholders after funding necessary investment, adding another attraction if its unusually high margins prove sustainable.

The same investment cycle is showing up elsewhere in the semiconductor supply chain.

Applied Materials forecast fiscal fourth-quarter revenue of approximately $10.25 billion, above Wall Street expectations, as chipmakers continue spending heavily on equipment needed to manufacture more advanced processors.

The company is also preparing to expand manufacturing capacity enough to potentially double quarterly semiconductor-system output by 2028, with further expansion possible by 2030.

Taken together, the forecasts point to a larger shift.

AI demand is no longer benefiting only the companies designing the most advanced chips.

The spending is moving through the physical infrastructure surrounding them — semiconductor factories, servers, storage, networking, cooling, power generation and data-center construction.

For investors, that creates a much broader AI ecosystem.

For businesses building data centers, it creates a different problem.

The question is increasingly not whether they can afford the equipment.

It is whether enough of it will be available when they need it.

JBizNews Desk | New York

© JBizNews.com⁠ All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

Hengli is accused by the U.S. of being a major importer of illicit Iranian crude; the Chinese petrochemical company denies trading with Iran.

On Changxing Island outside Dalian sits one of China’s largest independent refineries, a sprawling complex capable of processing about 400,000 barrels of oil a day.

Washington says some of the crude flowing into that plant came from Iran — and that the money ultimately helped finance Tehran’s military.

The U.S. Treasury Department sanctioned Hengli Petrochemical’s Dalian refinery in April, accusing it of purchasing billions of dollars’ worth of Iranian petroleum and describing it as one of Iran’s largest customers.

Hengli denies the allegation.

Treasury says three sanctioned tankers alone delivered more than five million barrels of Iranian crude to the refinery since 2023. The shipments were allegedly overseen by Sepehr Energy, the oil-sales arm of Iran’s Armed Forces General Staff, generating hundreds of millions of dollars for the Iranian military.

That is what makes Hengli different from a routine sanctions case.

Washington is not simply accusing a Chinese refinery of buying discounted oil. It is accusing one of China’s largest private industrial companies of helping convert Iranian crude into revenue for Tehran’s armed forces.

The oil trade is difficult to police because sanctioned cargoes can become harder to trace once they reach international waters. Tankers can switch off tracking signals, move crude through ship-to-ship transfers and rely on traders and paperwork that obscure where the petroleum originated.

Iranian crude is often sold at a discount precisely because buyers take on that risk.

China is central to the trade. Its independent refiners buy the majority of Iran’s exported crude, giving Tehran access to a huge market despite U.S. sanctions.

Hengli says Washington’s case is wrong. The company said it has never conducted oil trade with Iran and that its suppliers guaranteed the crude it purchased complied with sanctions requirements. It also said it would seek removal from the U.S. blacklist.

The sanctions nevertheless had an immediate impact.

Hengli’s Shanghai-listed shares fell 10 percent. Its Singapore trading operation was disrupted as international counterparties pulled back, and Chinese chemical giant Wanhua suspended a benzene supply agreement with the company.

Hengli also said it had enough crude inventories to operate for more than three months and could continue paying for oil in yuan.

Beijing then stepped in, using its anti-sanctions framework to shield Chinese companies from complying with the U.S. restrictions.

That put Hengli directly in the middle of a larger confrontation between Washington and Beijing.

For the U.S., the strategy is to make Iranian crude financially toxic even if the oil itself keeps moving.

Banks, shipping companies, insurers, traders and refineries all have to decide whether discounted Iranian oil is still worth the risk of losing access to Western markets and the U.S. financial system.

Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent had already warned Chinese buyers that Washington was prepared to target them. The department also sent warning letters to Chinese banks before the Hengli sanctions were announced.

The same day Hengli was blacklisted, Treasury sanctioned roughly 40 shipping firms and vessels tied to Iran’s shadow fleet.

For Tehran, the stakes are straightforward. Oil exports provide hard currency, and Washington says some of the revenue flowing through Hengli directly benefited Iran’s military.

For American consumers, there is a second concern.

Washington wants to choke off Iran’s oil income without removing so much crude from the market that global energy prices jump. With shipping through the Strait of Hormuz already under pressure, any major disruption to supply can eventually reach gasoline prices, freight costs and consumer goods.

That makes Hengli a major test of the sanctions strategy.

If a refinery this large decides Iranian crude is no longer worth the risk, other buyers may follow.

If the oil simply changes ships, paperwork and intermediaries again, Washington will have made the trade harder without stopping it.

The real measure of success is therefore not how many companies land on a blacklist.

It is whether the oil stops moving — or simply becomes harder to see.

JBizNews Desk | Washington, D.C.

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

Waymo announced Friday that it is expanding its autonomous ride-hailing business across Northern and Southern California, including into two new major markets.

The Alphabet-owned company said it plans to scale up its existing services across the San Francisco Bay Area and Los Angeles while bringing its robotaxi service to Sacramento and San Diego.

The announcement comes after the California Department of Motor Vehicles authorized Waymo to operate in the additional areas last year. On Friday, the California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) approved the company’s application to expand its autonomous ride-hailing service.

“Big news for the Golden State — we have received the CPUC’s approval to expand our autonomous ride-hailing service across the SF Bay Area and LA, and bring our service to Sacramento and San Diego,” Waymo said in a post on X.

WAYMO RECALLS MASSIVE AUTONOMOUS FLEET AFTER INCIDENT FLAGS MAJOR SAFETY ISSUE

The company did not provide a timeline for launching service in the new areas but said the expansion would be “gradual and guided by our safety framework.”

Waymo called the regulatory approval an important step in its California expansion.

“This is an important milestone that will allow Waymo to bring the safety and mobility benefits millions of Californians already enjoy to more communities across the state,” the company said in a press release.

The company currently operates thousands of autonomous vehicles across the U.S., including in San Francisco, Los Angeles, Phoenix and Austin.

ZOOX CEO SAYS AUTONOMOUS VEHICLES NEED REGULATION MONTHS AFTER ROBOTAXI DROVE INTO LAS VEGAS FIRE SCENE

In February, Waymo announced plans to expand into Chicago as it seeks to establish a foothold in the Midwest.

The company said it had begun “laying the early groundwork” for operations in Chicago, starting with mapping and manual vehicle testing.

Waymo has also faced several recalls this year. Most recently, the company recalled nearly 4,000 robotaxis in June after more than a dozen incidents in which autonomous vehicles entered closed freeway construction zones, according to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA).

GET FOX BUSINESS ON THE GO BY CLICKING HERE

NHTSA said a software issue could allow affected vehicles to enter closed freeway construction zones and continue traveling at posted speeds. Regulators said the vehicles could fail to recognize or properly respond to certain construction-zone closures.

FOX Business has reached out to Waymo for additional information, including when the expanded California services are expected to launch.

FOX Business’ Bradford Betz and Brittany Miller contributed to this report.

This post was originally published here

Hopes of finding survivors of the earthquake that struck western Colombia five days ago were dwindling on Saturday, as more bodies were pulled from buildings that collapsed due to the 7.4-magnitude quake that left hundreds dead or missing.

The earthquake struck just after 7:30 a.m. in San Jose del Palmar, toppling apartment buildings and damaging schools, churches, hospitals and homes from the Pacific port of Buenaventura to Colombia’s coffee-growing region and major western cities.

Around 290 people have died, with 140 more missing and nearly 4,000 more injured, according to official estimates late on Saturday. More than two-thirds of the deaths were concentrated in the cities of Cali and Pereira.

“We have only one site where there are signs of life,” Cali fire captain Alberto Hernandez told Reuters. “At the other locations, we are unfortunately in the phase of recovering bodies.”

With over 2 million inhabitants, Cali is Colombia’s third-biggest city. Rescue workers continued through the morning to sift through mountains of shattered concrete, bricks and metal to find those who remain unaccounted for, while others were cleaning their neighborhoods armed with brooms and shovels.

Members of a rescue team and volunteers are reflected in glass while working at the site of the collapsed Limonar Tower in the aftermath of the August 10 earthquake in Cali, Colombia, August 15, 2026.  (credit: REUTERS/Raquel Cunha)

Hernandez said they would likely finish recovering bodies by Sunday, after which they will begin using heavy equipment to clear the debris.

“Even though the 72-hour mark has passed, we’re going to keep working relentlessly and without rest, as if those 70 people (still missing) were still alive,” Cali Mayor Alejandro Eder told a press conference. “Miracles do happen.”

Hundreds sleep outdoors

However, hopes have dwindled after the deaths of people who had become national symbols.

Daniela Largo, 32, died in hospital after surviving 36 hours under the rubble, and 24-year-old Juan Felipe Giraldo was found dead after an intense operation at a collapsed hotel.

Giraldo, whose father spent days by the collapsed building waiting for news, had been set to get married on Sunday. He leaves behind a 2-year-old son.

Thousands of people gathered in the cities of Medellin and Bogota to donate food, clothing and medicine to distribution centers in areas devastated by the quake.

In the city of Pereira, deep in Colombia’s coffee-growing region, hundreds of people spent the night on mats or in tents at a makeshift shelter in a park, where coordinators said there was a lack of blankets, tents, hygiene products and food.

A report by the disaster management unit found that thousands of homes were destroyed by Monday’s quake, leaving hundreds sleeping outdoors in shelters and waiting to find out whether damaged apartments are at risk of collapsing.

Colombia has recorded 269 aftershocks since the quake, piling on dangers for rescue workers and volunteers still sifting through the unstable rubble.

Request for tariff relief

The disaster became the first major challenge for President Abelardo De La Espriella, a political newcomer who took office a week ago and will now oversee relief efforts and reconstruction in the wake of one of Colombia’s worst natural disasters.

De La Espriella has faced some criticism over his handling of the initial hours, particularly for not accepting offers of rescue teams from certain countries. Authorities later received some response teams from Israel and the United States.

The recent election victory of the right-wing president, who campaigned on a platform of tougher austerity and security measures, marks a rapprochement with Washington, which has floated joint strikes on armed groups operating in the country.

De La Espriella said on Saturday he spoke with President Donald Trump in a 10-minute phone call, during which Trump expressed his condolences, and he requested the US temporarily suspend tariffs on Colombian goods to help business owners.

The US Department of Commerce did not immediately respond to a request for comment.

“Today, more than ever, the alliance between Colombia and the United States is essential for the reconstruction of our beloved nation,” De La Espriella said on X/Twitter.

This post was originally published on here. 

Inflation improved this week, but the pressure facing consumers and businesses did not disappear. It shifted.

Consumer inflation moderated, wholesale prices were flat in July, Treasury yields eased and the immediate risk of another Federal Reserve rate increase declined.

That is positive, but lower inflation does not mean lower prices.

Households are still paying from a much higher base for food, housing, insurance, utilities and borrowing. Consumers are responding by comparison-shopping, switching brands and becoming more selective about discretionary purchases.

For retailers and restaurants, that means pricing power is weakening. The advantage is shifting toward companies that can protect margins through efficiency, sourcing and customer loyalty rather than repeated price increases.

Housing remains one of the clearest pressure points.

Existing-home sales fell again in July to roughly 4.06 million annualized, while the median price remained near $434,000. Buyers are constrained by expensive monthly payments, while homeowners with older low-rate mortgages have little incentive to sell.

That slowdown reaches far beyond real estate. Fewer transactions mean less business for brokers, lenders, title companies, contractors, movers, furniture stores and appliance retailers.

Credit tells a similar story.

Banks are still lending, but financing remains expensive. Businesses buying equipment, inventory, vehicles or commercial property are paying materially more for capital, while consumers continue borrowing for homes and autos at rates that leave less room for other spending.

Softer inflation could eventually help bring those costs down, but relief will take time.

Small businesses are sending a different signal than the national jobs data.

The NFIB Small Business Optimism Index climbed to 99.8, while the share of owners planning to hire reached its highest level since 2022.

Many businesses still want workers. Their problem remains finding qualified ones.

Artificial intelligence is creating another major shift.

AI is no longer just a software story. The boom now reaches storage, networking, power, cooling, construction, industrial real estate and financing.

Sandisk, Super Micro, CoreWeave and Applied Materials are all showing that demand for AI infrastructure remains strong.

But the bottlenecks are changing.

Data-center developers increasingly face limits involving electricity, financing and local opposition. Chips and capital are no longer enough. In some markets, permission to build is becoming one of the most valuable assets in the AI supply chain.

Trade is adding another cost layer.

Detroit automakers have warned that proposed changes to North American content rules could add billions of dollars annually to manufacturing costs.

Those expenses do not disappear. They eventually show up in supplier margins, factory investment, employment, shareholder returns or vehicle prices.

Energy remains the wildcard.

A sustained decline in fuel costs would help inflation, transportation and manufacturing. Another geopolitical shock could reverse that quickly.

That is the business picture heading into the new week:

Inflation is cooling, but consumers remain stretched.

Housing is locked by rates.

Credit is available, but expensive.

Small businesses still want workers.

AI spending remains enormous, but infrastructure and zoning are becoming constraints.

Trade policy is raising manufacturing costs.

And energy can still change the picture overnight.

The inflation crisis may be easing.

The cost problem has not disappeared.

It has moved.

JBizNews Desk | New York

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

President Donald Trump is doubling down on wielding economic pressure to squeeze Iran as his military options dwindle, and Tehran’s business community warned the naval blockade will cause far-reaching harm.

In an interview with Iran’s Khabar Online outlet, the head of the Iran-China Joint Chamber of Commerce said “the consequences of the blockade far outweigh those of a direct war.”

Majidreza Hariri added that the economic crisis and shortages currently ravaging Iran under the blockade are more severe than they were during the 40-day war earlier this year.

As a result, Iran must find a way to end the blockade one way or another, whether by way of negotiations, pleading, threats or even renewing war against the U.S., he said. That’s because trying to cope with the blockade would lead to dangerous spillover effects.

“The worst thing that could happen today is believing that the naval blockade can be circumvented and attempting to govern the country despite its continuation,” Hariri said.

He pointed to Iran’s decades-long experience under Western sanctions, saying the methods that were used skirt them eventually resulted in a weak economy and rampant corruption.

The U.S. naval blockade also threatens to inflict enormous costs in the short term. For example, transporting a single container between Iran and China via ships costs about $3,000, according to Hariri. But bypassing the blockade by transporting it over land would boost the cost to $12,000.

Given that 2 million containers pass through Iran’s southern ports annually, he estimated that heavier trade burdens will translate to about $18 billion in additional transportation costs alone every year.

Relying on land routes to get around the blockade could provide enough necessities to allow for short-term survival, but the economy will eventually “grind to a halt,” Hariri predicted.

But he also suggested Iran would retaliate against continued U.S. pressure rather than simply standing by and watching the economy crumble.

“We must also eliminate the perception in the U.S. that it can resort to such an action whenever it wants, and make it understand that the consequences of such a move could be severe,” Hariri said.

His warning comes as regime moderates have grown more worried that the U.S. naval blockade that was recently reimposed is bringing Iran’s economy close to collapse, sources told the Wall Street Journal.

Iran’s deputy foreign minister has also said the economy desperately needs sanctions relief that a deal with the U.S. could provide.

That tracks with earlier reports about Iran’s president and central bank chief telling Supreme Leader Ayatollah Mojtaba Khamenei the initial blockade was crippling the economy.

High inflation and a currency crash triggered widespread protests that led to a brutal crackdown in January, and some officials in Tehran are concerned today’s economic woes could stir more unrest.

But experts have cautioned that Iran’s repressive regime is unlikely to be swayed by the suffering of ordinary citizens and is prepared to wait out economic hardship longer than the U.S. public can endure high gas prices.

Still, Trump is betting that the blockade can accomplish what intense bombing from the U.S. military failed to do, namely, forcing Iran to reopen the Strait of Hormuz.

At the same time, a significant volume of oil is sneaking out of the Persian Gulf, contradicting Iran’s claims that it has closed off the strait, while the blockade is also denying Tehran vital oil revenue.

Crude prices have come down from last month’s highs, and the oil market reprieve gives Trump more time to let his blockade play out. Meanwhile, even more pressure could be on the way.

“It will be a combination of economic isolation like ‌the world has ​never seen before, ​and ​the continued blockade in ‌the Strait of ​Hormuz that will ​keep anything from going in or out of ​the ‌Iranian ports,” Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent told Newsmax without elaborating.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

The fear was straightforward. When SpaceX went public in June, only a sliver of its stock was allowed to trade — everything else was frozen. On Aug. 6, the first freeze came off nearly a billion shares, and Wall Street expected the flood of new supply to crush the price. Instead the stock went up 35%.

Over the five sessions since the expiration, shares have added roughly $500 billion in market value and climbed back above the $135 price at which the company sold stock in its record $86 billion offering on June 11. The stock closed Wednesday at $146.15 before easing on Thursday to trade around $142, within a day range of $139.80 to $145.02. Its 52-week range now runs from $104.83 to $225.64.

The mechanism behind all of it is supply. SpaceX listed with under 5% of its shares available to trade — roughly 639 million out of billions outstanding. That scarcity did what scarcity does, and the stock ran to nearly $225 in the weeks after the debut, about 67% above the offering price. When only about one share in twenty can change hands, any buyer has to bid up to get filled.

The Aug. 6 unlock released 911.5 million shares — more than the entire amount sold in the IPO itself — which more than doubled the tradable pool to roughly 12% of the company, or about one share in eight. More sellers, in theory, means a lower clearing price.

SpaceX and its bankers had anticipated the problem and structured the release in nine stages rather than the single 180-day cliff most companies use, specifically because the company is large enough to move the whole market. Spreading the supply out is the difference between opening a valve and breaking a dam.

The stock did fall hard just before the date — down 14% the session before the expiration — but the cause appears to have been the company’s first earnings report rather than the unlock, and specifically how much it is spending. Second-quarter revenue came in at $7.81 billion against roughly $6.83 billion expected, with a net loss of $541 million. The company spent $18.37 billion in the quarter building data centers and developing Starship. Elon Musk told investors he expects annual revenue to reach $100 billion by the end of this year and $1 trillion by 2030. Adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization rose 191% to $3.5 billion. The stock closed as low as $108.27 in the stretch that followed.

“We’ve gotten through the big hurdle, which was the unknown,” said Andrew Plum of Loxahatchee Capital, which owns the shares, describing a market that had priced in a negative event more severely than the event warranted.

The supply tests are not finished. The next expiration falls on Aug. 20, releasing as many as 319 million shares, about 7% of the stock still under restriction, with similar 7% blocks following over the coming months. The tradable float is expected to reach roughly 40% by December. Musk’s own 6.4 billion shares stay locked until June 2027 — meaning the largest holder cannot sell for nearly another year, which removes the single biggest source of potential supply from the near-term math.

Analysts remain split on where this lands. Citi kept a buy rating and a $200 target after raising its 2026 and 2027 forecasts, noting that longer-term valuation depends heavily on Starship milestones. Morgan Stanley has held a $300 target while flagging near-term risks including the remaining lockup expirations and margin pressure from artificial-intelligence investment. Across 28 analysts recommending the stock as a buy and two as a sell, the average 12-month target sits at $232.44 — with estimates ranging from $62 to $800, a spread that says more about uncertainty than about consensus.

Before earnings and the unlocks, short interest in SpaceX in dollar terms exceeded that of Tesla, long one of the most heavily shorted names on Wall Street. Part of this month’s move is likely those positions closing out.

The lesson for anyone watching the remaining expirations is that a lockup date is a supply event, not a verdict on the business. The shares that came free on Aug. 6 are only worth selling if holders want out at the offered price, and enough of them did not. Whether that holds on Aug. 20, and through the far larger releases due by December, depends on the same thing it always does: whether buyers still believe the revenue numbers Musk has promised are coming.

JBizNews Desk | Wall Street

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

Federal accident investigators said Thursday that they recovered bird remains from the engine of a Ryanair Boeing 737 that lost cabin pressure over Greece last month, after a chunk of that engine tore off in flight and smashed a passenger window with a man sitting next to it.

The finding came in a preliminary report from the National Transportation Safety Board, the independent U.S. agency leading the investigation. Preliminary means exactly that: the agency has laid out what it found, not what caused it. But the discovery points the inquiry toward a scenario the industry has spent eight years and hundreds of millions of dollars trying to design out of the world’s most widely flown jet.

Here is what happened in plain terms. On the morning of July 10, Ryanair Flight 1879 lifted off from Thessaloniki, Greece, bound for Memmingen, Germany. Minutes into the climb, one of the fan blades in the right engine broke off. The blade and the debris behind it were supposed to stay inside the engine casing. They didn’t. Fragments cut into the side of the aircraft in several places and blew out a window in row 11. The passenger in that seat, a 61-year-old Serbian man, was partially pulled through the opening and seriously injured. The cabin lost pressure and the crew turned back for an emergency landing. Of the 155 people aboard, he was the only one hurt.

The bird evidence is what makes the report notable. Investigators found remains, including feathers, on the oil cooler at the front of the engine, on one of the thrust reverser linkages, and at the bottom of the fan case. The material was sent to the Smithsonian Institution’s Feather Identification Lab in Washington, D.C., for analysis. Investigators cautioned that some of what they pulled out was lodged deep inside the engine, and they cannot yet say whether it came from July 10 or from an earlier strike.

That caution matters, because this particular engine had a history. Flight crews reported four suspected bird strikes to the same engine in the 12 months before the accident, and remains were found in two of those cases, though maintenance turned up no damage afterward. The engine, a CFM56-7B built by the joint venture between General Electric of the United States and France’s Safran, had been inspected in May with nothing flagged.

For American readers, the business stakes run through three U.S.-linked names: Boeing, which built the aircraft; GE Aerospace, which is half of the engine venture; and the Federal Aviation Administration, which wrote the rules meant to prevent this outcome. The template is the April 2018 Southwest Airlines accident, in which a fan blade separated on a 737-700, the engine inlet came apart, and a passenger was killed after being partially pulled out a broken window. A similar but non-fatal failure hit another Southwest jet in 2016.

The regulatory response to those two accidents split into two tracks. The first was inspections: repeated ultrasonic and eddy-current checks of fan blade roots, because the fatigue cracks that cause these failures are invisible to the naked eye and can take years to grow. The second was hardware. In March 2025 the agency issued a final rule requiring operators to modify the engine housing on every Boeing 737 NG variant, the 737-800 included, so that a broken blade’s debris stays contained. Airlines were given until July 31, 2028, to finish the work.

Three years of runway on a safety fix is not unusual — the parts have to be manufactured, and jets have to come out of service to receive them. But it means a large share of the global 737 NG fleet is still flying today with the older housing, and the Greek accident is the scenario that retrofit was written to stop.

The fix now moving is on the inspection side. A draft directive published July 31 would expand the fan blade inspection program, adding improved ultrasonic procedures and widening the area of the blade that gets checked, based on updated instructions CFM issued in mid-July. The agency was careful to note that while the Ryanair failure involved this engine model, it has received no information tying that failure to the problem the new inspection rule addresses.Boeing and Ryanair declined to comment Thursday.

A CFM spokesperson said the company is assisting the investigation, and Boeing pointed to the safety board, citing the rules governing crash inquiries. Investigators are still weighing how closely this accident resembles the 2018 Southwest failure, and said that determination remains open.

JBizNews Desk | New York

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

The Weitzman National Museum of American Jewish History in Philadelphia was vandalized on Thursday with an antisemitic inscription, about a year after the museum was attacked twice within a single week.

The incident occurred at around 8:15 p.m. Philadelphia police said a man wrote the antisemitic message on the yellow OY/YO sculpture outside the museum, which is located near the Delaware River in Old City, Philadelphia’s historic district.

Old City includes Independence National Historical Park, home to Independence Hall and the Liberty Bell, two landmarks closely associated with the founding of the United States.

The inscription has since been removed, but police have not apprehended the suspect. Police obtained surveillance footage showing him carrying out the vandalism before boarding a train at a nearby station.

Officers asked anyone with information that could help identify the suspect to contact them. The wording of the antisemitic inscription has not been released yet.

 Sign at the Weizman National Museum of American Jewish History photographed June 11th, 2023 in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania (credit: SHUTTERSTOCK)

Pennsylvania state Rep. Tarik Khan, a Democrat, spotted the vandalism and reported it to police. He told television station WPVI that “it just turned my stomach.”

“Whether you are Jewish or not, people understand that we have to stand up against hate in our community. We cannot tolerate hate, and when we see something wrong, we have to stand up and take action,” Khan said. 

A Muslim Democrat’s long-standing ties to the Jewish community

Although Khan is not Jewish, he has longstanding ties to the Jewish community. He describes himself as a “Muslim kid who grew up in a Jewish neighborhood, with a Catholic mother,” and has said that experience shaped his views on interfaith partnership.

Khan is also a member of the Pennsylvania Jewish Legislative Caucus, despite not being Jewish.

Andrew Goretsky, senior regional director of the Anti-Defamation League in Philadelphia, said the incident was “deeply frustrating, but unfortunately not surprising.”

According to Goretsky, the number of recorded incidents of antisemitic vandalism in Pennsylvania rose from 29 in 2022 to 80 in 2025.

“As a Jewish community, we will not hide our identity. We will continue to survive and thrive despite these targeted attacks,” he added.

Goretsky called on public leaders to condemn such acts, urged the public to report every incident, and encouraged residents to educate themselves amid the spread of false information online.

Vandalized sculpture intertwines Jewish, Philadelphian culture

The OY/YO sculpture, created by Jewish artist Deborah Kass, is made of aluminum and stands about eight feet tall and roughly 16 feet wide.

From one side, it reads “YO,” the greeting strongly associated with Philadelphia. From the other, it reads “OY,” the Yiddish exclamation that has also become embedded in American culture.

According to Kass, the work was intended to express the American promise of equality and the shared responsibility to fight hatred and division. The museum is located on Independence Mall, near Independence Hall and the Liberty Bell.

In August of last year, the museum’s facade and plaza, as well as a large Israeli flag above the words “Weitzman Stands With Israel,” were twice sprayed with red paint.

Leroy Hayes, 33, later turned himself in to police and was charged with an ethnic intimidation offense, criminal mischief, and possession of an instrument of crime.

This post was originally published on here. 

President Donald Trump’s administration on Friday asked the U.S. Supreme Court to allow the White House to continue construction on its $400 million ballroom project while it appeals a lower court’s order to halt the work.

Trump’s solicitor general petitioned the high court to suspend last week’s decision by a three-judge panel from the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit. Chief Justice John Roberts set a deadline of Tuesday for a response by plaintiffs challenging the ballroom project.

The divided appeals court panel ruled last week Trump must stop the White House ballroom’s construction because Congress has not approved the project. The panel’s majority said Trump doesn’t have the unilateral authority to build a 90,000-square-foot (8,400-square-meter) ballroom where the White House’s East Wing stood before he ordered its demolition last fall.

The lower court suspended its own ruling for two weeks to give Trump’s Republican administration time to appeal to the Supreme Court. Solicitor General D. John Sauer asked the Supreme Court to rule on its stay petition before the appeals court panel’s decision takes effect on Aug. 21.

“This case involves an extraordinary and unlawful injunction that will halt the ongoing construction of the integrated military complex, including a totally secure ballroom space, at the East Wing of the White House, which is vitally required by national security,” Sauer wrote.

Friday’s court filing includes the administration’s first confirmation that a threatened missile attack on Air Force One prompted the Secret Service to secretly fly Trump out of Turkey last month on an alternate military aircraft. In arguing for the need for a secure ballroom space, the filing cites “the threat of a missile attack against Air Force One on July 8” in a list of recent assassination attempts against Trump.

The filing also asserts that the project is “on time and under budget” with approximately $400 million in private donations obviating the need for any taxpayer dollars to be spent. However, Democrats in Congress have said it appears that funds from Trump’s “ big, beautiful ” tax cuts bill appear to be paying for ballroom work. The administration also has requested additional funding from Congress for the project, but lawmakers haven’t approved it.

In April, a district court judge ordered a stop to aboveground construction of the planned ballroom. But the judge stressed that the White House was free to proceed with underground work, including the construction of any bunkers, military installations and medical facilities.

The D.C. Circuit panel’s 2-1 decision upheld an order to pauseaboveground construction on the project, siding with historic preservationists who sued to stop construction of the ballroom.

“Whether or not a massive ballroom should be constructed is for Congress to decide and is not a matter for Executive self-help,” wrote the majority’s two judges, both appointed by Democratic presidents.

A third judge disagreed, finding that the preservationist group that challenged the project had no legal right to sue.

“The district court elevated the aesthetic displeasure of a single passerby over the government’s security interests in the ballroom,” wrote Judge Neomi Rao, who was appointed by Trump.

The Trump administration argues that the president, not Congress or the courts, has unimpeded authority to renovate the White House. The current state of the project, essentially an open construction site, makes it harder to protect the White House, the Justice Department contends.

The administration also says the National Trust for Historic Preservation does not have the legal right, or standing, to sue over the ballroom, which is part of Trump’s plans to quickly remake Washington. The solicitor general said the ballroom project “should be a matter for the President and the political process, not construction-by-injunction.”

In response to the petition, the trust accused the White House of trying to “outrun the courts” by accelerating construction work, pointing to the administration’s plans to install 1 million pounds of rebar and pour another 3,000 cubic yards of concrete in the next week alone.

“The Administration’s transparent efforts to evade the rule of law, frustrate judicial review, and limit the availability of meaningful relief in the courts must stop here,” the plaintiffs said in a statement.

During an appeals court hearing in early June, an administration lawyer defended a broad view of presidential control over iconic public facilities. The government could bulldoze the Statue of Liberty and the White House, Justice Department lawyer Yaakov Roth said in response to a hypothetical question, and the descendants of immigrants who came through Ellis Island and the enslaved people who built the White House would not have standing to sue.

The D.C. Circuit panel upheld a ruling by U.S. District Judge Richard Leon, who was nominated by Republican President George W. Bush. Leon concluded that a pause wouldn’t jeopardize national security. He also exempted any construction work that is necessary for the safety and security of the White House.

The ballroom has been under construction for 10 months. The administration says the work is roughly 65% finished.

“Given those developments, the injunction promises chaos in service of nothing,” Sauer wrote.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

Twelve suspects were arrested on Saturday on suspicion of involvement in a brawl that broke out at the Yamit 2000 water park in Holon.

Two security guards were lightly injured during the incident, according to medical officials.

Around 3:00 PM, a report was received at the police dispatch regarding a fight at the facility. Officers from the Holon police station and forces from the Tel Aviv District deployed to the scene, gained control of the incident, and arrested 12 suspects, residents of southern Israel.

All suspects were taken to the Holon police station for questioning.

Following the incident, the complex was closed to visitors. Police stated that the background to the incident is criminal.

One of a series of similarly violent incidents throughout the country

The incident at Yamit 2000 joins a series of violent events documented in recent years at pools and recreational facilities across the country.

This past May, a mass brawl broke out at a pool in Arad, during which chairs were thrown, and three suspects were arrested.

In August of last year, an argument between a young man and a lifeguard at a pool party in Eilat escalated into a mass brawl, and six of those involved were detained for questioning.

Holon itself recorded a similar incident in recent years: in July 2023, a fight broke out between two women at the “Breeza” pool in the city, in front of bathers and children. Police were called to the scene, separated the two, and detained them for questioning.

This post was originally published on here. 

You almost have to pinch yourself watching what is unfolding between the United States and Iran.

US President Donald Trump entered this confrontation promising American dominance: that Iran would never obtain a nuclear weapon, its missile-production capability would be destroyed, and its support for terrorist proxies would be severed. 

America would no longer be threatened, extorted, or played.

After the first American attack, Trump had something concrete to show for those words: the US directly struck Iran’s nuclear facilities.

After America’s second bombing campaign, the question is far more uncomfortable: What exactly did America win?

US and Iranian flags are seen in this illustration taken March 23, 2026.  (credit:  REUTERS/Dado Ruvic/Illustration)

Israel reportedly wanted to participate in the latest American strikes, but Washington did not want Israel involved. This became America’s operation, America’s targets, and America’s strategy.

That distinction matters.

Trump wanted America to take the lead. America took ownership.

Now America owns the outcome.

Iran’s regime survived. Its nuclear ambitions remain unresolved. Its missile and drone capabilities are being rebuilt. Russia and China remain sources of weapons, components, and assistance.

And now Iran has turned the Strait of Hormuz into leverage against the US. 

Washington is reportedly considering gradually releasing frozen Iranian funds and providing partial sanctions relief in return for Iran allowing unrestricted, toll-free commercial passage through Hormuz.

How did America get from Trump’s demands for Iranian surrender to negotiating what Tehran receives for reopening an international waterway?

Trump says America has “total control” of Hormuz. If America has total control, why is Iran setting the price?

That is what makes this so embarrassing for America – and particularly for a president whose global brand is strength.

The danger goes much further than appearances.

Trump’s own administration has argued that denying Iran revenue is essential because Tehran uses its resources for missiles, drones, the Revolutionary Guards, and terrorist proxies.

Loosening sanctions therefore doesn’t exist in a vacuum.

Money is fungible. Economic breathing room can free Iranian resources for rebuilding missiles, strengthening Hezbollah, supporting the Houthis and Hamas, restoring military infrastructure, and potentially advancing the nuclear capabilities America just went to war to stop.

America cannot spend billions destroying Iran’s military machine and then help create the financial conditions for Iran to rebuild it.

All because Iran disrupted Hormuz? That would send a catastrophic message far beyond Tehran.

And Hamas will be watching.

Trump created the Board of Peace and the International Stabilization Force for Gaza as part of his plan to end the Gaza conflict. 

The ISF is supposed to support Hamas’s disarmament, prevent terrorist infrastructure from being rebuilt, and help establish a new Palestinian police force.

What happens to the credibility of that structure if Hamas watches its patron Iran challenge America, disrupt international commerce, survive American bombing, and then potentially obtain financial concessions?

The lesson becomes dangerous:

Hold out long enough, create enough pressure, violate agreements, make the political cost painful enough, and eventually Washington may renegotiate.

That puts Israel’s immediate borders at risk – not merely from Iranian missiles hundreds of miles away, but from Hamas and other armed groups directly next door.

There is another regional development that deserves attention.

The Middle East around Israel is reorganizing

Egypt, Saudi Arabia, Qatar, and Turkey all sit within Trump’s Board of Peace framework. Separately, Saudi Arabia has moved into a new defense arrangement with Turkey and Pakistan and is building broader regional security coalitions.

None of that automatically makes those countries enemies of Israel. Saudi Arabia has never been formally at war with Israel in the modern era, and Egypt has maintained its peace treaty with Israel for decades.

But something important has changed.

Countries Washington hoped would become pillars of a new regional order alongside Israel are increasingly coordinating among themselves, building independent security structures and pursuing interests that do not necessarily align with Jerusalem’s.

That was always the risk.

When these new structures were celebrated, the question should never have been simply whether Arab and Muslim countries were finally uniting.

The question was: Uniting around what – and ultimately, against whom?

What was presented as a framework that could surround Israel with stability can become something very different if Israel eventually feels surrounded by the framework itself.

Those concerns no longer look theoretical.

Israel increasingly finds itself questioning arrangements involving countries that were supposed to help guarantee its security, while Iran – the country America set out to weaken decisively – is demonstrating that it can still impose enormous costs on the region.

And Tehran understands the political clock.

A senior IRGC adviser has openly discussed prolonging the confrontation until Trump is gone.

Iran may have concluded that it does not need to defeat America militarily. It only needs to outlast Trump politically.

Which brings us to the midterms. Is Washington simply trying to get through November?

Reopen Hormuz. Stabilize oil prices. Remove Iran from the daily economic conversation. Replenish American weapons inventories. Get past the elections.

Then perhaps Trump returns to Iran with overwhelming pressure.

If that is the strategy, today’s moves may eventually make sense.

But Iran gets those same months. 

It can rebuild missiles, restore air defenses, receive Russian and Chinese equipment, strengthen proxies, repair military and nuclear infrastructure, and potentially do all of it with greater economic breathing room if Washington loosens sanctions.

That is the gamble.

Trump wanted to demonstrate American dominance without Israel participating in the second campaign.

Instead, America today appears to be negotiating with the country it bombed over what that country must receive to stop disrupting global commerce.

Maybe Trump has another card. Maybe this is a tactical pause before the real endgame.

For America’s sake, one hopes so.

Because Trump’s objectives were never merely to bomb Iran; they were to prevent a nuclear Iran, cripple its missile threat, cut its terrorist proxies off from Tehran, and restore American deterrence.

Those are the standards by which victory must be measured.

Not how many bombs America dropped. Not how many buildings were destroyed. And certainly not whether Iran temporarily agrees to reopen Hormuz after being economically rewarded for closing it.

America took ownership of this second campaign. Now it must show the world what it accomplished.

Because if Iran rebuilds, Hamas learns that agreements can be tested, America’s regional partners increasingly organize around their own interests, and Washington pays Tehran to unwind a crisis Tehran helped create. 

The message then being sent across the Middle East will be exactly opposite the one Trump intended.

And that leaves a question that would have seemed unimaginable when America’s second attack began: Is Trump defeated – and is Iran victorious?

The writer is founder and CEO of the Orthodox Jewish Chamber of Commerce.

This post was originally published on here. 

WASHINGTON — The United States is escalating pressure on the European Union over something businesses cannot see at the border: regulations Washington says can be just as costly as tariffs.

U.S. officials are pressing Brussels to scale back European environmental, supply-chain and corporate-reporting requirements that can reach American companies doing business in the EU. The dispute marks the next phase of the transatlantic trade fight, shifting attention from the tariff rate charged when a product enters Europe to the regulatory costs companies face once they operate there.

At the center of Washington’s objections are the EU’s Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive, known as CSRD, and its Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive, or CSDDD. The rules can require companies to disclose extensive environmental and social information and, in some cases, scrutinize risks throughout their global supply chains.

U.S. Ambassador to the European Union Andrew Puzder says those requirements place excessive burdens on American companies and extend European rules beyond Europe’s borders. Washington is arguing that such regulations function as non-tariff barriers — costs or restrictions that can make foreign goods and companies less competitive even when conventional import tariffs have been reduced.

The dispute follows the U.S.-EU trade framework reached in 2025. With much of the attention at the time focused on tariff commitments, Washington is now pushing Brussels to deliver on what it sees as the other half of the bargain: reducing regulatory barriers affecting U.S. businesses.

That distinction matters for companies because a lower tariff does not necessarily mean lower costs.

A manufacturer could receive favorable tariff treatment and still face substantial expenses tracing suppliers, documenting environmental effects, collecting emissions data, auditing contractors and preparing sustainability reports required to remain in the European market. Those obligations can then flow down from major corporations to smaller suppliers that may never have expected to fall under European regulation.

Washington has also challenged the EU’s Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism, which places a carbon-related cost on certain imported goods based on their emissions profile. The U.S. argues that requirements of this kind can disadvantage American exporters even though they are presented as environmental policy rather than traditional trade restrictions.

Europe has already moved to soften portions of its regulatory system, including narrowing some sustainability requirements and delaying certain deadlines. It has also adjusted controversial rules involving methane emissions and deforestation.

But Washington says the changes do not go far enough.

Brussels, meanwhile, is drawing a line around what it considers its right to establish its own environmental, corporate-governance and consumer-protection standards. European officials have indicated they are willing to continue trade discussions but do not view EU regulatory autonomy as something Washington can dictate.

That sets up a much more complicated trade conflict than a fight over a tariff percentage.

Tariffs are relatively easy to identify. A company knows what rate applies to an imported product and can calculate the expense. Regulatory barriers are harder to measure because the cost can be spread across legal departments, consultants, auditing systems, supplier contracts, software, reporting requirements and operational changes.

For American companies selling into Europe, that means the most important trade number may no longer be the tariff printed on a customs schedule.

It may be the cost of complying with the rules waiting on the other side of the border.

The U.S. and EU are expected to continue negotiations over non-tariff issues stemming from their broader trade framework, making corporate regulation one of the next major tests of whether Washington and Brussels can prevent their tariff truce from turning into a wider regulatory trade war.

JBizNews Desk | Washington

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

There are lies, damn lies, and then there are statistics. Thus posited Mark Twain, who attributed the origin of that scathing observation to 19th-century Jewish British Prime Minister Benjamin Disraeli. The saying suggests that attempting to encapsulate some event or other in pure numerical terms belies the facts-on-the-ground truth. 

Which brings us all too neatly, and chillingly, to what, for many of us, is the most potent and emotive statistic of all – six million – the approximate number of Jews murdered by the Nazis and their collaborators across Europe, in North Africa, in some Arab countries, and in the Far East, during the Holocaust.

That is a staggering figure, no matter how many times it is rolled out at official events, in literature, and on the silver screen. But the danger of succumbing to tropes is that we can so easily forget or unwittingly circumnavigate the inescapable fact that these were six million individual lives that were viciously decimated and cut short, and after the victims were subjected to all manner of unspeakable horrors.

As such, accounts of the lives of individual Jews in Europe during the Holocaust – including those who survived against seemingly impossible odds – are all the more precious and invaluable to perpetuating the memories of the victims and keeping the lessons to be learned from that ignominious chapter of human history uppermost in our minds. 

That counts doubly for the testimonies of the survivors, eyewitnesses to Nazi bestiality, who somehow endured indescribable physical and emotional suffering for years. Incredibly, they mostly picked themselves up after the war ended and managed to carve a new life for themselves, albeit bearing indelible scars that impacted them and their offspring.

FAMILY PHOTO. (credit: David Engles)

Lord knows, we’ve had some grim times across this still-young country’s history, but how can one possibly imagine enduring the constant terror and deprivation that went with uncertain life in the ghettos of Poland, Belarus, and elsewhere? 

How can you grasp the courage, determination, and sheer willpower it took to live through two or three or more years hiding from the Nazis in forests, as members of partisan groups or completely isolated from other Jews, trying desperately to keep body and soul together by any means available?

Surviving the long, ineffable inferno of the Holocaust

Lazar Engles and Ruth Leimenzon Engles went through the long, ineffable inferno and managed not only to physically survive the Holocaust; they succeeded in rehabilitating their lives – to a greater or lesser degree – and started a family. This was after both had lost almost every member of their own close relatives, including their partners and, in Lazar’s case, children. 

That, and so much more, is succinctly, emotively, and unequivocally conveyed in the first person in the memoirs written by both Engles and Leimenzon Engles and published by Yad Vashem. 

The former is called Our Partisan Kingdom, exegetically subtitled From the Vilna Ghetto to the Bielski Family Camp. Ruth’s is called Written in a Barn: The Diary of a Young Woman from Vilna. 

Both tomes were lovingly and painstakingly translated from Yiddish into English by their son David Engles, who recently completed his first fourscore years on terra firma. 

He moved to the United States from a DP camp in Italy with his parents as a small child. He eventually made aliyah and set up a house in Netanya together with his wife Eva, also the offspring of Holocaust survivors. Their children, grandchildren, and great-grandchildren all live in Israel.

Our Partisan Kingdom is a simply incredible tale of survival, from a string of ghettos – including Vilna, Woronow, and Lida – until Lazar somehow managed to escape, initially from the Vilna ghetto, with the help of an officer in the German army, ultimately making it to the forests of Western Belorussia, then part of Poland.

There, he joined a group of partisans led by Tuvia Bielski and three of Bielski’s 11 siblings, who set up a well-oiled camp complete with a hospital, school, and other facilities. The group’s principal military activity was aimed at saving Jews rather than attacking Nazi units per se. 

Many of the group’s members made it through the war alive

Amazingly, many members of the group survived the war, including Bielski and Lazar, who served as the camp cook. 

The first-person narrative makes for gripping reading. And its immediacy and potency are accentuated by the fact that Engles junior not only translated the text into English, but also pulled out all the stops in tracking down all the sources of historical data he could possibly find and even, at times, amended his father’s writing to steer the compelling tale into more accurate factual waters. 

Not that the odd veracity faux pas, such as misremembering an address in one of the ghettos, would have made Our Partisan Kingdom any less engrossing or moving, but David’s devotion to the commemorative personal task in hand adds cogency and value to the literary end product.

If the tale behind Our Partisan Kingdom is incredible, Written in a Barn, it simply beggars belief. While the former is the result of Engles’ senior’s recollections, which he registered soon after the end of World War II, Leimenzon Engles recorded her experiences and jotted down her emotions while she was in the throes of the grueling passage of time, as she hid in a haystack in a barn on a farm belonging to a Polish Christian family. 

She spent 10 months incarcerated there, unable to even wash for weeks on end, petrified of being discovered by any of the motley groups of workers, soldiers, and others who passed by. Though her hosts provided her with sustenance, it was at times miserly and erratic. 

As David notes in My Mother’s Legacy, his foreword to Ruth’s book, it was “very important for my father to keep the memory of Vilna alive, and to do everything possible to not let the world forget the Holocaust.” Ruth, who died at the age of only 40, was clearly blessed with fortitude and emotional resilience, level-headedness, and inexhaustible resourcefulness. Her diary was not meant for public consumption and was basically a means for her to make it through each day and not go out of her mind. That adds to the intimacy of her words and draws the reader into the thick of her very personal odyssey.

Even as the son of a Holocaust survivor myself, albeit one – my mother – who escaped on a Kindertransport rather than going through the horror of a concentration camp, with all the emotional scarring spillage unwittingly and unavoidably handed down – it is hard for me to imagine how anyone got through the devastation and bestial cruelty the Nazis and their helpers unleashed on the Jews and other ethnic and social minorities. 

Reading Our Partisan Kingdom and Written in a Barn brings us a couple of steps closer to what actually happened, on a day-to-day personal corporeal level, thereby also helping to keep the memories of the victims and survivors – who, naturally, were also victims – alive, and hopefully to make us aware of the lessons to be learned.

Written in a Barn was reviewed in the Magazine by Andrea Samuels in August 2024. 

Our Partisan Kingdom – From the Vilna Ghetto to the Bielski Family Camp
By Lazar Engles
(Engelshtern)
Yad Vashem
199 pages; NIS 104

This post was originally published on here. 

Israel’s Navy has implemented sweeping structural changes since the October 7 massacre, rebuilding its coastal defense system into a multi-layered “Iron Wall” along the Gaza Strip’s coastline.

In-depth investigations of the October 7 massacre highlighted severe gaps and demanded fundamental changes. Against a creative, constantly adapting enemy that deploys divers, underwater craft, fast boats, drones, and seemingly innocent fishing vessels, rigid thinking risks another catastrophe.

Navy Commander Vice Admiral David Salama initiated a series of operational changes, which current Navy Commander Rear Admiral Eyal Harel accelerated, understanding that effective defense requires learning on the fly.

To systematically eliminate Hamas’s naval capabilities and prevent future amphibious, subnautical, or drone-based infiltrations into Israeli territory, they’ve deployed upgraded fast patrol boats, integrated drone surveillance and joint intelligence, and mandated a strict zero-tolerance engagement policy.

The threat of a sea-based raid – alongside the use of drones, motorized paragliders, and submersibles – remains a constant danger. Although the Navy operates aggressively to neutralize threats early, and Hamas’s motorized vessels have vanished from the area, field commanders refuse to rest on their laurels.

Israeli Navy Force soldiers operate on Navy vessels off the coast of of the southern Israeli city of Ashdod. (credit: CHAIM GOLDBERG/FLASH90)

Commanders of the “Knights of the Gulf” company slowed the Shaldag Mark V patrol boat off Gaza’s port along the city’s coast. What was once a bustling, round-the-clock hub with hundreds of vessels that challenged and surprised the Navy on October 7 is now deserted.

“There are no motorized vessels left; look,” explained the senior officer aboard, with the ruins of the city visible in the background. From the moment we left port toward Gaza, almost every command given over the radio was about scanning the water for threats.

The memory of the October 7 massacre hangs heavily in the air. That Saturday morning, at 6:29 AM, red alert sirens sounded.

Under cover of rocket and mortar fire, elite Nukhba naval forces from Hamas’s military wing launched seven boats toward Israel. Dozens of beachgoers rushed to find shelter – some ran to public bomb shelters, others to beach restrooms.

With remarkable sharpness against heavy odds, Navy sailors managed to strike five boats and eliminate 20 terrorists, but the balance of force was complex. Two boats reached the shore carrying 18 heavily armed Nukhba fighters who proceeded to predetermined targets – meticulously planned right under the nose of Israeli intelligence and the wider IDF.

The minutes that followed marked the start of a massive systemic failure.

Deep-dive inquiries and subsequent changes

As a primary, prominent measure, the Navy, Shin Bet, and Military Intelligence joined forces to systematically degrade Hamas and Islamic Jihad’s maritime capabilities.

This offensive push recently received significant momentum with the appointment of Rear-Admiral A., former commander of Shayetet 13 (Naval Commandos), as head of the Intelligence Directorate’s Operations Division – an officer raised in the naval arena who fully understands maritime threats and the necessary intelligence-gathering envelope.

Ashdod Naval Base Commander Captain A. deepened the analysis and debriefs, restructuring the entire sector.

In cooperation with ground forces, they established multi-layered defensive rings across sea, air, and land to back each other up and ensure continuous surveillance and interception capabilities. As part of the upgraded defenses, forces were positioned to act as a clear, aggressive buffer against sudden threats.

“Look to your left now,” the senior officer said. “See those quad bikes speeding south? That’s a new unit created after October 7 to counter beach infiltrations – a backstop in case we fail to stop terrorists at sea or during their transition to land.”

Sailors from the “Knights of the Gulf” company call the new system an “Iron Wall.”

It relies on a tight integration of advanced technology and force concentration across a broad, heavily monitored border zone where access is completely restricted – a far cry from the past, when Hamas terrorists disguised as fishermen constantly challenged forces, and some commanders enforced overly cautious rules of engagement. Hamas exploited that crack in the wall to lull the IDF into a false sense of security.

The new Shaldag vessel continued south toward the Egyptian border, with Khan Younis soon visible in the distance. The sheer scale of destruction was striking even from the sea. As they operate, the crew constantly analyzes threats in all sectors, above and below ground, including divers who could launch under cover of bad weather.

“That’s why anyone approaching the shoreline with diving equipment sets off an immediate red flag. It was never like this before,” explained one officer from the squadron.

He added, “Everyone on this boat knows that the moment a diver emerges from the sea onto land, he’s heavy and slow to organize. It takes him about 40 seconds to get his bearings. In that window, we have to strike him with precision from the sea. We train on this repeatedly to stay sharp. One of the core changes to prevent that scenario is joint-service integration. A Zik drone operator sees what the Shaldag sees, along with ground observation and drones – and vice versa. Everyone sees everything.”

The engine roar of the Shaldag Mark V tells the full story.

It is longer than the older model, with upgraded, classified surveillance and firepower capabilities, along with extended sea endurance and range. “In short – a monster of a vessel that maneuvers rapidly to its target,” explained an officer.

Suddenly, bursts of gunfire echoed from the starboard side. “We identified a suspicious object. To rule out an IED meant to hit us or wash ashore in Israel, we simply shoot at it. It could just be a loose fishing trap floating up from the seabed… we take zero risks.”

According to the sailors, Hamas is attempting to rebuild its naval capabilities from the ruins, developing low-tech methods using basic rowboats and paddles.

“We expect them to try to challenge us in every way, including surprises,” explained a young officer, pointing to a drone taking off from the deck. “We have zero patience for provocations or boundary violations,” he clarified. “See this drone? It can broadcast announcements, drop munitions, or strike directly – the team is fully trained for every scenario.”

An additional concern stems from Hamas’s high motivation to smuggle weaponry from the Sinai into the Gaza Strip. Beyond acknowledging professional cooperation with the Egyptian military, officers declined to elaborate. The altitude gauge and radar on the Shaldag’s control room monitors soon warned of their proximity to the pier.

Reality check: infiltration at Kibbutz Zikim

This process illustrates precisely what Dr. Zvi Lanir warned about in his book Fundamental Surprise regarding the “illusion of repair” after a major crisis: the trap of dumping resources into fixing secondary systems – like upgrading naval gear and technology – instead of fundamentally questioning the high command’s underlying assumptions.

A real-world test of this mindset didn’t take long. Last Friday, the IDF got a stark reminder of just how fragile the coastal sector and overall security setup remain when an alarm tripped at Kibbutz Zikim near the beach.

At 11:35 PM on Friday – typically Southern Command’s lowest state of readiness, with some commanders off for the weekend – a sensor flagged a disturbance along fence section 30 near the farm area. A security guard rushed to the spot, saw no damage other than two jackals nearby, decided that explained it, and gave the all-clear.

A few minutes later, a second guard on a routine perimeter sweep found a clean square cut through the fence near the cowshed and supply yard. He alerted the kibbutz security chief, who immediately escalated to the highest threat level, declaring a full terrorist infiltration.

The kibbutz rapid-response team mobilized, and the Northern Brigade under Captain O. triggered full emergency protocols, calling in a Zik drone overhead. The debrief showed that a unit led by a deputy battalion commander arrived within minutes. Shortly after, an engineering reserve force pulled up in two Humvees alongside the battalion commander’s mobile command post, placing nearly 50 armed troops inside the kibbutz – a rapid response by any standard.

Responders quickly realized the fence was likely cut to steal valuable copper wiring, lowering fears of an attack. Still, residents stayed locked in their safe rooms as reinforcements arrived, including a tracker and containment units led by the deputy brigade commander. Air Force personnel coordinated directly with the kibbutz security chief to maintain real-time situational awareness.

At the same time, a senior Southern Command official noted that multiple drones swept the surrounding area to rule out any remaining threats. The sector intelligence commander redirected surveillance toward Zikim, running manual sweeps and checking the post-October 7 radar network. Within minutes, the data confirmed no landings from the sea or crossings at the nearby Shikma Stream.

The breach at Zikim Beach

The debrief established that within 40 minutes, 140 troops, police officers, and Border Police were on site, working out of a joint command post with local security officials. Brigade Commander Captain O. had ordered forces to treat the event as a hostile attack until proven otherwise.

Even so, within 28 minutes of the first alert, Southern Command knew with high confidence that this was a routine theft attempt – confirming no entry into the kibbutz, as no footprints crossed past the cut fence.

In the aftermath, questions emerged over why the kibbutz PA system wasn’t used to warn residents faster, and why a quick headcount wasn’t ordered immediately. A senior official close to the investigation countered that the response was based on a recent brigade drill simulating multi-point infiltrations in Sderot and Netiv HaAsara, executed alongside Israel Police.

Still, he acknowledged that inter-agency coordination must become even tighter and faster to seal operational gaps.

Field commanders recognize that they must operate on the assumption that the enemy retains hidden diving and asymmetric capabilities. They remain on high alert for the toughest scenario: adverse weather at the most unexpected hour – the ultimate test for the new multi-layered defense system.

This post was originally published on here. 

Marc David Baer is a professor of history at the London School of Economics. “For the past 10 years,” he wrote recently, “I have taught a seminar… titled ‘Muslim-Jewish Relations: History and Memory in the Middle East and Europe.’ Many of the students are young Jewish or Muslim men and women from London, who grew up among the other group and have a desire to learn more about them.” 

Given how few knew about the similarities between the two religions and the intimate rivalries and cooperation of the past, Baer would tell them that it was not right to depict relations between Jews and Muslims in a negative way, nor was it correct that the last century of conflict between Israelis and Palestinians has been representative of the past.

Children of Abraham: The 1,400-Year History of Jewish-Muslim Relations grew out of his teaching work. His objective was to tell the true story of the relationship between Jews and Muslims from the seventh to the 21st century. The book covers 1,415 years – from around 610, when Muslims say that Mohammed began to preach, to today – in the Middle East and in Europe.

In this deeply researched work, Baer argues against two dominant myths: that the past history of the Jewish-Muslim relationship is a sort of interfaith utopia or that it is a story of perpetual enmity.

His goal is to recount what he describes as “the unknown, forgotten, or purposely buried story of the connected histories of Jews and Muslims in the Middle East and Europe from their earliest relations in Arabia to relations in the Middle East and Europe today.”

ABRAHAM’S WELL, ‘Be’er Avraham’ or ‘Bi’r Ibrahim,’ excavated from solid rock, is located in Beersheba. (credit: Wikimedia Commons)

What was needed, he writes, “is a retelling of their relations without myth and counter-myth.”   

The author asserts that over the centuries the same themes repeatedly emerge, such as Jewish-Muslim religious and secular symbiosis; the rise of elite Jews to positions of wealth and influence and their subsequent fall as Muslims perceived a violation of the dhimma protection pact; the triangular relation with Christians, which worsens Jewish-Muslim relations; and the political use of myth and counter-myth obscuring that history. 

Baer does not obscure the reality of the present position

Although Muslims and Jews have engaged one another, sometimes for better, sometimes not, for over 1,400 years, the current Israeli-Palestinian conflict means that most discussions of Jewish-Muslim relations now focus on the worst aspects of the relationship.

Baer exemplifies the difficulty that, unfortunately, sometimes arises when attempting even-handedness. It can obscure the truth and foster new myths of its own.  

In discussing Hamas’s barbarous pogrom of October 7, 2023, Baer provides a detailed account of how they “beat, gang, raped, and murdered” more than 1,200 Israelis. “The victims,” he writes, “included babies, children, women, and the elderly,” and he refers to the over 250 hostages who were assaulted and abducted to the Gaza Strip.

When describing Israel’s response, he writes of bombing which, in the first month, he claims, “killed an estimated 10,000 Palestinians, perhaps half of whom were children.” After two years, he continues, “at least 67,000 had been killed, an estimated four-fifths of whom were civilians, although we do not know how many were Hamas fighters. Israeli forces targeted hospitals, convoys of ambulances, schools, and refugee camps.”

Extraordinarily, Baer makes no mention of the vast subterranean network of tunnels, larger than the London Underground, that Hamas had created beneath Gaza, nor that the entrances and exits to them were concealed within hospitals, schools, mosques, and private homes. 

He makes no acknowledgment of the reality that, to attack the Hamas enemy, the IDF had no alternative but to target the buildings in which the tunnel entrances and exits were situated and in which the Hamas fighters were embedded.

Nor does Baer address the fact that Hamas-run and UN-cited statistics count everyone under 18 as “children,” even though Hamas has recruited boys as young as 14 for military youth programs. 

Hamas-provided statistics on child deaths – which are widely cited by the United Nations and media – have been sharply criticized by independent analysts for likely inflation and for misclassifying both ages and combatant status.  

Baer does not engage with subsequent criticism of Hamas casualty lists, including analyses by independent researchers who argue that the Gaza Health Ministry’s figures have at times combined genuine war deaths with deaths from natural causes such as illness and old age, a problem partially acknowledged by Gaza officials in later “cleanup” revisions.

Baer gives substance to genocide accusations despite attempts to avoid bias

Thus, Baer, while striving to avoid bias, nevertheless gives substance to the accusations against Israel of genocide. 

Elsewhere in the volume, Baer’s account of events in the Gaza war – which have yet to be impartially assessed – could be used to bolster charges against Israel of war crimes and crimes against humanity. 

On a positive note, he points out that on the first anniversary of Hamas’s pogrom against the Gaza-area communities, the UK Chief Rabbi Sir Ephraim Mirvis, then-archbishop of Canterbury Justin Welby, and then-chair of the Mosques and Imams National Advisory Board (MINAB) Qari Asim jointly condemned both “the brutal Hamas terrorist attacks on Israel” and the “devastating war in Gaza.” 

In line with his admirable purpose in producing this work, Baer quotes the three religious leaders’ declaration rejecting “those who seek to divide us. Anti-Jewish hate and anti-Muslim hate have no place in the UK today,” they asserted. “We must stand together against prejudice and hatred in all its forms.”  

In Children of Abraham, Baer rejects both the myth of an interfaith golden age and the view from the other end of the spectrum of relentless Muslim-Jewish violence and persecution. Jewish and Muslim relations, he maintains, “span the spectrum of human interaction from love and friendship to hate and violence.” 

Baer provides his readers with a full history of the complex Jewish-Muslim relationship from the moment that Islam emerged as a religion from its Judeo-Christian biblical origins. He ranges widely for his source material, and it is all recorded in the 69 pages of references appended to his text.  

The work as a whole is an invaluable guide toward understanding one of the key issues of modern times – the antagonism that has become embedded between the Jewish and the Muslim worlds.  

The French have a saying: “Tout comprendre c’est tout pardonner” (to understand all is to forgive all). Baer’s work may help many on that journey.

The reviewer is a former senior civil servant. Follow him at: www.a-mid-east-journal.blogspot.com

Children of Abraham: The 1,400-Year History of Jewish-Muslim Relations
By Marc David Baer
Basic Books
496 pages; $27 

This post was originally published on here. 

Bill Ackman’s new fund owns about $50 worth of stock for every share it has issued. Those shares change hands in the high $30s. Buy one today and you are paying roughly 80 cents for a dollar of Amazon, Microsoft, Meta and the rest of the portfolio — and on Thursday, on his firm’s first earnings call as a public company, Ackman said that gap makes no sense and that he intends to close it.

“We think the trading of PSUS is frankly absurd, and we are going to take some steps to fix that,” the chief executive told analysts, referring to Pershing Square US, the closed-end fund he listed on the New York Stock Exchange in April.

Here is the mechanism in plain terms, because the whole story turns on it. A closed-end fund sells a fixed number of shares once, invests the money, and then never issues or buys back stock in the ordinary course. Unlike an exchange-traded fund, there is no machinery forcing the share price to track the value of what the fund owns. So the price is whatever buyers and sellers agree on that day, and it can drift well below the underlying holdings. That gap is the discount, and Ackman’s is running at about one-fifth.

The fund raised $5 billion at $50 a share and stumbled out of the gate on April 29, trading as low as $40.33 within minutes and closing the day at $40.90, down 18%. It has not recovered since, even as the broader market has climbed to record levels this week.

Ackman’s own diagnosis is that he mishandled who got the stock. The firm gave retail buyers a full allocation and cut institutions back sharply, in what he described as an attempt at democratizing access. His read is that individual investors asked for more shares than they expected to be handed, then sold what they did not want. The result was a supply of sellers and almost no steady buyers, on thin volume, with each trade nudging the price a little lower.

The plan to fix it has three parts, and none of them involve the portfolio itself. The first is marketing, which Ackman said is now unrestricted in a way his older London-listed fund never was — he can promote this one on television, on podcasts, and directly to financial advisers. His pitch to those advisers is that a client who buys in the open market gets the same portfolio at 80 cents on the dollar without the adviser having to pull money out of an account earning a management fee. The second is leverage: beginning in early September, the firm will meet with rating agencies to get the fund rated, then issue investment-grade bonds, targeting debt equal to 15% to 20% of total assets. That is roughly 0.15 to 0.2 times equity, against the eight to twelve times some hedge funds run. The third is a new vehicle, Pershing Square Ventures, targeted for late 2026 and aimed at private companies ranging from a few hundred million in valuation up to the $10 billion range — a portfolio, Ackman argued, that public investors could not assemble on their own and would therefore be less likely to price at a discount.

The underlying business had a solid quarter. Pershing Square Inc., the listed management company, reported earnings of 14 cents a share on revenue of $54.18 million. Fee-paying assets under management climbed $4.6 billion in the quarter to roughly $23 billion, and the firm said its portfolio was up 20% for the year to date. The fund was 95% invested by quarter-end, having deployed its cash during a volatile spring that Ackman said handed him the buying conditions he had hoped for.

Shares of the management company closed at $38.80 and added 2.8% to $39.89 in after-hours trading, leaving them well below the 52-week high of $54.94 and well above the $22.01 low.

There is a wild card in the portfolio that Ackman raised himself. The funds hold roughly 230 million shares of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac at about $5 each. If the administration follows through on releasing the two mortgage companies from government control and relisting them, he argued, those become $40 or $50 stocks — an overnight increase of $8 billion to $9 billion in assets, or close to a third of the firm’s fee-paying base.

That is the bet an investor is making at a 20% discount: that the holdings are worth what Ackman says, and that enough buyers eventually agree to close the gap.

JBizNews Desk | Wall Street

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

The Northeast continues to command a disproportionate share of the nation’s hottest housing markets, with four of the top five metros located in New England or New York, according to the latest weekly HousingWire Data.

Rochester, N.Y.; Hartford, Conn.; Grand Rapids, Mich.; Boston, Mass.; and Buffalo, N.Y., ranked as the nation’s five hottest single-family housing markets for the week ending Aug. 7.

Agents told HousingWire that buyers continue to compete for well-priced homes despite affordability pressures.

“We’re still seeing homes priced or homes selling for at or slightly over asking price, and prices increasing up slightly,” said Andrew Veneziano, broker associate at Boston-based REMAX Andrew Realty Services. “I think condos and single-families are a couple percentage points up from last year, but the inventory is down, which is interesting.”

Colleen Collier, an agent with Buffalo-based REMAX Plus, described a similar dynamic.

“There’s been multiple offers coming, selling over asking price, people relocating to the area and kind of rediscovering the Buffalo-western New York market,” she said, “They’re searching for that big city feel without the traffic and congestion of being in a big city.”

The regional strength stands out against a national market that is gradually becoming more balanced.

Nationally, active single-family inventory stands at 865,709 homes, with a median list price of $448,665 and a median of 63 days on market. Price reductions have climbed to 41.4%, while months of supply sit at 2.4.

Leading Northeast markets are operating with considerably tighter supply. Rochester has 1.0 months of supply, Hartford has 1.1 months — while Boston and Buffalo each have 1.4 months.

Robert Levine, broker-owner of Hartford-based ERA Hart Sargis Breen, said inventory seems even more scarce on the ground.

“The demand has never really gone down since the market took off over 6 years ago, it’s remained strong consistently,” he said. “We see many homes go under contract in a matter of days or a week. Many communities have a two-week supply of inventory.”

Rochester leading the pack

Rochester sits atop metro market rankings at a relatively affordable $299,900 median list price, with homes spending a median of just 21 days on the market and only 1.0 months of supply — the tightest inventory of any major market in the country.

Its price reduction rate is 20.2%, well below the national average.

Hartford follows with a median list price of $510,500, 28 days on market, and 1.1 months of supply. Its price reduction rate is 27.0%.

“Many listings last three to four days,” said Levine. “Many homes receive six and up, even in excess of ten offers, with the winning bid significantly over the asking price by tens of thousands of dollars. On an occasion we are seeing a home sell for list price or below, but I would say that is still the exception and not the rule.”

Grand Rapids, Mich., the lone Midwest market in the top five, recorded a median list price of $419,900, a median of 28 days on market and 1.2 months of supply.

Its 35.5% price reduction rate is closer to the national norm, suggesting somewhat more balance while demand remains strong.

Buffalo recorded a median list price of $264,900 — the lowest among the five hottest markets. Homes spent a median of 35 days on the market and inventory stood at 1.4 months.

Collier said the area’s affordability is helping attract buyers even as prices remain competitive.

“Yes, we’re definitely affordable,” she said. “We have a lot of older housing, so that, I think, keeps our prices a little bit lower, and yeah, we’re just affordable overall. Homeownership is still obtainable here for the average consumer.”

Buffalo’s price reduction rate was 32%, below the national rate of 41.4%.

While some sellers are adjusting prices, Collier said a reduction does not necessarily mean demand has weakened.

“I think if sellers overprice, they do end up dropping a little, but then they’ll often still sell for over asking,” she said. “Officially, we’re selling at 106.8% of asking price, so multiple offers are still coming, but yeah, if you price it too high, you don’t get the activity.

“You have to price it a little bit on the lower side to generate the activity and generate the showings because the consumer is still expecting to pay over asking in our market.”

Northeast and Midwest regions also sit atop hot statewide housing markets — with Connecticut at No. 1.

table visualization

Boston defies affordability concerns

Boston represents the high-price end of the Northeast’s hot-market spectrum.

The Boston-Cambridge-Quincy metro posted a median list price of $899,900 — nearly $390,000 above the next-highest market in the top five and more than three times Rochester’s median.

Yet buyers continue to move quickly, with homes selling in a median of 42 days and supply at 1.4 months.

Boston’s price reduction rate of 37.8% is the highest among the top five but remains below the national rate.

Veneziano said Boston’s appeal extends beyond housing prices.

“Boston’s just, it’s a great place to live, in my opinion,” he said. “Personally, I call it home, and I see reports about reasons people are here; education, healthcare, walkability — I think there are all kinds of factors. Boston has a lot of specialties in medicine and biotech and technology education. There are a lot of people who relocate here for work or for school.

“I have a neighbor who relocated from elsewhere in the United States, and thought [Boston] was going to be a pit stop. They couldn’t believe how much they and their family have loved Boston, and now it’s really become a home for them.”

The metro is also doing a good job of building a future buyer pool as renters become more established and mortgage rates potentially improve, Veneziano added.

“I’ve been working with first-time homebuyers and empty nesters a lot as of late, and a lot of my empty nester clients are very discerning,” he said. “They know exactly what they want, and we’re seeing the demand. The demand is still here.”

Buffalo competition could persist through year’s end

Buffalo’s relisted rate of 10.7% is the highest among the five hottest markets.

Collier, however, said she has not personally seen a significant increase in homes returning to the market.

She expects demand to remain strongest for well-maintained homes.

“I still see we have pent-up demand for good, solid new listings that are well cared for, well maintained,” said Collier. “I think our housing is going to stay very stable here. We might not see as many multiple offers. Maybe we won’t be seeing six or 10 offers or down to maybe getting three or four offers on a listing, but it only takes one. I think we’re still going to continue to increase in price for the remaining parts of the year.”

As the national market gradually softens, the Northeast’s leading metros are demonstrating that tight supply can sustain competition across a wide range of price points.

From Rochester to Boston and Buffalo, the common denominator remains limited inventory — and for now, buyers are still chasing the homes that do come to market.

“We are still operating in a very low inventory market, so it’s a great time to sell,” said Levine. “I tell all our buyers to not be discouraged, though. As long as a buyer has proper representation so that they make a very clean and strong offer to a seller, we will see them be successful in locating a home that suits the buyer very well.”

This post was originally published on here. 

New York City can keep collecting its new surcharge on second homes while a lawsuit over how it was rolled out works its way through the courts. An appellate court in Brooklyn ruled Thursday that implementation may continue, overriding a temporary restraining order a Staten Island judge issued earlier in the week.

The dispute is not over whether the city may tax second homes. It is over how the Department of Finance told people they might owe it.

State lawmakers created the pied-à-terre tax in this year’s state budget as a revenue source for the city. It applies to second homes worth more than $5 million, and to condominium and co-op second homes with market values above $1 million. The surcharge was rolled out as part of Mayor Zohran Mamdani’s fiscal 2027 budget to help close the city’s gap.

To administer it, the Finance Department published a supplemental tax roll online listing more than 900,000 residential properties along with owners’ names, addresses and property values — including properties that owe nothing — and mailed letters to roughly 17,000 owners flagged as potentially subject to the charge. Fewer than one in fifty of the listed properties actually received a notice, which is a large part of why the list caused alarm.

Three homeowners — Simon Hedley, Rachel O’Brien and Carmine Morano — sued in state Supreme Court in Richmond County, arguing the city wrongly identified their primary residences as potentially owing the tax. Their attorney is Randy Mastro, the former first deputy mayor under Eric Adams. His argument has three parts: that the department was required to make an individualized determination for each property before mailing a notice and skipped that step; that it shifted the burden onto roughly 17,000 homeowners to prove they did not owe the tax; and that nothing in the law authorized publishing the database at all.

Judge Wayne M. Ozzi agreed on Monday, ordering the city to take the list down, halt collection based on it, and stop enforcing the deadline to contest a notice. A hearing is set for Aug. 31. From the bench, the judge said the notices caused irreparable harm because they did not explain why recipients had been flagged and warned that those who failed to file for an exemption would owe the surcharge.

The city filed a notice of appeal within hours, which triggered an automatic stay and allowed the department to continue. On Thursday the city asked the appellate court to confirm that automatic pause, arguing the lower-court ruling threatened to derail a time-sensitive implementation. The court agreed.

A spokesperson for the mayor said the city disagreed with Monday’s ruling but remains confident in the surcharge and in its ability to implement it fairly. Mamdani has said the property database was part of the city’s routine publication of its tax roll, which state law requires.

There is a second enforcement angle that has drawn less attention. A spokesperson for Governor Kathy Hochul said the program will also help the state identify people who claim a primary address in New York City to avoid the surcharge while paying income taxes in another state. The same records that flag a second home for the city can flag a residency claim for the state.

For property owners, the practical situation as of Thursday is unchanged from before the restraining order. The exemption deadline is Sept. 18, extended from an original date of Aug. 21. Anyone who received a notice and believes the flagged property is a primary residence needs to file for the exemption by that date rather than wait for the litigation to resolve. The appellate ruling means the city’s clock is still running.

The next courtroom date is Aug. 31, when the restraining order itself is argued. The judge’s order technically remains on paper while the appeal is pending, but has no practical effect during the stay.

For the residential market, the outcome matters beyond the roughly 17,000 flagged owners. A recurring surcharge on high-value second homes changes the carrying cost of Manhattan pieds-à-terre, which is a category disproportionately owned by out-of-state and foreign buyers with the flexibility to sell. Reporting has already noted how underassessed many of the flagged properties turned out to be — meaning the assessment values underpinning the surcharge are themselves likely to be contested as the program matures.

JBizNews Desk | New York

© JBizNews.com All Rights Reserved. Reproduction or distribution without written permission is prohibited.

Starting next month, 39,000 bus riders in the Bronx will have a faster daily commute. The city’s Department of Transportation (DOT) this week officially started construction on the Tremont Avenue Busway, a mile-long, car-free lane designated for the Bx36 bus from Third Avenue to Southern Boulevard. The busway, the eighth to be installed in the city, aims to speed up commutes by 60 percent for the bus route, which currently travels at less than five miles per hour.

Courtesy of DOT

The busway project was ready to go in 2025, but former Mayor Eric Adams shelved the plan, as Streetsblog reported at the time. Mayor Zohran Mamdani announced plans to build the busway last month as part of a broader plan to improve bus speeds at 50 priority corridors.

Tremont Avenue is seen as a priority because most residents in the area rely on public transit and the corridor is dangerous. According to the DOT, 72 percent of residents do not own a car. The agency said between 2020 and 2024, nearly 630 people were injured in crashes on Tremont Avenue, with four people killed.

Starting September 19, the busway will operate every day from 6 a.m. to 8 p.m. The busways will be enforced via stationary cameras, bus-mounted cameras, and NYPD enforcement.

“Every day, 39,000 bus riders will spend less time stuck in traffic and more time where they need to be: with their families, loved ones and friends, or at work and appointments,” DOT Commissioner Mike Flynn said. “We look forward to building off the success of this busway and working with the community to develop Tremont Avenue into a world-class rapid transit corridor.”

As part of the street redesign, an eastbound busway will be installed from Third Avenue to Southern Boulevard. A shorter westbound busway will be built from Southern Boulevard to Belmont Avenue, and an offset shared bus-bike lane will eastbound from Webster Avenue to Third Avenue.

Every block of the busway will be painted red with “Bus Truck Only” white markings. Buses, trucks with six or more wheels, emergency vehicles, and Access-a-Ride vans can travel through the entire corridor. All other vehicles may enter from side streets for local access but must take the next available right turn.

The city will also boost safety for pedestrians at eight intersections along the corridor and nearby streets with new painted sidewalk extensions that shorten crossing distances and slow drivers while turning.

Map of the 5 rapid bus corridors. Credit: NYC Mayor’s Office

Other bus corridors set to receive upgrades include Flatbush, Utica, and Church Avenues in Central Brooklyn. These corridors carry 150,000 bus riders every day across 13 routes, with buses crawling as slow as 5 mph, as 6sqft previously learned.

Of the city’s 50 priority corridors, five would be designated as “rapid bus corridors,” featuring bus-only infrastructure such as busways, fully separated lanes, or center-running lanes with transit signal priority at intersections and limited cross traffic.

RELATED:

The post City begins construction on first busway in the Bronx first appeared on 6sqft.

This post was originally published here. 

Harvard University’s investment arm disclosed a $2.2 billion stake in SpaceX, revealing a massive payoff from an early investment in Elon Musk’s rocket company following its blockbuster public debut.

Harvard Management Company reported the position in a regulatory filing Friday, making SpaceX the largest individual stock holding disclosed in its $4.3 billion portfolio of U.S. equities.

The investment highlights how SpaceX’s record-setting June initial public offering delivered significant gains for university endowments that gained exposure to the company through venture capital investments, in some cases more than a decade ago.

SPACEX AND TESLA CHOOSE TEXAS FOR AI CHIP MANUFACTURING PLANT THAT WILL BE WORLD’S LARGEST BUILDING

Harvard Management oversaw about $57 billion as of June 2025, according to the latest publicly available figure.

Harvard is not the only university investor benefiting from SpaceX’s move into the public markets.

The University of California’s investment arm disclosed a position worth roughly $1 billion in a filing this week, while the University of North Carolina and Washington University in St. Louis also held investments in the company.

Harvard’s position could include both shares owned directly and stock distributed to the university through private investment funds. 

Harvard Management Company and SpaceX did not immediately respond to FOX Business’ requests for comment.

CATHIE WOOD SAYS BATTERED SPACEX COULD BECOME ‘MOST IMPORTANT COMPANY IN GLOBAL HISTORY’

SpaceX currently carries a valuation of more than $1.8 trillion. The gains arrive as university finances face pressure from uncertainty over federal research funding, demographic changes that are reducing the pool of college-age students and weaker returns from private equity.

Large university endowments have nevertheless delivered strong recent performance. 

Endowment funds managing more than $500 million returned a median 18.9% before fees in the year ended in June, according to the Wilshire Trust Universe Comparison Service.

SpaceX shares have fluctuated since the company debuted at $135 per share. The stock fell 0.9% Friday to close at $140.

CLICK HERE TO GET FOX BUSINESS ON THE GO

Investment managers overseeing more than $100 million in U.S. equities generally must submit Form 13F within 45 days after the end of each quarter, providing a snapshot of their holdings in securities traded on U.S. exchanges.

This post was originally published here. 


Welcome to Eye on AI. Emily Forlini here, filling in for Jeremy one last time as his vacation comes to a close. In today’s issue:

  • Juicy details OpenAI doesn’t want you to see in its new report
  • Anthropic reportedly plans a $2 trillion IPO in October—the largest ever
  • OpenAI replaces its chief revenue officer after less than a year
  • Google pronounces Sam Altman dead—for 41 minutes

It really sunk in for me this week just how much money is flowing in the AI industry.

I spoke with two former OpenAI employees who made about $10 million in a day by selling shares in an internal tender offer, which Bloomberg reports totaled $7 billion across the staff. Then, this morning, on Fortune‘s weekly AI podcast, my coworker Beatrice Nolan and I interviewed the CEO of Lovable. This week, the old Stockholm-based firm, which is only three years old, doubled its valuation to $13.3 billion.

A couple million, a hundred billion, a trillion (or two, in the case of Anthropic’s upcoming IPO)—what’s the difference at this point? There’s just one big problem looming in the background: The ROI of AI adoption is still not clear for companies.

OpenAI grapples with this existential question in a 69-page report published on August 11 on the enterprise adoption of ChatGPT. On its face, the report tells the a story of exponential AI usage growth across all seniority levels and job functions, highlighting what it calls a “frontier gap,” in which companies who are using AI are pulling ahead of those who aren’t. In other words, if you’re not using AI—especially agents you can delegate tasks to—you’re losing.

But the fine print tells a different story.

We still don’t know if AI helps you make more money

In one small table on page 35, the researchers report no statistically significant correlation between the revenue per employee, and how much those employees use AI, measured in messages sent and tokens used.

“Revenue per employee is not meaningfully associated with output tokens per employee or messages per active user once other controls are included,” the report explains.

Importantly, the revenue numbers here are from before the employees began using ChatGPT. It’s unclear if OpenAI is tracking revenue and AI usage, why they would not extend the study to include how ChatGPT has started to affect their cash flow since adoption. This massive question for the business community is left hanging.

Overall, the most lucrative companies have been most likely to be AI early adopters. However, the study doesn’t clearly establish that the more AI they use, the more money they make. Perhaps they just have the most to spend on it.

Executives are using AI the least

Executives may not be best equipped to gauge ROI because they are using it the least—another nugget buried in the report. It’s not just that companies have fewer executives than they do general employees. But what’s interesting about the graph on page 29 is that most senior employees are using it less intensely, with the least weekly messages per user.

Early career employees have by far the most usage, a point OpenAI CFO Sarah Friar highlighted in her LinkedIn post about the report: “For leaders, that’s a reminder that competitive advantage comes from the people closest to the work. Listen to them, learn from them, and help the rest of the organization catch up.”

OpenAI’s enterprise sales had a rough Q4’2025

Surprisingly, OpenAI’s overall usage within enterprises completely flatlined from about October 2025 to December 2025. In a graph (page 26) depicting output token growth, the black line representing “total” growth is almost perfectly flat for that time period. During this time, Anthropic’s Claude Code was taking the corporate world by a storm, becoming the go-to platform at many places.

To the company’s credit, in January 2026, the line thrusts upward into an exponential curve. As one VC told me yesterday, “OpenAI’s run rate in 2026 has been pretty incredible.” OpenAI attributes the growth not only to adding new clients, but also also to its current clients deepening their use. We also know CEO Sam Altman has been reorganizing the company around enterprise sales, and killing what the company called “side quests,” such as the video app Sora.

In a sprint to accelerate this line—Or, maybe to get it going again? Who knows, the graph ends at March 2026—OpenAI today announced it hired a new Chief Revenue Officer, Dali Rajic, who will replace Denise Dresser. It’s an aggressive move; Dresser held the role for less than one year. Rajic’s focus will be accelerating customer adoption and helping businesses measure impact as the company sprints towards its IPO.

OpenAI paid the academics who contributed to the report

Lastly, two of the five authors are academics that OpenAI paid to help with the report. The other three are OpenAI employees. Including academics in a paper like this typically implies greater credibility and the impartiality of an outside research institution, but the waters are a little muddier here.

On the first page, David Holtz and Prasanna Tambe are affiliated with Columbia Business School and Wharton at the University of Pennsylvania, respectively. But a footnote specifies that both “contributed to this work in their capacity as paid contractors for OpenAI.”

Did the researchers find more that they didn’t publish, as they typically would for an academic paper? We’ll never know, but it’s another reminder of what has always been true: You’ll have to measure AI’s impact based on your own first-hand experience—not the hype.

With that, here’s more AI news.

Emily Forlini
emily.forlini@fortune.com
@emilyforlini

This newsletter has been updated to clarify that the revenue per employee figure referenced in the study was taken before the employees began using ChatGPT, not after.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

While it’s been a relatively boring year for housing inventory — even with higher mortgage rates — the movement in the last few weeks and easier comps have pushed inventory a tad higher, as we are at the midpoint of August. The question is: can we eke out a bit more growth before the seasonal decline? 

Today I will address that, as we are in the sixth month of the Iran conflict and mortgage rates are closer to yearly highs than lows.

Housing inventory

Housing inventory has had the most boring year post-COVID; not much is going on. Higher rates and weaker demand do create more inventory, as we are seeing now, but the growth is very light. We are closer to normal inventory levels for our data, which is roughly a tad over 1 million single-family homes during seasonal peak periods. So getting growth now takes more work than when we were rising from the record-low levels we saw during COVID.

Housing demand tends to soften when mortgage rates are over 6.64%. We have seen this in our data for years, and 2026 has been no different except mortgage rates haven’t broken above 7% so the movement is very small.  Because of this, the inventory growth we are seeing now is small, too. However, as the year moves on, it will get easier and easier for the comps to show growth, as last year at this time rates were heading toward 6% and demand picked up.

  • Weekly inventory change (Aug. 7–Aug. 14): Inventory rose from 865,709 to 871,063
  • Same week last year (Aug. 8-Aug. 15 ): Inventory rose from 859,050 to 860,055

New listings

New listings are in their traditional seasonal decline so not too much is happening here as we head toward fall and winter. Normally, new listings range between 80,000 and 100,000 every week during peak periods. So while we are not back to the levels we were accustomed to from 2013-2019, we have gotten to the lower end of normal levels in 2026. 

Some context for those who believe the new listings data resembles the housing bubble years: during that time, new listings ranged from 250,000 to 400,000 per week for several years.  

Here is last week’s new listings data for the past two years:

  • 2026: 68,125
  • 2025:  66,679

chart visualization

Price cut percentage

Typically, about one-third of homes see price reductions before they sell, reflecting the housing market’s dynamic nature. Overall, price-cut percentages this year have been lower than last year. Now, as mortgage rates have risen versus last year, I do expect the year-over-year decline to compress and eventually become on par with, or higher than, last year. We are closer to being on par this week than previous weeks.

In my 2026 home-price forecast, I called for a national decline of 0.62% for the year. Home-price growth really isn’t going anywhere this year and my forecast of -0.62% might be hard to achieve, as most home price indexes show price growth between 1% and 2%. However, with rates rising again, I might be right in 2026. 

The price-cut percentage for last week:

  • 2026: 41.67%
  • 2025: 42%

chart visualization

10-year yield and mortgage rates

In the 2026 HousingWire forecast, I anticipated the following ranges:

  • Mortgage rates between 5.75% and 6.75%
  • The 10-year yield fluctuating between 3.80% and 4.60%

Last week was inflation week and both inflation reports came in lighter than anticipated. The 10-year yield ended the week slightly higher than it started, but mortgage rates moved lower in a steady, gradual move last week. As I’ve said before, everyone needs to hug a mortgage spread for their role in keeping rates lower than they would be otherwise. The Iran conflict is in month six, which gives bond traders pause on whether inflation can make a meaningful move lower, but oil prices were up only a smidge last week. Things could have gone worse, but they didn’t.

chart visualization

Mortgage spreads

Mortgage spreads once again have saved the day and kept mortgage rates under 7%. Not that long ago, I wrote about why it will be hard to get rates above 7%. For that to happen, the Iran conflict would really need to get worse, sending oil and diesel prices higher. However, spreads can only save the day for so long: If the Fed gets more hawkish and the conflict worsens, bond yields can rise higher. For now, it’s a sub-7 % market.

chart visualization

Historically, mortgage spreads have ranged from 1.60% to 1.80%. Last week, spreads were at 1.99%, down from 2.01% the week before.

Let’s compare last week’s mortgage rates to where they would have been over the last three years, given the 10-year yield’s current level:

  • If we had the worst mortgage spread levels of 2023, mortgage rates would be 7.83% today, not 6.71%.
  • If we had the worst levels of 2024, mortgage rates would be 7.45% today. 
  • If we had the worst levels of 2025, mortgage rates would be 7.26% today.

Weekly pending sales

Our pending home sales data provides a week-to-week perspective, though holidays and short-term fluctuations can affect results. This weekly pending sales data typically takes 30-60 days to be reflected in the sales data. 

Now that we have spent some more time above my key level of 6.64%, the slowdown in sales is more apparent. Earlier in the year, when rates were lower, we had clear positive growth; then it slowed to barely higher, and now demand is down slightly year over year. As the year moves on, the comps will make it hard to show growth in home sales all the way up to December.

Here are the pending sales for last week over the last two years:

  • 2026: 65, 202
  • 2025: 67,215

chart visualization

Purchase application data

Purchase application data, which looks out 30-90 days, has shown softness as mortgage rates have gotten above 6.64%. For a while, purchase applications grew every week this year compared to last year, but we’ve recently had three negative year-over-year prints. This is not abnormal with mortgage rates above 6.64%. However, unlike previous years, we haven’t seen a big decline in purchase apps, mostly because mortgage rates have still stayed under 7%. Last week saw 3% week-to-week growth, but apps were down 1% year over year.

Here are the stats on purchase apps so far in 2026:

  • 13 positive week-to-week prints
  • 16 negative week-to-week prints
  • 2 flat week-to-week prints
  • 10 weeks of double-digit year-over-year growth
  • 25 weeks of positive year-over-year growth
  • 5 negative year-over-year prints

chart visualization

The week ahead: Iran news, bond auctions, housing starts and pending home sales

This week will be lighter on economic data, but we do have housing reports, builders’ confidence, housing starts and pending home sales. We will also have some bond auctions. 

Of course, any news from the Iran conflict will be key, and as we are closer to yearly highs in yields. It’s always important to see what does and doesn’t move the 10-year yield, as softer inflation data didn’t bring yields down as some had hoped.

This post was originally published on here. 

Harvard Management Co. disclosed a $2.2 billion stake in SpaceX, showing how the university’s endowment has profited from an early bet on Elon Musk’s giant rocket company.

Harvard reported it holds the position in its 13F filing on Friday, revealing it’s one of the largest endowment holders of the stock. Space Exploration Technologies Corp. is the largest single stock disclosed in the filing, which shows Harvard held $4.3 billion of US equities. Harvard oversaw $57 billion as of June 2025, the latest publicly available figure. 

SpaceX’s record-breaking initial public offering in June has boosted returns for college endowments that made investments through venture capital firms, sometimes more than a decade ago. 

Others that have profited include the University of California’s investment arm, which reported in a filing this week a position worth about $1 billion, as well as the University of North Carolina and Washington University in St. Louis.  

Harvard’s holdings potentially reflect both directly owned shares and distribution from private funds. Patrick McKiernan, a spokesman for Harvard Management, declined to comment on individual investments. 

The gains from SpaceX, which currently has a more than $1.8 trillion valuation, come at time when US university finances are constrained from threats to federal research funding, a smaller pool of college-age students due to demographic changes and muted returns from private equity. Endowment funds with more than $500 million returned a median of 18.9% before fees in the year ended in June, according to Wilshire Trust Universe Comparison Service.

SpaceX shares have fluctuated since the company debuted at $135. Shares fell 0.9% on Friday, closing at $140.

Money managers overseeing more than $100 million in US equities have to file a 13F form within 45 days of the end of each quarter to list their holdings in stocks that trade on US exchanges.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

Adm. Brad Cooper, whose stop comes amid reports of poor living conditions, says history will record the deployment as among “the most operationally intense and consequential of the modern era.”

This post was originally published here. 

Kettle Cuisine LLC is recalling more than 3,000 Marketside Tomato Bisque Soup Kits sold exclusively at select Walmart stores because of possible Listeria contamination, according to a company announcement posted by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration.

The recall covers 3,240 14-ounce Marketside Tomato Bisque Soup Kits with UPC 194346474004 and a use-by date of Aug. 22, 2026. The products were distributed from June 30 through July 7, to select Walmart stores across 29 states.

Kettle Cuisine initiated the recall after routine company testing produced a presumptive positive result for Listeria monocytogenes, according to the announcement. The company said it is continuing to investigate in coordination with the FDA.

No illnesses associated with the recalled soup have been confirmed, the company said.

250,000 MINIFRIDGES SOLD ON AMAZON RECALLED FOLLOWING REPORTS OF FIRES

FOX Business reached out to Kettle Cuisine for additional information about the testing, whether the presumptive positive result has been confirmed and whether additional products or lots are being tested.

FOX Business also reached out to Walmart for comment, including whether all affected products have been removed from store shelves and how the retailer is notifying customers who may have purchased the recalled soup.

The affected products were distributed to select Walmart stores in Arkansas, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Georgia, Iowa, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Missouri, Mississippi, North Carolina, New Jersey, New Mexico, Nevada, New York, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Texas, Virginia, Vermont, Wisconsin and West Virginia.

Consumers should not eat, serve, sell or distribute the recalled soup, according to the announcement. They should dispose of the product or return it to the place of purchase for a refund.

POPULAR HAIR PRODUCT RECALLED NATIONWIDE OVER POTENTIAL EXPLOSION HAZARD

Listeria monocytogenes can cause serious and sometimes fatal infections in young children, older adults and people with weakened immune systems. Healthy people may experience short-term symptoms including fever, severe headache, stiffness, nausea, abdominal pain and diarrhea. Infection can also cause miscarriage and stillbirth in pregnant women, according to the recall notice.

Consumers should not rely on the product’s smell or appearance to determine whether it is safe, the announcement said. People who handle the recalled soup should wash their hands and clean and sanitize refrigerators, freezers, containers, utensils, countertops and other surfaces that may have come into contact with it.

Anyone who ate the recalled product and develops symptoms of listeriosis should contact a healthcare provider, according to the announcement.

CLICK HERE TO GET FOX BUSINESS ON THE GO

Consumers with questions can contact the Kettle Cuisine hotline at 617-409-1104.

This post was originally published here. 

Alibaba Group Holding’s open-weight models have accumulated more than 3 billion global downloads in the past six months, eclipsing Meta Platforms Inc., Alphabet Inc. and domestic peers to become the world’s No. 1 artificial-intelligence model.

Qwen, Alibaba’s family of AI models, has open-sourced more than 460 models and its ecosystem has spawned 300,000-plus derivatives, the Chinese technology company said in an emailed statement. Google, part of Alphabet, had 418 million downloads while Meta stood at 227 million in 2026, according to popular open-source AI hub Hugging Face Inc., which published a state of open models report on Aug. 14.

Open models can be downloaded, customized and used as building blocks for new AI products, making adoption a gauge of which technologies developers are choosing to build on. That has made download and derivative-model figures one measure of influence in the US-China AI race, as Chinese developers including Alibaba push capable models that are relatively cheap and easy to adapt. Qwen’s rise suggests that strategy is gaining traction beyond China.

Qwen along with Moonshot AI Inc, DeepSeek and Chinese AI model builders are replicating frontier performance, seeking to bridge the gap with closed models in US, such as OpenAI Inc. and Anthropic PBC. Export controls on chips and AI systems, such as the brief ban on overseas access to Anthropic’s Fable 5 model this summer, don’t appear to be putting the brakes on Chinese competitors.

Alibaba’s download data for Qwen makes it “one of the largest foundations of the open AI ecosystem,” the Hugging Face report said. The Hangzhou-based cloud, e-commerce and AI tech company is making gains over local rivals DeepSeek, Moonshot Kimi and MiniMax as well as US models. 

“Qwen has become part of the default workflow for developers deciding what models to fine-tune and deploy,” the report said.

A broad model family can create a self-reinforcing ecosystem: more developers adopt the models, more derivative versions are built, and that in turn draws in new users. Alibaba has bolstered that cycle by distributing Qwen through its cloud platform to enterprise customers in markets including Southeast Asia and Africa, giving it a reach that many rivals lack.

US tech giants are responding. In recent weeks, Meta and Nvidia Corp. have released new open AI models as competition for developers intensifies.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

When Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and US President Donald Trump met in the Oval Office on July 28, Trump asked Netanyahu how he was doing in the polls ahead of the October 27 Knesset election, according to a Friday Axios report.

Netanyahu paused, the report noted. Then one of his advisers piped up: “Mr. President, he is winning,” the aide said, according to Axios, citing a US official familiar with the exchange.

At the time of the meeting, the coalition bloc had 49 predicted Knesset seats, according to a Maariv poll – 12 short of the 62 seats needed for a majority. A more recent poll conducted on Friday predicted 48 seats. 

Ahead of the meeting, Netanyahu hoped to secure Trump’s support for his reelection campaign ahead of the October 27 election, people familiar with the matter said.

For months before the meeting, Trump publicly stated that he had urged Netanyahu not to launch further strikes in Lebanon and that he wanted to see Israel withdraw from parts of Syria. On several occasions, he had suggested that Washington and Jerusalem do not necessarily see eye-to-eye on every regional issue.

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu meets US President Donald Trump in the White House, July 28, 2026. (credit: MAAYAN TOAF/GPO)

The US president recently said that “Bibi is his own worst enemy,” according to Axios, citing two people who spoke with Trump about Netanyahu.

Netanyahu uses Likud’s first reserved slot for businessman who called Trump ‘piece of s***’

Likud announced on Monday that entrepreneur and businessman Oren Dobronsky, a co-founder of the tech company Hotbar who spent years working in Silicon Valley, would receive Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s first reserved slot on the party’s Knesset list ahead of the elections.

Shortly after the announcement of his reserved slot, it emerged that Dobronsky had previously attacked US President Donald Trump, calling him “a morally corrupt person” in a post on X/Twitter.

Dobronsky walks back statement following backlash over Trump comments

However, on Monday, Dobronsky walked back his statement. He wrote on Facebook that “President Trump is the greatest friend that Israel ever had in the Whitehouse [sic]. I posted in his favor countless times. On one occasion, not knowing all the facts, I lost my temper and posted something I regret. My apologies to President Trump, whom I admire deerly [sic].”

Dobronsky is well-known in the Israeli and American tech industries. He co-founded a company that developed a toolbar for Internet browsers and later completed a significant exit. He subsequently continued working as an entrepreneur and invested in start-ups.

Idan Kweller, Moshe Cohen, Keshet Neev, and James Genn contributed to this report.

This post was originally published on here. 

An IDF humanitarian delegation, the “Alliance of Brothers,” has begun operating in Colombia on Saturday after arriving in the country following a major earthquake in the region.

The 80-person delegation, led by the Home Front Command in cooperation with the Defense Ministry and Foreign Affairs Ministry, was sent after Colombian President Abelardo de la Espriella requested assistance from Israel.

Currently, Colombia has requested rescue teams from only four countries: the US, Ecuador, El Salvador, and Israel.

They are working in coordination with local professionals and officials at multiple impacted sites, focusing on two major sites by assisting in locating and rescuing people trapped by rubble.

One such site is the city’s university hospital, which experienced considerable damage. Home Front Command engineers are conducting search and rescue operations while attempting to restore the damaged medical wing’s operation.

IDF Home Front Command forces operating at impact sites in Cali, Colombia, August 14, 2026. (credit: IDF Spokesperson’s Unit)

Mapping efforts, building assessments, data management

Mapping efforts and building assessments have begun in order to establish plans and priorities for the ongoing response efforts.

The delegation is also assisting in establishing data management systems in order to manage situational assessments and decision-making to help navigate the complex process.

Colombian authorities confirmed Friday morning that around 400 people remain missing nearly four days after the quake, whose epicenter was in the vulnerable Chocó department on the country’s Pacific coast.

Hundreds have been killed in the earthquake and its resulting damage, and over 4,000 people have so far been documented to have injuries.

Ariella Roitman contributed to this report.

This post was originally published on here. 

The Upton Lovell Shaman, a Bronze Age metalworker long assumed to have been a male individual, has been shown to be female, according to new research presented at London’s Francis Crick Institute We Go Way Back exhibition.

The exhibit, which opened on July 16, showcases the results of an analysis of DNA extracted from the skeleton’s skull, teeth and toes revealed to have XX sex chromosomes, typical in those who present as female.

“It completely tears up previous assumptions,” Wiltshire Museum Director David Dawson told The Guardian. “It’s a fantastic revelation of the position of women in society.”

“We’re so used to the assumption of men do everything, men are the leaders, men are the metalworkers. Here we have smoking gun evidence of a female metalworker. And metalworking was the space science of its day.”

Further analysis of the bones showed that she had most likely been over 45-years-old when she had died, and bore evidence of arthritis in her right wrist, consistent with a lifelong use of metalworking tools.

The complete details of the research carried out at by Ancient Genomics Laboratory at the Crick are slated to be published in a scientific journal “shortly,” Wiltshire Museum explained in a July statement.

“The field of ancient DNA has surged in technical capability over the last two decades, now giving us answers to questions that were previously inaccessible,” Pontus Skoglund, who is a senior group leader of the ancient genomics laboratory at the Crick, explained to The Guardian. “It feels really good to give this to archaeologists.”

Wiltshire Museum Curator Lisa Brown echoed the sentiment in the museum’s statement, adding that the “groundbreaking research, using cutting edge techniques, shows the importance of making museum collections available for scientific analysis.”

“We now have a whole new understanding of this burial, rewriting their story, breaking stereotypes, and putting women front and centre in our understanding of early Bronze Age society,” said Brown.

Shaman originally assumed to be male

The shaman’s remains, dating to approximately 4,000-years-ago, were originally excavated in 1803 by William Cunnington at a barrow at Upton Lovell, located less than 10 miles from Stonehenge.

At the time, Cunnington had assumed “from the largeness of the bones” that the burial “appeared to be a stout man,” according to the Wiltshire Museum. 

Alongside her remains, archaeologists discovered several other artifacts, including a battle axe, stone gold-working tools and a cloak decorated with perforated animal bones.

“It shows the depth of understanding of her craft,” Dawson told The Guardian. “The people she left behind wanted her to take her tool kit into the afterlife.”

Remains reexcavated in 2000

In 2000, the barrow was reexcavated by Dr. Colin Shell, a Senior Fellow at the University of Cambridge, and Gill Swanton, a Wiltshire archaeologist. The shaman’s remains were removed from burial by Shell. He was also the first to notice that the stone tools bore traces of gold.

New research presented in 2022 by researchers from the University of Leicester identified the purpose of the tools as cups made from fossil sponges meant to mix adhesives and battle-axes repurposed to hammer out and smooth gold.

“The ability to transform other objects by the delicate and skilled process of covering them with gold sheet may have been seen as a magical or ritual process, a secret method known only to a few people,” Susan Greaney, an archaeologist at the University of Exeter who wasn’t involved in the study, told Live Science in a 2022 email. “This research shows how metalworking was closely related to magical, ritual and religious beliefs.”

This post was originally published on here. 

A 35-year-old Israeli man was found dead in his hotel room in Bangkok, Thailand, on Saturday, according to a report received at the ZAKA International Division hotline. 

The man was on vacation in Thailand when the died. 

The ZAKA team worked with Thailand-based Chabad rabbi, Rabbi Nehemia Wilhelm, and Israel’s Foreign Ministry in an effort to bring the body quickly back to Israel for burial. 

Young Israeli killed in traffic accident in western Thailand

Also on Saturday, reports emerged that a young Israeli man was killed in a traffic accident on Thursday in Kanchanaburi, a province in western Thailand. The man was riding a motorcycle when he collided with a pickup truck.

Bangkok, Thailand. (credit: INGIMAGE)

He was pronounced dead at the scene and taken to a local hospital for an autopsy. Local police opened an investigation into the incident. 

This post was originally published on here. 

While Israel is locked in a visible, kinetic battle with Hamas, an equally insidious struggle is unfolding in the corridors of Western power. 

The Muslim Brotherhood, the ideological architect of Hamas, is executing a “quiet march through the institutions” of Europe, aimed at hollowing out the foundations of democracy from within – an invisible strategy that seeks to transform Western civilization without firing a single shot.

In countries like Switzerland, usually seen as a quaint bastion of neutrality and calm, the Muslim Brotherhood does not seek a sudden uprising. Instead, it pursues a long-term strategy aimed at the fundamental transformation of Western society.

While Hamas provides the “armed resistance” that some European-based “experts” still refuse to condemn, its parent organization provides the intellectual and logistical foundation for a global theocratic objective.

The playbook of infiltration

According to European intelligence, Hamas’s ambitions are no longer confined to the Middle East.

As early as 2019, cells in Germany were instructed to establish weapons caches for large-scale attacks, targeting sites like the American military base in Ramstein and the Israeli embassy in Berlin.

However, the Brotherhood’s primary weapon in the West is not bombs, but tamkeen – the doctrine of “institutional entrenchment.”

This strategy was laid bare in 2001 when Swiss authorities raided the home of Youssef Nada, then the director of Al-Taqwa Bank in Lugano.

They discovered a 1982 document titled The Project, a 100-year plan to transform Western civilization from within by “sabotaging” its own institutions.

This “legalistic Islamism” operates within the framework of Western law to undermine its foundations.

A subsequent 1991 document, the Explanatory Memorandum, described the mission as a “grand jihad in destroying Western civilization,” to be carried out by the “unbelievers” themselves.

By hollowing out the timber of democracy from the inside, the Brotherhood waits for the building to collapse under its own weight.

The intellectual roots of hate

The Brotherhood’s claim to power is rooted in the fundamentalist interpretations of its founder, Hassan al-Banna, and its chief ideologue, Sayyid Qutb, who legitimized physical warfare as offensive jihad.

Yusuf al-Qaradawi later globalized this ideology. Through his Al Jazeera program reaching 60 million viewers, al-Qaradawi advocated the death penalty for homosexuality and the “rebellion” of wives. 

Most chillingly, he described Adolf Hitler as “divine punishment” for the Jews and made no secret of his ambition to “convert Europe to Islam.”

Despite these radical roots, the Brotherhood excels at appearing as a wolf in sheep’s clothing. 

Behind the facade of “moderate Islam” – a misnomer, at least according to Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan, who said publicly that “The term ‘Moderate Islam’ is ugly and offensive; there is no moderate Islam; Islam is Islam” – is a “network of networks” that co-opts progressive terminology like “diversity, equity, and inclusion” to shield itself from scrutiny.

Switzerland as a strategic hub

Ever since the arrival of Saïd Ramadan, al-Banna’s son-in-law, in 1961, Switzerland has served as a central refuge and logistical hub for the movement. 

Today, security experts consider Switzerland the second most important hub – after England – for the Brotherhood in Europe.

The movement is characterized by powerful dynastic clans: the Ramadans in Geneva, the Kermous in Neuchatel, and the Nada and Himmat families in Ticino and Zurich. 

These families operate an opaque web of organizations where members of one clan often sit on the boards of another. For example, the Kermous clan has founded over a dozen associations devoted to pro-Qatar lobbying.

The Brotherhood has also been successful in entrenching itself as a key interlocutor for Western governments and law enforcement. 

For example, Khaldoun Dia-Eddine, a lecturer at the Zurich University of Applied Sciences, has served on the boards of organizations led by convicted Brotherhood leaders, and headed a branch of the IICO, an organization linked by several intelligence services to Hamas. 

Yet he remains a regular interlocutor for Swiss federal authorities, even training police officers.

The Qatari connection and the ‘Islamophobia’ weapon

This quiet siege is fueled by virtually unlimited resources. The Qatar Papers revealed that Doha has invested millions into Swiss projects, including the Islamic Museum and various foundations. 

This is part of a multi-billion-dollar global effort to create a favorable environment for Islamist currents.

To shield these activities, the Brotherhood employs marhaliyyah (adaptation by phases), adjusting its language to suit Western discourse. 

Any substantive criticism is systematically branded as “Islamophobia” – a rhetorical weapon used to stifle debate, secure funding, and create a cultural blindness where tactical restraint is mistaken for successful integration.

Meanwhile, Brotherhood-affiliated bodies in Europe not only play a key role in turning public opinion against Israel and promoting boycotts against the Jewish state, but they also often provide critical public, legal, and even financial support to Hamas.

Necessary self-defense

The Brotherhood does not think in quarters; it thinks in centuries. 

While nations like Egypt, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates have long recognized the threat and banned the Brotherhood as a terrorist organization, the West remains largely paralyzed by naïveté.

Western governments and institutions must abandon this laissez-faire approach. 

Transparency in funding, a consistent ban on front organizations, and rigorous scrutiny of appointments in sensitive areas like the military and police are necessary acts of self-defense. 

A state that closes its eyes to the networks hollowing out its foundations ultimately loses the ability to protect its citizens.

Israel and its supporters must sound the alarm bell for the entire West. And Israel in particular must play a leading role in highlighting the threat for Western decision-makers and providing actionable intelligence to Western governments and security agencies.

The Muslim Brotherhood siege on the West may be invisible, but the consequences of ignoring it will be all too real.

The writer is a strategy and leadership consultant, chairman of Misgav Institute’s Center for Peace Through Strength, founding chairman of the KH Impact Fund, and author of 10 books including Strategy-In-Action and The Rabbi and the CEO. Follow him on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/thomasdzweifel/)

This post was originally published on here. 

Senator Jon Ossoff is easy to admire. He is handsome, articulate, disciplined, and telegenic – the kind of politician who makes supporters feel they are backing not just a candidate but a future. 

I understood that initial, superficial appeal. For a long time, many of us shared it. Not anymore.

In November 2024, 13 months after October 7, the worst mass murder of Jews since the Holocaust, with Israel fighting on seven fronts at once – Ossoff joined Bernie Sanders and a handful of others to block some of the weapons Israel needed to defend itself, backing two of three resolutions to halt the transfer of military equipment. 

He said he wanted to send a “message to Israeli politicians.” 

But instead, he sent a message to his Jewish constituents: at the hour of maximum threat to the Jewish homeland, it was more important to “virtue signal” to the far-left than to ensure the defense of the only Jewish state on earth. 

  Democratic US Senate candidate Jon Ossoff greets a supporter after speaking at a campaign event at the Georgia State Railroad Museum in Savannah, Georgia, US November 12, 2020. (credit: REUTERS/DUSTIN CHAMBERS)

Then, hypocritically and ironically, he posed with freed Israeli hostages, smoothing over the fact he had voted to deny Israel the arms its soldiers needed to fight the very captors who took them.

His own community was loud and clear in their response – not once, but twice. Nearly 50 Georgia Jewish organizations, representing the vast majority of its engaged members, signed a formal rebuke; 22 rabbis added their own. 

On the Senate floor, Ossoff called his commitment to Israel’s security “ironclad.” His community wrote back with the truth: it was not ironclad. It had rusted through. 

And this week, the publisher of the Atlanta Jewish Times – who has spent years avoiding partisan fights – accused the senator, in an open letter reported by Jewish Insider, of “lying” about his support for Israel.

Criticizing this Israeli government is legitimate; Israelis do it every day, loudly. But there is a difference between criticizing a government and disarming a nation. 

You do not take the shield away from 10 million people because you are angry at the man holding it. 

So I would ask the senator plainly: On seven fronts – Gaza, Lebanon, Yemen, Iran, and the rest – how, exactly, would you have protected a child in Sderot? With a statement of concern? With a vote to cut off the weapons?

This is not partisan noise. Esther Panitch, the only Jewish member of the Georgia legislature and a Democrat, wrote at the time that she “cannot overstate how upset Georgia’s Jewish community – especially Democrats – is with our senators.”

Partial loyalty is not loyalty

Mark Mellman, the late founder of Democratic Majority for Israel, said the two (Georgia) senators “voted to endanger Israel by blocking aid to that country.” Ossoff’s own long-time Jewish donors wrote to Governor Kemp urging him to run. 

When your most loyal supporters shop for a challenger, the problem is not messaging.

Put Ossoff in a pro-Israel room, and he grows smooth: billions in aid; the arms he blocked, a sliver, less than 5%. He will say that he votes with Israel the overwhelming majority of the time, almost proud of the math.

But no one congratulates a spouse for being faithful 90% of the time.

Fidelity is not a batting average. It is a covenant; you keep it when it is hard, or you did not keep it at all. 

On the ordinary votes, the ones that cost him nothing, Ossoff was with us. On those that counted – when Israel was fighting for its survival and the world was watching to see who would flinch – he broke faith.

Partial loyalty is not loyalty. It is betrayal made respectable by arithmetic.

And notice where his voice goes missing. When Graham Platner, the Sanders-backed Maine Democrat, was exposed with a Nazi symbol tattooed on his chest, Ossoff, Georgia’s first Jewish senator, would not condemn the man. 

His office managed a single line about “Nazi symbols” in the abstract and left it there – no rebuke of Platner, no call for him to leave the race. He went quiet. Not a profile in courage.

The senator is reliably unreliable. 

He has told the digital news outlet Semafor that he is backing Abdul El-Sayed, Michigan’s new Democratic Senate nominee – a man who calls Israel’s war “genocide and apartheid,” and who, asked directly whether the Jewish state has a right to exist, would not say yes. 

Ossoff wants him in the US Senate.

Sen. Jon Ossoff cannot be trusted. When the only Jewish state was fighting for its life, he broke faith – and no scorecard, no invocation of his own heritage, can buy it back.

That is why, with more regret than anger, much of this community can no longer stand with him.

The writer is co-founder of the Zalik Foundation, which has invested more than $200 million in Jewish education, thriving Jewish communities, Israel, and families in need.

This post was originally published on here. 

The IDF struck a Hezbollah headquarters in the Ansar area in southern Lebanon overnight Friday, after terrorists seriously wounded three IDF soldiers in an attack near the Ali al-Taher Ridge.

The Prime Minister’s Office said in a statement, “This morning, Hezbollah violated the ceasefire in Lebanon by attacking our soldiers in the security zone, which protects Israeli communities just across the border. The Hezbollah attack seriously injured three of our soldiers. The IDF responded by striking the Hezbollah terror headquarters that ordered the attack.”

The IDF later said that the three soldiers were wounded by an explosive drone launched by Hezbollah. They were evacuated to receive medical treatment at a hospital, and their families were notified.

Additionally, the IDF Spokesperson’s Unit and the PMO said in separate statements that civilians were also unintentionally killed in the strike.

The IDF said that its strike killed several Hezbollah terrorists – including Ali Samir Al-Haj Hassan, a battalion commander in

IDF soldiers operate in southern Lebanon against Hezbollah terrorists, published March 20, 2026. (credit: IDF SPOKESPERSON'S UNIT)

Hezbollah’s Radwan Force unit. However, the military noted that, at the time of the strike, Hassan’s family was with him inside the headquarters.

IDF, PMO says military was unaware of civilians present in Hezbollah HQ during strike

“It should be emphasized that the family members were not the target of the strike,” the IDF wrote in a statement. “The strike was specifically directed at Hassan, who was a lawful target under international law. The terrorist used his family as human shields, hiding alongside them inside the military headquarters.”

The PMO said that it had been unaware that Hezbollah put civilians in the Hezbollah military compound.

“Only later did the IDF learn that Hezbollah deliberately put civilians in that military compound. Hezbollah is willing to do anything, including using its own civilians as human shields, to falsely accuse Israel of deliberately targeting civilians, which the IDF clearly did not.”

At least 11 people were killed in the strikes, Lebanon’s Ministry of Public Health said.

Lebanon’s Aoun, Nawaf say that IDF strikes violate US-backed ceasefire

Lebanese President Joseph Aoun condemned “ongoing Israeli attacks” in southern Lebanon, which he said were in ‘violation of the Framework Agreement’ in a post from his office’s X/Twitter account on Saturday morning.

Lebanese Prime Minister Nawaf Salam also responded to the IDF strikes, calling on Israel to “halt its military escalation” in Southern Lebanon in a post to X on Saturday.

“The responsibility for dealing with any military structures, if they exist on Lebanese territory, lies exclusively with the Lebanese state, through the Lebanese army and its legitimate institutions, and their existence does not grant Israel the right to violate Lebanese territory or endanger civilians,” Salam said.

“Israel must halt this escalation. For the security of our people and their right to life on their land are not subject to negotiation or bargaining,” he added.

In response to the attacks, Hezbollah said that IDF strikes in southern Lebanon would be “met accordingly.”

“This Israeli escalation, through the targeting of civilians and the expansion of the areas being targeted, reflects the desire and intention of the enemy’s criminal prime minister, Netanyahu, to escalate the war in order to bolster his domestic political standing, serve his electoral objectives, and appease the far Right,” the terror group wrote in a statement on Telegram.

“The Israeli enemy must understand clearly that its attacks, violations, and attempts to impose a new reality cannot continue and will be met accordingly, in defense of Lebanon, its people, its sovereignty, and its national dignity.”

In response to the IDF and PMO’s announcements that three soldiers were wounded, US Ambassador to Israel Mike Huckabee called Hezbollah “pure evil.”

Ongoing push for trilateral framework agreement

Negotiations between Israel and Lebanon have remained in a state of flux since the trilateral framework, agreed upon by Israel, Lebanon, and the United States, was signed in June.

The agreement, which aims to encourage diplomatic relations between the two neighboring countries, remains uncertain as the IDF continues to maintain its presence in Southern Lebanon, while Hezbollah refuses to disarm.

Jerusalem Post Staff contributed to this report.

This post was originally published on here. 

While the United States is celebrating its 250th anniversary of independence, the parents of a teenager with American citizenship, murdered 25 years ago in an atrocity whose perpetrator, Ahlam Tamimi, was released from prison in 2011 by the Israeli government in the Schalit deal, have since then been pleading with the US authorities to follow their own laws and legal decisions to bring the murderer to justice in an American court. 

“Justice,” a word repeated three times in America’s Declaration of Independence. The third time is regarding the Americans’ “British brethren” as having been “deaf to the voice of justice…” 

But have the tables turned? Is it the US that has become deaf to the voice of justice demanded by Frimet and Arnold Roth, the parents of Malka Chana – Malki – a justice they have been pursuing for 15 years? 

Their fervent dedication and resolve have been up against powerful people in Israel, Jordan, and the US. It is a story of obfuscation and pain, with only an occasional glimmer of hope and light. 

With Tamimi free and living the life of a celebrity in Jordan, as we wrote in Part I, the Roths took their case to Washington.

US DOJ also took up the case of murdered American tourist Kristine Luken. Pictured: Stabbing attack survivor Tal Hartuv [Kay Wilson] hugs Luken’s parents in Jerusalem District Court, 2011. (credit: FLASH90)

Arnold Roth: “Because Americans had been murdered at Sbarro, we hoped that a rarely invoked federal law, Section 2332a of Title 18 of the United States Code, might apply to get Tamimi back behind bars in the US.” 

The other American citizen murdered in Sbarro was Shoshana Yehudit Greenbaum, 31, a teacher originally from LA and living in Passaic, New Jersey. An only child, she had arrived in Israel with her husband for six weeks of graduate studies and was pregnant with their first child at the time of her death.

Chana Tova Chaya Nachenberg, of Modi’in, also an American, was 31 at the time of the attack. Severely wounded, she was in a coma for almost 22 years and succumbed to her wounds on June 1, 2023. Therefore, earlier letters and articles refer to only two American citizens who were murdered in the attack.

Section 2332a is a federal criminal statute titled “Use of weapons of mass destruction,” including “against a US national outside the United States.” The weapons can include “bombs, grenades, certain rockets, certain missiles, mines, similar devices… and if death results, shall be punished by death or imprisoned for any term of years or for life.”

“From our research,” said Roth, “we learned that Jordan and the US entered into an extradition treaty in 1995 and that it was active; fugitives had been extradited.”

In March 2012, news emerged from the Arab media that Tamimi was about to start hosting a TV show of her own. This was the trigger that got Roth to engage with the American authorities. A New York lawyer who had become a trusted adviser arranged for them (Roth and the lawyer) to travel together to Washington to meet with senior figures in the Department of Justice (DOJ) and the FBI. 

Roth: “We met behind closed doors. There was an emotional feel to the room. I urged them in the name of justice and decency to apply Section 2332a and get Tamimi brought to Washington for trial. I then screened a video that Frimet had recorded the night before on my cellphone. My sense was that they were touched.”

The meeting ran for about 90 minutes. By the end, Roth said, he received assurances that something was going to be done. “But we’re not going to be able to tell you anything,” he was told, “until we can tell you everything.”

Regarding her role, Frimet Roth added, “Traveling overseas is hard for me because I am the principal carer of our youngest child, who is now 31. She lives with us at home, and her profound disabilities mean I have to do everything for her 24/7. For me, travel is not an option.” 

The Jordan-US treaty, provided to the Magazine in its entirety (15 pages long), states, in simple language, that both countries must extradite individuals charged with or convicted of extraditable offenses, and any offense punishable by more than one year of imprisonment in both countries is extraditable. This includes serious crimes such as terrorism, crimes against heads of state, hijacking, and narcotics trafficking. 

The Roths heard nothing further from the DOJ for several years. In early 2016, Roth was invited to Congress to testify before Ron DeSantis’s House Oversight Committee on National Security. 

“What none of us in the chamber realized was that a criminal complaint had been issued against Tamimi in the District Court of the District of Columbia 15 months after our 2012 meeting with the DOJ leadership.” 

The fact that in 2013 the Department of Justice filed charges against Tamimi in federal court is confirmed by the DOJ Archives. 

But then, Arnold Roth said, “It promptly sealed them for the following four years.” 

Frimet confirmed, “Our request was honored, but years went by before we learned that.”

PROUD PARENTS Arnold and Frimet Roth at Malki’s bat mitzvah, 1997. (credit: Courtesy Roth family)

March 2017: The Tamimi criminal case is revealed

In March 2017, weeks into the first Trump presidency, the US government, Roth surmised, concluded that keeping the charges secret was no longer helping its efforts to obtain Tamimi’s custody. The Justice Department unsealed the charges. 

When making the charges public in a media presentation, acting assistant attorney-general Mary McCord described Tamimi as “an unrepentant terrorist,” and the FBI simultaneously placed her on its Most Wanted Terrorists list. 

How did the Roths learn about the unsealing of the charges?

Arnold: “Five years had passed since I brought my challenge to the Department of Justice, and they seemed ready and willing to take it on. But nothing had happened other than Tamimi’s weekly TV shows that were seen everywhere in the world. She was the embodiment of Islamist pride in jihad. 

“Then, in March 2017, there was a phone call from Washington. Frimet and I were asked to meet a delegation a few days later here in Jerusalem. No details, no headline, no sense of what was on the agenda.

“We arrive and see the family of the other murdered American woman, people with whom we had become friends. Everyone else in the room was from Washington – a delegation made up of seven or eight prosecutors and investigators. 

“We were somewhere between elated and puzzled by what we heard next. Elated because they said, ‘Three hours from now, there’s going to be a press conference, and we’re announcing that Tamimi has been charged. Sorry, we couldn’t tell you, but they [the charges] were issued four years ago.’ We learned she was being immediately named to the FBI Most Wanted Terrorists list.

“Heading home, we began puzzling over things that were not said. For instance, they’re charging her and making her an FBI Most Wanted, but no reward was mentioned. Was that normal? At home, I checked the FBI website and saw that all the Most Wanted Terrorists had serious rewards attached to their names and mugshots. Not Tamimi. 

“They confirmed that Jordan has an active extradition treaty with the US, and we wondered why no actual extradition to Washington had come up, and we wondered why we aren’t hearing that she’s being extradited to Washington tomorrow afternoon on the 4:30 p.m. flight out of Amman?”

He continued, “Six days after the DOJ announcement of the Tamimi charges, we saw reports that Jordan’s highest court had handed down a ruling in a hearing we had not known about – a determination that Jordan’s treaty with the United States, made in 1995 between [US president Bill] Clinton and King Hussein, is invalid. That Tamimi cannot be extradited. End of case, and the decision is not appealable.

“What gradually became clear but [was] unreported by any news channel,” said Roth, “was that the so-called invalidity was a Jordanian failure. Jordanian law required the treaty to be ratified by the parliament, and it wasn’t. They had failed to do it.

“But the defect, if that’s what it was, could be cured by Jordan – only by Jordan. But Jordan didn’t fix it and will not fix it, because, as we came to understand, it’s not a defect; it’s a fig leaf, a small and shabby one. But it’s done the job for the past nine years. I’m not aware of anyone publicly calling Jordan to account for its sleight of hand.”

On the official site Congress.gov, the following appears: “The United States requested Tamimi’s extradition in 2017, but Jordan’s Court of Cassation ruled that the extradition treaty was invalid.” 

In January 2018, the State Department’s Rewards for Justice program announced a reward of up to $5 million for information leading to Tamimi’s arrest or conviction. This also appears on Rewards for Justice, a US government site. Roth said the award was announced, “after a lot of frustrated pushing on our part.” 

In November 2019, the State Department said that “the United States regards the extradition treaty as valid.” More than two and a half years after Jordan said it was invalid? The wheels of justice spin slowly.

I asked Arnold Roth whether Secretary of State Marco Rubio or any of his predecessors had responded to his requests to press for Jordanian compliance with the treaty.

Roth: “For the next few years, no senior official from the State Department, in any administration, ever responded to us on any aspect of this.” 

A letter from King Hussein

Roth said, “The situation gets darker. It’s 2019, and in one of the very rare conversations I had with a junior desk officer in the State Department some weeks after the invalidity was announced, I learned that Jordan actually did ratify the treaty, and ‘we have the documents.’

“But getting a hold of that important document took months of filing applications under FOIA, the Freedom of Information Act. And when that failed, we eventually sued the government in 2020.”

Among the documents delivered to the Roths’ lawyers in stages, starting in early 2021, was a letter that had been signed by the late King Hussein in 1995, addressing the US government (see graphic). 

I asked about the other documents. Roth explained, “Scores of documents, almost all massively redacted… all dealing with aspects of the treaty process.”

King Hussein’s letter blew the lid off Jordan’s Court of Cassation ruling invalidating the extradition treaty, a ruling that directly contradicts the clear intention of King Hussein, who had taken the treaty so seriously that he added this letter to it. 

Roth explained: “The letter was part of the process of each of the two countries certifying to the other that their own legal and constitutional treaty requirements had been met.”

Officially translated by the US State Department, it says, “With the help of God and His guidance, we, Hussein I, having reviewed the Extradition Traety [sic], signed in Washington on March 28, 1995, between the Government of the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan, and the Government of the United States of America, do hereby declare our agreement to and ratification of that Traety in whole and in part. We further pledge to carry out its provisions and abide by its Articles, and we, God willing, shall not allow its violation.” 

Thanks to the Roths’ FOIA submission and subsequent suing of the US government, this letter was made public.

“The Jordanian court that had declared the treaty void and unenforceable back in 2017 said nothing about any letter like this. Didn’t even hint at its existence,” Roth said. “But if we hoped revealing a formal 1995 letter from the revered King Hussein would change how Jordan’s 2017 violation of the treaty looked to the media, to Congress, to the Jordanians, we were disappointed.”

He said that starting just four months after Tamimi returned in 2011 to her homeland, Jordan, her TV show “began being beamed throughout the Arabic-speaking world via an Islamist satellite TV network, glorifying Islamist terrorism. It continued being produced and disseminated weekly from a studio in Jordan’s capital for the next four years.

“This is significant since Jordan has a notably unfree media. Nothing goes to air in Jordan unless it gets green-lighted by the Royal Hashemite Court.” 

Roth shared with the Magazine reports (verified online) from two organizations: Reporters Without Borders and Freedom House. According to them, journalism in Jordan is controlled and constrained by the government, so Tamimi couldn’t continue to disseminate her venom and promotion of terrorism without the approval of the Jordanian government – the same government that has a peace treaty with Israel.

Significantly, Abdullah II became the king of Jordan on February 7, 1999, the day his father, King Hussein, who had signed both the treaty and the additional treaty letter in 1995, died. Abdullah II would have been well aware of Tamimi’s broadcasts.

Abdullah II comes to America

The Roths, distraught, took their battle to the media. King Abdullah II was scheduled to meet then-president Joe Biden on July 18, 2021. 

In a column hosted on Bari Weiss’s Substack on July 2, 2021, Arnold wrote, “President Biden, we beg you: press [Abdullah II] to live up to Jordan’s promise by extraditing Ahlam Tamimi. Let her stand trial for murdering innocent Americans – one of them, my child.” 

In the same column, regarding the Most Wanted Terrorists list, he wrote: “The other fugitives on this list are, not surprisingly, all in hiding. But the investigators and prosecutors at the DOJ and the FBI know exactly where Tamimi lives.”

On July 18, 2021, the Roths published an open letter in The Wall Street Journal, which appeared on the same day Abdullah was hosted by Biden in the White House.

They wrote of Tamimi, “For five years in Jordan, she hosted a Hamas-produced terror-inciting television show called Breezes of the Free. She appeared frequently at public events and on Jordanian television. Students of the Arab world’s premier graduate school for journalists named her their ‘success model.’ Last month a prominent pan-Arab news site made her a weekly columnist.” 

Roth said there was no response from the Biden administration.

When asked if there had been any direct contact with the Trump administration, Roth said they had been in contact with US Ambassador Mike Huckabee since May 2025.

Huckabee told the Magazine, “My visit with the Roth family touched me in a profound way and personal way. They gave me a photo of Malki, and I have kept it framed in my office since that day, so there is not a day that goes by that I fail to think of the injustice to her and her precious family.

“One of my goals as ambassador is seeing justice done. Malki would be 40 years old this year.”

Roth said he and Frimet have stayed in touch with a small handful of US officials in the past year and hope this will lead to something concrete. He declined to be more specific.

Roth: “We lost our child, and so many other families experienced the same painful and horrifying thing, a quarter of a century ago. The woman who had the central role in this carnage is… a recognizable icon across the Arab and the Islamic worlds, and she’s smart and capable enough to use that celebrity to keep pushing a frightening message.

“I don’t care to protect the guilty or overlook the failures. As a cause that should have united people across political, religious, and national divisions, getting Tamimi to US justice has helped some of us understand that leadership is vastly overrated, and we have serious problems in our midst. I am among those who have seen the light.

“I can translate that into what I think it says about America’s political culture today. There are lessons to be internalized about how the fight to defeat terror is nowhere near as effective as we need it to be. 

“But for me,” he stressed, “the central message is a Jewish one. I think of our brothers and sisters in America’s Jewish communities who take pride in the values we cherish in common, and in our history of overcoming evil, as being the people who need to know this.”

“There are bright spots, of course,” Roth said, calling Huckabee’s “clear-eyed comments and gracious support” exemplary. In fact, in an X post on Sunday, Huckabee shared a link to the DOJ page offering up to $5 million for information assisting in Tamimi’s capture.

Ambassador Rabbi Yehuda Kaploun, the US special envoy on antisemitism, also posted the link.

Did the US go after any other terrorists who took American lives in Israel?

Arnold: “Tamimi was the first case in which a US criminal provision was applied to a murder by terrorists outside the US. But not the only one.

“Another case, undertaken by the DOJ around the same time as the Tamimi one, concerns the murder of Kristine Luken, an American Christian tourist murdered in an especially barbaric way by Arabs in the forested hills outside Jerusalem. Her tour guide, my friend Tal Hartuv [who changed her name from Kay Wilson], was shockingly injured but survived.

“The difference between the two instances is that Kristine Luken’s killers were already serving time in an Israeli prison when those charges were issued, while Malki’s killer was already obscenely free. Other American criminal prosecutions of Arab terrorists may be underway now via the same law, but I don’t know about them.”

Were Kristine’s killers freed by Israel?

Arnold: “One of the two was, yes, in the October 2025 transaction in which thousands of Arab prisoners walked free so that Hamas would hand over the remaining hostages and hostage bodies from Gaza.

“Terrorists being freed in extortionate deals are always a catastrophe. Doing such deal is wrong. That it falls to the families of victims to fight for justice to be done is wronger still.” 

Dealing with the State Department

Arnold: “Pressing the US to act has been a strange experience.

“No one ever says we’re wrong to expect American justice to be done. No one speaks in Tamimi’s defense, obviously. No one says it’s wrong to press Jordan to live up to its treaty obligation. No one argues with us that this has all gone very badly since the Justice Department decided to get Tamimi into a Washington courthouse.

“But the reality – thwarted justice until today – speaks louder than those many words.

“Politics is politics, and people wielding power rarely own up to doing the wrong thing. So when I say fighting for justice has gotten us treated badly, and when I point out that the actions of those in government contradict the values they profess, pushback is inevitable. 

“‘What about those declarations we made?’ I imagine them saying. ‘Didn’t we call for justice? Didn’t we say we wouldn’t stop until it was achieved?’ 

“So, yes, when the US, which for us has usually meant the State Department, issued statements, these included some of the right words – but in total they have been empty, meaningless mantras.

“I don’t mean to sound partisan in the US political sense here. The shallow statements and the failure to act have been true of both Republicans and Democrats.” 

(It’s worth noting that Israel has its own multi-partisan issues. The 1993 signing of the Oslo Accords, for example, under a Labor government, brought on an extreme increase in terror that persisted in both Labor and Likud majority governments. The Sbarro attack happened under Likud PM Ariel Sharon.)

Roth preferred not to name individuals, but when pressed, consented to talk in detail about one difficult interaction that lasted for months.

Roth: “Both by direct mail and via news platforms and social media, we have addressed ourselves to people at the level of president on down for years. This almost never produces a reaction, but in 2022 it did.

“A fax turned up in our home towards the end of 2022, addressed personally to us but passed along via the US Embassy in Jerusalem a month after the date it was faxed. 

“It was signed by Victoria J. Nuland, undersecretary of state for political affairs and a powerful figure in the State Department. But we were startled by how she was writing in the names of president Biden, secretary of state Antony Blinken, and national security advisor Jake Sullivan.”

The letter, which Roth shared with the Magazine, opened with condolences and then “Ahlam al-Tamimi must be held accountable for her role in the terrorist attack that claimed the life of your daughter and 14 others. The US government remains fully committed to bringing Tamimi to the United States to face federal terrorism-related charges in US courts. The US government is pursuing all viable options,” and so on. 

And then a clear statement of intent: Bringing Tamimi to US justice “is a foremost priority for the United States. We will stay in contact with you regarding our ongoing efforts to ensure Tamimi is held accountable for her despicable crimes.”

The message seemed clear and unambiguous. “Foremost priority” must have meant something. And while staying in touch was the opposite of what the Roths had experienced, here was a commitment that the three most important people in the saga – Biden, Blinken, and Sullivan – were going to keep on doing it. 

The Roths responded with a letter to Nuland; it got no reply. Then another. And eventually 11 letters, they say, all sent to Nuland in the five months after her fax. And not a single response, then or ever. Also, no one stayed in touch. Nuland left the State Department in March 2024, and the Roths knew to stop bothering her, Arnold said.

‘All men are created equal’ – unless you’re a Jew? 

The Taylor Force Act, which demands stopping economic aid to the Palestinian Authority until it ends payments to those who commit acts of terrorism and to the families of dead attackers, was signed into law in the US only in 2018. 

Taylor Force, a former US Army officer and veteran of Iraq and Afghanistan, during a school study-abroad trip, was stabbed and killed by a Palestinian terrorist in Jaffa in 2016. 

He was not the first American citizen killed by Palestinians terrorists in Israel, but he was a non-Jewish American.

In an article published on July 30, 2026, on the website of the Jerusalem Center for Security and Foreign Affairs, titled “Did the PA’s ‘Pay-for-Slay’ Policy Facilitate the October 7 Massacre?” Lt.-Col. (res.) Maurice Hirsch writes, regarding terrorists released in the Schalit deal, “Shortly after their release, the PA decided to allocate $5 million for a ‘Presidential gift as token of honor to prisoners… to all the released prisoners… both to those released to their homes and to those who were expelled.’”

According to Hirsch, in 2025, NIS 395,970,000 was awarded to imprisoned and released terrorists. 

According to Palestinian Media Watch, as reported in The Jerusalem Post on January 28, 2026, as of that date, Tamimi “has received around NIS 1,158,000 in pay-for-slay payments since she was first incarcerated.” 

Jordan has extradited or surrendered three terrorists to the United States in the past. None of those had been guilty of murdering Israeli Jews. 

Eyad Ismoil (aka Iyad Isama’il Al-Najim), a Jordanian citizen charged with being part of the plot to destroy the World Trade Center in 1993, fled back to Jordan, was captured by Jordanian police in August 1995, and then extradited to the US. He was convicted in November 1997 and sentenced in April 1998 to 240 years’ imprisonment in a maximum-security penitentiary. According to a DOJ bulletin published on October 1, 1995, this was an official extradition.

Mohammad Zaki Amawi had both US and Jordanian citizenship. According to a US Court of Appeals document, “On February 19, 2006, FBI agents flew to Jordan and arrested Amawi.” He was flown to the US and convicted in 2008.

He was one of three men who stood trial in Ohio, sentenced to prison terms “for conspiring to commit terrorist acts against Americans overseas, including US military personnel in Iraq, and other terrorism-related violations.”

In Amawi’s case, the sentence given was “20 years of incarceration followed by life on supervised release.”

Nader Saadeh of Rutherford, New Jersey, who had dual US-Jordanian citizenship, was apprehended on arrival in Amman and jailed there for three months before authorities sent him to America in August 2015 to the FBI.

In 2018, he was sentenced to 10 years in prison, to be followed by a lifetime of supervised release, for conspiring to provide material support to ISIS.

Congressmen demanding justice

On April 30, 2020, Greg Steube, a Republican member of the House of Representatives from Florida, whose jobs in Congress included judiciary oversight and veterans’ affairs, sent a letter to Dina Kawar, ambassador of the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan, serving in Washington. 

The letter, more than two pages long, was signed by Steube and six other Republican congressmen.

Steube had been a captain in the US Army and an army judge advocate in the General’s Corps; he served in Iraq.

Three of the other six signees had also served in the US military. Especially notable was Brian Mast of Florida, who had been a combat engineer in the US Army, lost both legs while serving in Afghanistan, and was awarded the Bronze Star and Purple Heart. Today, he is chairman of the House Foreign Affairs Committee.

In the letter, Steube revisited the details of Tamimi’s atrocity and the outrageous fact that she is treated as a celebrity in Jordan and continues to use her exalted platforms to promote terror. 

And then he wrote: 

“US Federal charges were first brought against Tamimi in mid-2013. The US then delivered a formal extradition request under the treaty between our two countries that had been signed in Washington on March 28, 1995, and that entered into force on July 29, 1995. The Hashemite Kingdom refused. It continues to refuse to do so until today. This is a matter of grave and growing concern to the Congress and to all Americans. The American view concerning the treaty is that it is certainly valid. It continues to be listed in the US government’s authoritative Treaties in Force document.

“On March 14, 2017, Justice Department officials in Washington, DC, officially announced US Federal terrorism charges against Tamimi and added her the same day to the FBI’s Most Wanted Terrorists list. There is a $5 million State Department reward for her capture and conviction.”

Steube, as far as is known, never received an official response to his letter. 

On April 14, 2022, a bill was introduced in the House of Representatives by Steube: “To limit assistance to Jordan until the Government of Jordan recognizes the validity of the 1995 extradition treaty between the two countries, and for other purposes.” 

Apparently, it stayed in committee and never became law.

“Regarding the Steube initiative,” Roth said, “those efforts for a Tamimi extradition came to a screeching halt on a particular day in June 2022. Steube’s office broke off contact with us overnight and never took up the issue again. I don’t think he’s ever made a public comment about Tamimi or Jordan since then.”

The Magazine could not locate any further Steube involvement in the case, and he did not reply to our query submitted via his official website.

The EMET (Endowment for Middle East Truth) organization, reportedly behind the Steube effort, after recapping the fact that the US asked for Tamimi’s extradition and the Jordanian government refused, writes:

“The Jordanian government is the third-largest recipient of US foreign aid and receives $1.275 billion annually.

“In December of 2019, the US government passed Public Law 116-94, the most recent Appropriations Bill which states, in regard to foreign appropriations, ‘None of these funds, provided by this Act may be used to provide assistance to the central government of a country which has notified the Department of State of its refusal to extradite to the United States any individual indicted for a criminal offense for which the maximum penalty is life imprisonment without the possibility of parole, or for killing a law enforcement officer.’”

What pressure did the US government bring to bear on Jordan to have Ismoil extradited? Why did FBI agents not fly to Jordan to pick up Tamimi, as they did with Amawi? If they pressured Jordan, why is that same pressure not being applied now?

EMET founder and president Sarah Stern wrote: “[A]s long as the United States turns a blind eye to the murderers of American citizens, we [the US] will be reinforcing their resolve against the United States.”

Arnold Roth said, “I understand people who see us as bitter and angry. But we’re constructive and optimistic even when facing hard developments. If we’re harsh, it’s because we see things around us that need to be condemned. And also changed. 

“There’s a wonderful charity that exists today in Malki’s memory – the Malki Foundation – that achieves small victories against tough realities. It’s there because we lost our sweet daughter. It won’t bring her back, but the good it achieves helps us stay focused on the good in our lives.”

He added contemplatively, “Several influential people from Israel’s think tanks have told me, more or less in patronizing words, over the years that there’s a fundamental fact we need to get into our heads. ‘The longest border Israel has is our eastern border with Jordan. All along that border, armed Jordanian forces stand on guard. And their guns? Those are pointed at their own people, and so we have peace. Can we get a better situation than that?’

“I try to point out that Jordan is near the top of the table of antisemitic sentiment, even by Middle East standards. And what has Jordan’s government done to address that? Has it fixed the schoolbooks with their hateful messaging about Israel? Have they prepared their people for a future of peaceful relations with Jews and Israelis?

“Right now, Israel is spending $1.5b. to create a much more fortified fence along the border with Jordan.”

“Is that because we have a peaceful border?

“And even if the answer is yes, should we be allowing them to turn Tamimi into an icon of hateful bigotry, an inspiration to more terror? Is there a case for exempting Jordan from accountability for holding on to a fugitive murderer of Americans? For trampling a cornerstone treaty with its far-and-away most important ally, the United States?

“That this woman remains a toxic celebrity is the dangerous outcome of a long line of bad decisions.”

At the time of this writing, there are no answers to Roth’s questions. 

Next week in Part Three: The involvement of US ambassadors to Israel, the American Jewish leadership’s response, and the additional tragedy that struck the Roth family when their son-in-law, Naftali Yonah Gordon, fell in battle in this current war.

The writer is an award-winning journalist and theater director and the co-founder and editor of WholeFamily.com. Her current theater project is Heroines! Songs & Soliloquies for the Soul with Raise Your Spirits Theatre, about heroic women of Oct. 7.

This post was originally published on here. 

Two separate attacks took place in the West Bank over the weekend, according to United Hatzalah, citing the Binyamin Regional Council Spokesperson.

In the first, which occured earlier on Saturday, residents of the Psagot settlement heard gunshots, later finding a bullet near a synagogue inside the settlement.

The Psagot police chief arrived on scene to investigate, alongside IDF soldiers and police officers.

In the second incident, a shepherd was attacked by a group of around 30 masked Palestinians at around 8:00 p.m.

According to the Binyamin Regional Council, the attackers then began rioting and set up several roadblocks in the area.

Attacks becoming more common despite lack of public attention

The council noted that both forms of attacks are becoming more common despite rarely receiving public attention.

“The prominence of extreme events while ignoring ongoing Arab terrorism creates a partial picture of the security reality in Benjamin, Judea and Samaria,” the council added.

This post was originally published on here. 

As the Roman legions advanced on Jerusalem nearly 2,000 years ago, the city they were preparing to conquer was already at war with itself.

The Jews inside the walls were killing one another, and rival factions fought for control of the city as an imperial army approached from the outside. The struggle became so destructive that the defenders ended up weakening the society they were ostensibly trying to save.

“We weren’t taught this in Sunday school,” author Amotz Asa-El told the Magazine. “But it’s so vividly told by Flavius Josephus, and the details are so obvious, and no one disputes them.”

For Asa-El, that episode is more than one particularly tragic chapter in Jewish history. It is part of a pattern that runs through The Jewish March of Folly, his new, sweeping attempt to reconsider how Jews understand the political disasters that shaped their history, and what those disasters might teach an Israel once again wrestling with deep internal division.

The book takes its title and intellectual starting point from historian Barbara Tuchman’s The March of Folly, in which political folly requires more than a decision that looks disastrous in hindsight. A credible alternative must have existed at the time and been rejected.

HAREDI AND SECULAR protesters clash outside a Jerusalem Café operating on Shabbat. Is Israeli society reenacting the rift between biblical Judah and Israel? (credit: FLASH90)

Asa-El applies that test to Jewish history and reaches a challenging conclusion. The familiar explanations for Jewish catastrophe, he argues, have allowed generations to devote too little attention to the choices made by Jewish political leaders themselves.

“There are generally two” conventional explanations, he said. The first is theological: calamity as divine punishment. The second is what he calls the Zionist “Sunday school narrative,” in which “bad things happened to the Jews because of the Gentiles.”

What happened before the Assyrians, Babylonians, and Romans came along? 

The Assyrians, Babylonians, and Romans unquestionably destroyed Jewish states, expelled populations, and devastated the country. Asa-El’s argument concerns what happened beforehand.

“We had political leaders in all of those events,” he said, “and I accuse them of having repeatedly, generation after generation, taken completely misguided policies with fateful results.”

At the heart of his case are 12 civil wars that he identifies across roughly 12 centuries of ancient Jewish history, beginning in the Book of Judges and ending around the Roman destruction of Judea. They are familiar individually to historians and readers of biblical history, he states, yet rarely assembled into a single political story.

Seen together, he believes they transform the way the period should be understood.

“I say that there is a recurring theme of civil war in ancient Jewish history,” he said. “During that span of roughly 12 centuries, I found 12 civil wars – in other words, an average of one civil war every three or four generations.”

That is also why The Jewish March of Folly is arranged thematically rather than as a conventional chronological history. Asa-El wanted to understand what repeatedly produced these conflicts, what political ideas lay beneath them, and what their cumulative consequences were.

Surprisingly, his trail leads back to Moses.

Asa-El sees in the Pentateuch the construction of an extraordinarily innovative political system: suspicious of concentrated authority, hostile to the divinity claimed by monarchs elsewhere in the ancient world, and built instead around a loose federation of tribes possessing considerable autonomy.

Moses, in Asa-El’s reading, was far ahead of later political thinkers in rejecting the assumption that a strong centralized monarchy was the natural basis of government. The ideal was noble, but its vulnerability was the power it left in tribal identity.

“He wanted a tribal confederation whereby every tribe actually had a form of tribal sovereignty,” Asa-El told the Magazine.

The danger becomes brutally visible in Judges, when the crime committed against the concubine at Gibeah leads the tribes of Israel into war against Benjamin and nearly to that tribe’s annihilation.

Asa-El opens the book by placing that story alongside the 1964 murder of Kitty Genovese in New York. The comparison is deliberately unsettling. Both begin with horrific violence against a woman; their political consequences are radically different.

Genovese’s murder became a debate about communal responsibility and the alleged failure of bystanders to intervene. Gibeah becomes the spark for a civil war.

“It triggers civil war, and the civil war pits one tribe against all the rest of Israel,” Asa-El said. “It nearly results in the total annihilation and genocide of [the tribe of] Benjamin. According to the Bible’s own express description, it’s not my interpretation. It’s explicit.”

Another episode surprised even Asa-El while he was researching the book.

The familiar story of Samson presents the Israelite strongman battling the Philistines. Reading Judges closely, Asa-El became fascinated by Judah’s response. Samson belonged to Dan, whose territory stood between the coastal Philistines and the Judean highlands. Rather than help their fellow Israelites withstand Philistine pressure, the men of Judah handed Samson over to the enemy.

“They didn’t care about helping Dan cope with the daily harassment that he was evidently experiencing by the Philistines,” he said. When Samson fought back, “they took the Philistine side.”

Dan was ultimately displaced from its original territory and migrated north. Asa-El sees an extraordinary example of tribal self-interest overwhelming national solidarity: one Israelite group concerned primarily with keeping danger beyond its own border while another faced the consequences.

The greatest demographic catastrophe in this history came with the destruction of the northern Kingdom of Israel by Assyria and the disappearance of the Ten Tribes. Asa-El deliberately calls the event a “forgotten Holocaust,” while carefully distinguishing it from the unique ideology and methods of Nazi extermination. His use of the term is demographic.

The Nazi Holocaust murdered roughly one-third of the Jewish people. The Assyrian destruction, he argues, removed a far greater proportion of ancient Israel from history, leaving the much smaller Kingdom of Judah behind.

Even the phrase “Ten Lost Tribes,” he suggests, softened Jewish memory of what happened. “Lost” allowed generations to imagine intact Israelite peoples surviving somewhere beyond the known world, waiting to be rediscovered. Asa-El considers that romantic hope is historically implausible.

The deeper question is why catastrophes of this scale were remembered in ways that obscured political responsibility.

Asa-El does not believe the rabbis consciously gathered after the destruction and conspired to sanitize the national story. He sees something more psychologically understandable: trauma followed by denial.

“They couldn’t face up to the historical lessons,” he said, particularly the possibility that the Temple had been destroyed following “stupid political conduct and recklessness.”

The theological explanation offered an alternative: “Because of our sins, we were exiled from our land.”

“I dispute that,” Asa-El said. “It wasn’t because of our sins. It was because of our mistakes – and not our mistakes, but our leaders’ mistakes. Mistakes that we must not repeat.”

Nowhere is the existence of an alternative clearer for him than in the revolt against Rome.

Jewish Prince Agrippa II’s failed warning against confronting Rome

Before the rebellion, the Jewish Prince Agrippa II warned Jerusalem against confronting an empire whose military power vastly exceeded Judea’s. Asa-El describes Agrippa standing before Jerusalemites and methodically explaining the scale of Roman power, its armies, its navy, and the peoples it had already subdued as far away as Britain.

The warning failed.

“They were warned,” Asa-El said. “But these people were messianically fueled. Reality no longer interested them.”

The contemporary parallels in the Hebrew bestseller’s English edition are impossible to miss. The original Hebrew edition predated the judicial reform protests of 2023 and Oct. 7. By the time Asa-El returned to the material for English readers, the historical argument had acquired an immediacy he had never intended when he began writing.

He views the judicial overhaul as a particular example.

“The problem was that the broad task was constitutional. Constitutions, by definition, are meant to reflect the broad consensus and to foster it.”

Instead, he argues, the overhaul attempted to use a parliamentary majority to impose fundamental changes over the objections of a large minority.

“This was designed to do the exact opposite,” he said. “It was designed to impose the narrow majority on the broad minority.”

His criticism of Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu goes further back. Asa-El contrasts Netanyahu with earlier Israeli leaders whose overriding political project, however imperfectly achieved, involved creating common ground among disparate Jewish communities.

David Ben-Gurion spoke of mizug galuyot, the merging of exiles. Asa-El argues that Netanyahu, influenced in part by the political strategy of American consultant Arthur Finkelstein, recognized Israel’s divisions as something that could instead be politically exploited.

He points to Netanyahu’s famous 1990s appearance with Rabbi Yitzhak Kaduri, during which Netanyahu said the Left had “forgotten what it means to be Jewish,” as an early example of the deliberate use of a national cleavage for electoral gain.

“This was inflammatory,” Asa-El said. “That was generalizing and manipulative. This was the active search after a national cleavage in order to benefit from it.”

Oct. 7 gave Asa-El’s historical argument an even darker resonance.

The book identifies several occasions on which internal Jewish conflict was followed by foreign attack. After Solomon’s kingdom split into Israel and Judah, Egypt – until recently an ally of Solomon – invaded. When Rome approached Jerusalem, Jews were already fighting within the walls.

Asa-El does not reduce Oct. 7 to Israel’s domestic political crisis, nor absolve the enemy that carried out the attack, but his warning concerns what adversaries perceive when a society publicly tears itself apart.

The lesson also informs his view of the haredi (ultra-Orthodox) refusal to serve in the IDF. He compares it less with ancient theological disputes than with the separatism of tribes that declined to participate in the wars of their fellow Israelites.

In the Song of Deborah, tribes are admonished for staying away while others fought.

“That was the haredi attitude,” Asa-El said: “This war is not ours.”

He considers claims about Torah study secondary to the underlying tribal instinct. “This is our tribe, and this is what we care about; the nation we don’t care about,” he said of the mentality he sees behind the refusal.

His warning extends to elements of Israel’s far Right, where he believes religious certainty can replace sober assessment of geopolitical power. Ancient texts, he argues, cannot simply serve as instruction manuals for the strategic realities of the modern international system.

Yet The Jewish March of Folly is ultimately more than an indictment. 

Israel’s history, Asa-El stresses, also supplies the counterexamples.

In 1967, with the country facing armies on several fronts, the Labor-led government and its political opponents, including Menachem Begin, formed a national unity government. In the economic emergency of the 1980s, Likud and Labor worked together as inflation approached catastrophic levels.

Later, Yitzhak Shamir chose to cooperate with Labor despite the parliamentary possibility of a narrower right-wing government, while Israel prepared for the enormous challenge of immigration from the collapsing Soviet Union.

The leaders did not cease disagreeing. Asa-El sees that as precisely the point. National unity did not require ideological uniformity.

“They only let their differences go that deep, but not any deeper,” he said. “So this nation does know how to unite, at least in its Israeli version. We need to revert to those precedents, to that kind of Israel, from today’s kind of Israel, and that is what this book is about.”

The argument includes Diaspora Jewry as well.

Asa-El is sharply critical of Israeli political leaders who treat millions of liberal American Jews as politically inconvenient or somehow less significant than Christian supporters of Israel. Political disagreement with Israeli governments, he argues, cannot become grounds for exclusion from the Jewish collective.

“There is no disowning of one Jew, of the rest, or of any number of other Jews,” he said.

Those Jews may want different borders for Israel, a different relationship with the Palestinians, or a different Israeli government. “But they’re openly Jewish, and they’re openly pro-Israel. How can you disown them?”

For Diaspora Jews who increasingly struggle to identify with the Israel they see, his advice is equally emphatic: “Struggle, don’t give up, we’ll change it.”

Asa-El was raised by Holocaust survivors from interwar Czechoslovakia. His father, deeply conscious of Jewish history, repeatedly warned him as a child about the danger of Jewish schism. Violent civil war was only its most extreme form; the divisions between hassidim and Lithuanians, Ashkenazim and Mizrahim, rich and poor could also corrode a small nation from within.

“These are divisions that other nations can afford,” his father told him. “We can’t.”

“These were the kind of things I heard around Friday night table conversations,” Asa-El recalled.

The memory offers perhaps the clearest key to The Jewish March of Folly. Beneath its archaeology, biblical politics, Roman history, and modern Israeli argument lies a childhood lesson that Asa-El has spent a book attempting to prove.

This post was originally published on here. 

With elections looming, many Israelis are dooming and glooming. It’s not healthy for citizens in democracies to view every election as existential. The panic ignores Israel’s many economic, social, cultural, and generational successes. Those strengths heighten the contrast with a broken political system featuring toxic debates, barn-burning demagogues, and incompetent governance. It makes one wonder. Perhaps The Jerusalem Post’s thought-provoking, must-read commentator, with a wonderful sense of history, Amotz Asa-El, is right: Maybe Jews just aren’t good at politics.

Asa-El’s book, The Jewish March of Folly: The Dramatic Events, Fateful Results, and Unlearned Lessons of Ancient Israel’s Political Suicide, was a best-selling sensation when it was first published in Hebrew in 2019. Assessing the past, it warned of an inbred, intentional, Jewish disdain for politics – epitomized by often fratricidal tendencies, and legitimized by the prophets, then the rabbis.

The author’s motivation for writing the book summarizes his argument. Throughout decades of reporting on Israeli politics, he kept encountering “deaf ears, resolute voices, and narrow minds that collectively convinced me that my forebears’ anarchism, tribalism, factionalism, and fatalism are alive and well,” and still “threaten my people’s future.” 

The judicial reform explosion three years later, followed by the Hamas-led massacres in Israel on October 7, 2023, intensified Asa-El’s despair. In 2019, Zionism’s successes had made his conclusion more hopeful than the title. An updated version is now available for English-speaking readers on Amazon. 

This is not a standard Jewish history – neither in its methodology nor its interpretation. Rather than tracking the story chronologically, Asa-El articulates a thesis, decrying Jews’ propensity for civil war and their aversion to shrewd nation-building politics. Rather than emphasizing what others have done to us, he mourns what we’ve done to ourselves.

AMOTZ ASA-EL. The contemporary parallels in his book’s English edition are impossible to miss. (credit: MARC ISRAEL SELLEM)

The title salutes Barbara Tuchman’s 1984 classic The March of Folly: From Troy to Vietnam, which chronicles smart statesmen making disastrous choices. Tuchman’s book analyzes four case studies. This book’s grandeur comes from Asa-El’s vast canvas: His story “lasted millennia, spanned much of the globe, and involved hundreds of protagonists,” from Moses to Albert Einstein.

The book begins with a rich rereading of the Bible you didn’t get in school. Asa-El highlights the “dozen forgotten civil wars that the Jewish people’s ancestors fought across some 12 centuries.” Their “overarching causes, their fateful results, and those results’ disastrous effect on the Jewish people’s future, to this day, are what this book is about.”

Asa-El’s book abandons conventional periodizing, goes conceptual

Rather than periodizing conventionally – dividing Jewish history into stages – Asa-El goes conceptual. He starts with “Nation,” charting the “Hebrew tragedy’s… national roadmap” – meaning the Israelites’ addiction to infighting – culminating in the Ten Lost Tribes catastrophe.

After that depressing play-by-play, part two analyzes the “anarchism” of the squabbling tribes and of the righteous but unrealistic prophets. 

Part three, “Space,” pivots on “The Jewish Big Bang” – the global dispersal after Rome destroyed the Second Temple, thanks to civil war.

In exile, “Israelite History” becomes “Jewish History.” By divorcing Jewish life from life in the Jewish homeland, Jews launched an unparalleled historical experiment. They tried proving “the possibility of a people’s national life after its political death” by sanctifying time, not just space. 

With most evicted from Israel, the religion evolves. The Jews develop skills for surviving abroad and bypassing politics rather than governing. This sets up Asa-El’s repudiation of Jewish fatalism in parts four and five, “Time” and “Psyche.” The assumption that their misery came from God and would only be cured by God kept the Jews weakened and oppressed.

Asa-El’s story culminates with another Jewish Big Bang, the atomic bomb. While the Nazis slaughtered six million powerless Jews, many homeless Jewish scientists helped America tap into mass destructive power. The centuries-long experiment in wandering and accommodating produced exceptionally talented people who shaped the modern world – but also broken people, too easily targeted in the world.

Yet Asa-El ends with a different Jewish Big Bang. Israel’s 1948 War of Independence vindicated Zionism, created the State of Israel, spawned the New Jew, and reset the trajectory of Jewish history. Emphasizing the 1948 game-changer would have reinforced his conclusion that Zionism saved the Jewish people from their fate as passive, apolitical, perennially squabbling, and defenseless victims – even as he fears Israel’s dysfunctional politics reverting to the destructive historical pattern.

He ultimately offers rays of hope amid dangerous thunderclouds. “Israel was undoing The Jewish March of Folly’s geography” of dispersion, defeatism, and despair. Inspiring anecdotes confirm that most Israelis realize “we are all in one boat.” They’re drowned out, however, by devastating examples of pettiness, partisanship, and polarization. They’ll unnerve readers even more because he so skillfully contextualizes them as a recurring, historical phenomenon.

Finally, despite the book’s excellence, its post-October 7 ending is too short, simplistic, and op-ed-like. So busy critiquing ultra-Orthodox “separatists,” anti-Palestinian “zealots,” and Bibi-worshipping “royalists,” Asa-El missed an opportunity to apply his historical lens to two enduring paradoxes. 

Pre-October 7 ‘conceptzia’ only half the story

True, the conceptzia (rigid assumptions) before October 7, preceded by the judicial reform crisis, and followed by a polarizing, bullying government, embodies Asa-El’s fears. But that’s only half the story.

Israel’s comeback, the society’s remarkable resilience, the restoration of the balance of terror – leaving our enemies fearing us more than we fear them – and Israelis’ rich Jewish and modern lives keep Israel in the World Happiness Index’s Top Ten. That vindicates Israel, Zionism, and Asa-El’s important argument for thoughtful power-playing and mature politics. 

At the same time, Asa-El should have analyzed the current tensions with American Jewry and within American Jewry through his clarifying lens. The American Jewish community is updating the debates about power and prophecy, about being ethical, and about fitting in, which he tracks so effectively. 

And the un-Jews, the anti-Zionists, and new Isaiahan Diasporists judging Davidic Israel so harshly, who increasingly repudiate Zionism, also resonate in the Jewish and Israelite history Asa-Al has illuminated brilliantly.

Although this final thought may sound critical, I can think of no higher praise. Whether or not Asa-El agrees with this alternative analysis – or others – he has done such a masterful job of creating and sharpening his historical lens that many now apply it easily. That confirms how clear, how resonant, and just how much of a must-read Jewish March of Folly is – in any language.

The writer is an American presidential historian and a senior fellow in Zionist thought at the Jewish People Policy Institute (JPPI) in Jerusalem. He recently published, with David Suissa, 250 Reasons to Thank America, and with the JJPI, The Essential Guide to the US-Israel Partnership, the 250th Anniversary Edition. He is also a professor and Distinguished Scholar of North American History at McGill University.

The Jewish March of Folly: The Dramatic Events, Fateful Results, and Unlearned Lessons of Ancient Israel’s Political Suicide

By Amotz Asa-El

Yedioth Books

511 pages; NIS 70

This post was originally published on here. 

About 150 haredi (ultra-Orthodox) protesters attempted to block a public bus from passing through Meron Junction on Saturday.

The weekly protest began several weeks ago in Safed and has since spread to Meron, with demonstrators seeking to prevent public buses from leaving the city before the end of Shabbat.

A group of about 70 Galilee residents affiliated with the Derech Hofshit (free road) movement gathered opposite the protesters and worked to prevent them from blocking traffic. Police forces also arrived at the junction.

Last month, dozens of haredi protesters blocked traffic on the main road near Safed’s central bus station, disrupting the flow of vehicles and shouting “Shabbos” at drivers. Police operated at the scene to disperse the demonstration.

The roadblock came just hours after an unprecedented, though limited, response from members of the city’s general public.

Haredi Orthodox and secular protesters and counter protesters face off outside a Jerusalem cafe open on Shabbat, Aug. 9, 2026  (credit: Theia Chatelle)

Earlier that morning, about 10 vehicle owners gathered at the market square and drove through the city in a convoy to protest the frequent road blockages.

Basimta cafe entrance glued shut, suspect seen on security camera

The protest in northern Israel follows an overnight incident in which a woman glued shut the entrance to Jerusalem’s Basimta Cafe, delaying its opening by 40 minutes, N12 News reported earlier on Saturday.

Security camera footage released by N12 showed the woman, wearing a white dress and a face mask, applying the glue to the cafe’s door before fleeing the scene. 

Basimta Cafe has been targeted weekly by haredi protesters due to its operations on Shabbat.

This post was originally published on here. 

For decades, a simple explanation of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict took hold across broad segments of Israel’s Left and Center: at its core, the conflict was territorial. Israel would give up land, the Palestinians would establish a state, and the conflict would gradually come to an end.

The Oslo Accords were built on this premise. Negotiations were conducted on its basis, and far-reaching proposals were offered to the Palestinians. But the events of recent years, above all the October 7 massacre, have shaken the assumption on which this entire approach rested for many Israelis.

The question they are asking today is far more difficult: What if the conflict is not only about where the border will be drawn, but also, and perhaps primarily, about the very legitimacy of a Jewish state existing in this region?

This does not mean that every Palestinian seeks Israel’s destruction, and a complex national conflict should certainly not be reduced to a sweeping generalization about an entire population. But it is no longer possible to ignore the enormous influence that Islamist religious ideology has gained in Palestinian society over recent decades.

Gunmen stand guard at the funeral of Marwan Issa, a senior Hamas deputy military commander who was killed in an Israeli airstrike during the conflict between Israel and Hamas, amid a ceasefire between Israel and Hamas, in the central Gaza Strip, February 7, 2025. (credit: REUTERS/Ramadan Abed)

Hamas makes no secret of its worldview. For Hamas, the struggle does not end at the 1967 lines, and the land is not merely territory subject to political negotiation. It is part of a much broader religious and historical vision.

This is something the West has struggled to understand. For years, it has tried to interpret the conflict through concepts familiar to it: borders, settlements, sovereignty, national rights, and self-determination.

All of these are indeed important components of the conflict. But they do not explain the intensity of the hatred, the glorification of martyrs, the celebration of armed struggle, or the fact that after Israel withdrew from the Gaza Strip in 2005, Gaza did not become a laboratory for building a prosperous state. Instead, it gradually became a military stronghold for Hamas.

In this sense, Oct. 7 was a defining moment.

Israelis who believed that economic improvements, jobs in Israel, and eased civilian restrictions would reduce the motivation for confrontation discovered how dangerous it can be to assume that the other side operates according to the same logic.

The massacre was not directed at settlements in the heart of the West Bank. Be’eri, Kfar Aza, and Nir Oz are inside sovereign Israel. For the terrorists who entered those communities, that, too, was considered “occupation.”

This is the source of the awakening now taking place among parts of Israel’s Left and Center. It may be that the debate over dividing the land concealed a deeper question for years: Is the Palestinian national movement truly capable of accepting, and not merely as a tactical matter, the existence of a Jewish nation state?

Alongside the military campaign, another battle is being fought, one no less sophisticated: the war for global public opinion.

This is where Qatar enters the picture

For years, Doha has managed to build an extraordinary position for itself. It is an ally of the United States and hosts an important American military base, while having hosted Hamas leaders and provided enormous sums of money to the Gaza Strip at the same time. It also controls one of the most influential media organizations in the Arab world, Al Jazeera.

Al Jazeera is not simply a television station. It is an international network with the ability to shape the global agenda and distribute images and narratives at extraordinary speed. In a world where a video lasting 30 seconds on TikTok or Instagram can have greater influence than a 1,000-word article, the first image people see and the first headline they read carry enormous weight.

This campaign is being conducted professionally. Images of destruction in Gaza are shown repeatedly, often separated from the context of fighting an armed organization operating from within a densely populated civilian environment.

The message is simple, emotional, and easy to absorb: Israel is the stronger side and therefore the aggressor. The Palestinians are the weaker side and therefore the victims.

Within such a framework, there is almost no room for more difficult questions. Who started the war? How did Hamas act with horrifying brutality, murdering, raping, and dismembering women and children? What responsibility rests with an evil regime that spent years investing vast resources in building its military capabilities?

This has been one of the greatest achievements of the Palestinian and Islamist campaign in the battle for public opinion: reducing history to a single image and transforming a complex conflict into a simple morality tale.

Israel, by contrast, often continues to conduct public diplomacy as though it were holding a news conference in the 1990s. By the time Israel releases an investigation, a map or evidence, the narrative has already reached millions of people.

In the age of social media, whoever reaches the public consciousness first gains an advantage that is extremely difficult to erase.

The struggle is not against Islam, nor is it against every Palestinian. It is against an ideology that denies Israel’s right to exist and sanctifies violence as a means of achieving that goal. Making this distinction is essential if Israel wants to persuade the world.

This awakening must lead to the abandonment of illusions.

A political settlement can exist only when both sides genuinely want to live alongside one another, not when one side views an agreement merely as another stage on the way to a different objective.

Before asking where the border should be drawn, a much more fundamental question must be asked: Is there a genuine willingness among Palestinians to accept the State of Israel as a permanent and legitimate reality?

The Oct. 7 massacre unfortunately provides a negative answer.

Therefore, the argument is not about territory. It is about the very existence of the State of Israel.

The author is CEO of Radios 100FM, an honorary consul and deputy dean of the consular diplomatic corps, president of the Israeli Radio Communications Association, and a former Israel Army Radio monitor and NBC television correspondent.

This post was originally published on here. 

Some 15 settlers entered the Palestinian village of Kusra in the West Bank again on Saturday, despite the fact that the IDF declared the area a closed military zone, Army Radio reported.

IDF troops arrived at the area where the Jewish extremists were gathered and read the closed military area order to the settlers, who then left the area, Army Radio reported later. 

Palestinian residents who remain in the area told KAN News that they still feel threatened by Jewish extremists in the area. 

“The army and the police are a few meters from here at a house under siege. You can see them in civilian clothes walking around and making their presence felt,” local resident Marmar Odeh told KAN.

“Before the army entered the homes, the settlers were moving around with pickup trucks, ATVs, sheep and goats, and now they have driven them away.”

Palestinians use their phones as Israeli settlers and military personnel stand outside a Palestinian home in Qusra, in the West Bank, August 15, 2026, in this screen grab obtained from a video. (credit:  VOBR/via REUTERS)

Odeh told Reuters that he has been forced to erect metal fences around his home and bars on his windows to protect his family from attacks by militant settlers. Next to his home, the words ‘death to Arabs’ have been spray-painted in Hebrew on a wall.

Five months ago, Ouda said his nephew was shot and killed by a settler in an incident during which his brother was also injured.

He told KAN that his biggest concern is that if the IDF leaves the area, the settlers will ramp up their attacks on Palestinian homes in the area. 

“They are still in the area. They are hiding, coming out from all kinds of places,” Odeh said. “They want to expel us, they want to kill us.”

Human rights groups say extremist settlers are mounting a concerted effort to seize more land, further eating into territory where Palestinians aim to establish a state.

“They are very provocatively going and literally taking over houses,” said Ezra Brownstein, a researcher for Rabbis for Human Rights.

IDF to probe soldiers’ conduct, decisions in probe on Kusra

The IDF sent an additional battalion to the village for reinforcement earlier this week. A military spokesperson told The Jerusalem Post on Friday that the IDF will be conducting a probe into the incident.

The probe will cover why it took the IDF 48 hours to evacuate the illegal outpost set up by Jewish extremists, and why the military did not remove the outpost a second time after the settlers returned.

“This was a serious incident, and it will be investigated,” the representative said.

According to Channel 12, the IDF will also look into the manner in which the Palestinian families of the town were evacuated on Thursday after being instructed to leave.

Tensions in the village began on Tuesday but escalated on Wednesday, when the settlers got into physical altercations with IDF soldiers after security forces evacuated a settler outpost.

Footage seen by the Post showed extremists dismantling fences, blocking roads, and surrounding the area.

The Post reported on Thursday that though the IDF has sufficient power and forces to have removed the Jewish extremists in hours or less, there are some form of limits on the force troops used, and some of the IDF forces did not fully cooperate in the mission.

Additionally, a senior military official told Army Radio this week that the forces refrained from arresting the settlers because “they are released after a short time anyway, and the police do not detain those who violate the closed military area order.”

IDF sources told the Post that military forces may remain in the area for an extended period, but did not say how long.

This post was originally published on here. 

Israel Police located four-year-old Younes Abu Ghanem of Rahat after he went missing at Delilah Beach in Ashkelon on Saturday, N12 News reported.

Abu Ghanem, who was returned to his family in good condition, was last seen in the area of the beach approximately one hour before police issued a public appeal for assistance in locating him.

Police officers and volunteers conducted extensive searches in the area to locate the child.

Abu Ghanem marks the second young child to go missing in the Ashkelon area within a month, after four-year-old Yuval Kogan was found after he went missing from Hofit Beach.

Yuval Kogan is found by Israel Police officers in Ashkelon on July 24, 2026.  (credit: SECTION 27A COPYRIGHT ACT)

Missing child found alive in July following overnight search

Kogan was found awake and in stable condition by horseback searchers following an overnight search, over 24 hours after he went missing. The search effort involved hundreds of police officers and civilian volunteers, with celebrations breaking out on the beach upon the announcement of his discovery.

“After many hours of frantic, nonstop searches for four-year-old Yuval Kogan, who was last seen yesterday afternoon, the missing person was located a short time ago on Nitzanim Beach, safe and sound,” said the Southern Region Missing Persons Unit.

Yanir Yagna, Rami Shani, and James Genn contributed to this report.

This post was originally published on here. 

Five people were shot outside residence halls at Virginia State University early Saturday, leaving one person critically wounded and prompting a campus lockdown, Chesterfield County Police said.

Police responded to reports of a shooting at approximately 1:28 a.m. local time and found five people suffering from gunshot wounds outside the university’s residence halls.

All five victims were transported to area hospitals. One person was in critical condition, while the other four sustained injuries that were not considered life-threatening, according to police.

Authorities were investigating multiple suspects in connection with the shooting, according to reports. The identities of the victims and their connections to the university were not immediately clear.

The university initially ordered a lockdown as law enforcement responded to the shooting. The lockdown was later lifted, although a significant police presence remained on campus as the investigation continued.

Virginia State Troopers guards a roadblock on June 1, 2019, at the scene of the mass shooting in the Virginia Beach Municipal center in Virginia, Beach, Virginia. (Illustrative) (credit: RIC BARADAT/AFP via Getty Images)

Virginia State University shooting occurs ahead of new academic year

The shooting occurred near the university’s Quad Annexes in the area of Boisseau Street. Chesterfield County Police were leading the investigation, with university police and other law enforcement agencies assisting.

Virginia State University is a historically Black university founded in 1882 and located in Ettrick, Virginia, less than 25 miles south of Richmond. The shooting occurred shortly before the beginning of the new academic year.

This post was originally published on here. 

I’m an Australian lawyer who made aliyah just before October 7, had my third baby here, then quit my NGO job during the war with Iran to launch a babywear brand,” says Miriam Agranat, the 33-year-old daughter of an Israeli-born mother and Australian father.

She had long harbored the dream of making aliyah, having been raised in a strongly Zionist home, attending a Zionist school, and participating in the Bnei Akiva youth movement in Sydney. In high school, she and several 10th-grade girls spent a school term in Israel. “The trip had such a profound impact on me that adjusting back to life in Australia wasn’t easy,” she says.

Until the time was right, she earned a law degree at Macquarie University and landed a job at a large corporate law firm. She married her high school sweetheart, Ori, in 2016. When their first baby came along six years ago, she shifted into venture capital and found it much more fulfilling than corporate law. Still, not all the pieces were exactly in place.

“Life in Australia is beautiful and comfortable, but it was missing something,” she says. “My husband and I talked about wanting more for our children. So we decided to make the move to Israel once we had a three-year-old and a less-than-one-year-old.” 

On a pilot trip, they visited various communities and chose Modi’in because of its central location, not knowing where they’d be working. “It has turned out to be the best thing. It’s quite Anglo, with a mix of Americans, British, Australians, and South Africans, and we’ve been welcomed with open arms.” 

(Illustrative) Ballistic missiles launched from Iran, as seen over Jerusalem, during the war with Iran and ongoing missile fire toward Israel, April 7, 2026. (credit: YONATAN SINDEL/FLASH90)

One of her two younger sisters had made aliyah a few years before, and her parents followed a year later, also settling in Modi’in. “We’re all on a high here. I’m so thankful we are here, especially with what’s happening in Australia now,” Agranat says. 

She recounts that when she tells people that they arrived in August 2023, “everyone says, ‘Oh my gosh, what bad timing!’ But it was one of the best decisions we ever made. We’ve created such incredible friends here; we’re in such a special community that became like family, and we landed very special jobs.”

Agranat discovers outlet for long-felt entrepreneurial desire

Her husband works for an energy company. She got a job in January 2024 as donor relations manager for Orr Shalom, a national organization for children and youth at risk. She loved her work there, but a year ago, after giving birth to her third child, she discovered an outlet for a long-felt entrepreneurial desire.

“I’d always had an itch to start my own business. When we made aliyah, it wasn’t the right time. The war started, and I was a new immigrant and didn’t know anything about anything here. So I opted to do something meaningful,” she explains. 

“Then, when I was on maternity leave, I didn’t find baby clothing here that I liked, and I felt that I needed to bring the standard I know from Australia. The itch to start my own business came back full force.”

She spent time during her maternity leave developing the idea and researching the basics of how to turn it into a business for the Israeli market. She chose the name Tiftaf (Hebrew for “droplets”) “because it’s catchy, playful, associated with Israeli childhood, and filled with Israeli soul.”

Agranat built Tiftaf as a one-woman operation, teaching herself every part of the process from scratch: design, textile patterns, manufacturing, importing, marketing, filling orders, and brand-building. Her father, a serial e-commerce entrepreneur, supported her with the technical side of the business.

The first product is an infant onesie made of a stretchy blend of organic cotton and bamboo. It features a two-way zipper for easy diaper changing, fold-over feet that become socks, and fold-over sleeves that become protective mittens. These premium features blend Australian standards with Israeli creativity.

“I’m releasing the onesies in very limited drops and collaborating with Israeli local artists. They’re doing extremely bold, colorful prints,” Agranat says. 

“For the next drop that’s currently live, I commissioned a Tel Aviv artist I met in Nahalat Binyamin. She painted two beautiful designs – a Tel Aviv landscape and a playground. Once that sells out, it will not come back, so it’s essentially a collectible,” she notes. “Tiftaf clothing is functional, beautiful, authentic, and unique.”

Despite launching the business during the war with Iran and the website in mid-May amid continuing geopolitical uncertainty, Agranat found the response “exceptional and mind-blowing. Within the first five minutes of going live, I had 40 people at checkout. After a week, I’d sold half my stock and realized I’m really filling in a gap.”

Social media influencers with tens of thousands of followers discovered the brand organically, including one who reached out after seeing Tiftaf shared in a local WhatsApp group and offered to help. 

“Others began following before I had even approached them, and later chose to share the product as well. I felt truly supported by a community who genuinely wanted to back a small, female-led business.”

The challenges of starting a new business amid a war

Much as Agranat enjoys realizing her entrepreneurial ambitions, it hasn’t been simple in these extraordinary times.

“Shipping the first drop in wartime was very touch-and-go. I paid a huge amount for air shipping and was on the phone with FedEx and customs officials every day. I was lucky that it came through in time. 

“The morning after the drop arrived, I had a photographer come to do a photo shoot, then we promoted it and went live. It was a fast and very stressful process. But it had a great response.”

Agranat says she believes that part of building a life in Israel is noticing where things can be better and feeling responsible enough to help improve them. She noted that she has taken to heart the phrase, “If not me, then who?” echoed in the words and diaries of fallen Israeli soldiers, including Capt. Daniel Perez.

“For me, it is not about focusing on what is different or difficult here,” she says. “It is about asking what I can contribute. If not me, then who? That idea really permeates me. We all have a responsibility, in whatever small way we can, to help build the country we want to live in.”

Miriam Di Veroli Agranat, 33

From Sydney to Modi’in, 2023

This post was originally published on here. 

The Israeli movie My One and Only, which just opened in theaters around the country, aims high as it attempts to combine Jewish mysticism and Torah study with the mysterious style of a director like David Lynch.

For some, that description will be enough to get them to order a ticket, and the more you are interested in Jewish holy books, the more you will get out of this film.

But for anyone who just wants to have fun at the movies, it’s a misfire.

That’s a shame because there are many well-acted, well-written scenes and an intriguing main plotline. It follows multiple stories, all of which, on some level, dramatize mystical concepts.

The central story is that of a young wife and mother, Shira (Talya Bartfeld Diskin, who gives a compelling performance), who turns to her rabbi’s wife, Miri (Navit Sitbon), with a complaint familiar to horror-movie viewers: Her husband, Noam (Nadav Antman Ron), is not her husband – he’s been replaced by an imposter who looks just like him.

People at the movies (Illustrative) (credit: INGIMAGE)

 Is Shira’s husband possessed, or is she simply imagining it?

Her reasons for suspecting this switch are very prosaic, and will be familiar to anyone who’s ever been married: He seems indifferent; he came home from the store without buying what she asked him to; he doesn’t remember what he said about her blouse a few months ago.

It seems as if, in the tradition of the classic Rosemary’s Baby, the director is leaving us to decide whether her husband is possessed or whether Shira is just neurotic, a new mother who feels dismayed that her husband has lost interest in her.

But then there is another detail: his dominant hand seems to have switched. Miri tells her husband (Shimon Mimran) about it, and he is skeptical that anything is genuinely wrong, and quotes various Jewish texts to her.

Miri wants Shiri to see a famous psychiatrist (Zohar Strauss), who turns out to have become a mystic who performs exorcisms, while Shira resists the notion that she needs mental help.

Miri is in touch with another young woman, Gaia (Inbal Raz), who is about to get married and who, although she is secular, has just become interested in studying Jewish texts.

Gaia asks her fiancé, Idan (Yoel Rosenkier), why he decided that she was the one, as the couple sit with their families tasting the food at the venue where their wedding will be held. This leads to a reminiscence by one of the couple’s fathers about how he fell in love, but when he tells the story, his wife says that it’s all about the girlfriend he had before her, continuing the theme of doubles and replacement.

There is also a waitress, Heli (Ella Armony), at the wedding hall, who is caring for her senile mother who may or may not be possessed by some kind of spirit.

Suddenly, and this is where the movie lost me and never got me back, the two actresses playing Heli and Gaia switch roles.

A familiar cinematic device that works better in theory than practice

This is not an unprecedented device, but frankly, it always annoys me.

The master director Luis Buñuel did something similar in his 1977 film, That Obscure Object of Desire, where he had two very different actresses, one elegant and chilly, the other fiery and sensual, playing the same character at different times, and there, it worked well.

But here, when these two pretty ingenues swap places, it doesn’t seem to mean anything. I imagine we are supposed to think about how the course of anyone’s life could change in an instant, or how we might all have easily ended up with a different partner under certain circumstances. But neither actress is distinctive, and it just takes you out of the action and makes you think about the director’s logic.

There’s also a sequence where Shira goes to visit her grandmother (the always entertaining Shosha Goren), who tells her that her own husband was replaced years ago, after trauma he experienced in combat. The grandmother, who is not observant, believes he was taken by aliens, rather than an evil spirit.

It goes on like this, and the biggest suspense is whether the actresses will switch back. Along the way, there are some interesting scenes and ideas, which make it seem that there is a well-constructed movie struggling to get out of this muddled script.

Tauber made the movie with his wife, producer Eliya Tauber – with whom he has four children – over a period of 10 years, and that’s a nice story.

I have a feeling it would be more fun to watch an interview with them talking about the ideas behind the movie than it is to actually see their film.

This post was originally published on here. 

Tel Aviv never stops. The city is full of movement wherever you go, especially during the hot summer months when the streets can feel almost overwhelming. Cars, scooters, construction, people rushing between appointments, and the Mediterranean heat all contribute to the city’s particular rhythm.

As someone living in the city, I am often looking for somewhere a little quieter, somewhere that still feels connected to Tel Aviv without having to experience all of it at once.

The Norman, just off Rothschild Boulevard and adjacent to Nahalat Binyamin, provides that contrast.

The four-story hotel occupies two restored 1920s heritage buildings, with citrus gardens and Italian-style patios connecting them.

From the outside,  the architecture is relatively understated. Inside, the atmosphere changes. The interior combines the character of an older European residence with contemporary design, marble surfaces, dark wood, and a collection of Israeli art spread throughout the hotel.

Rothschild boulevard in Tel Aviv. July 06, 2026. (credit: MIRIAM ALSTER/FLASH90)

Our room had tall windows, which brought in the afternoon light, while the combination of marble and dark wooden furniture gave the space a sense of calm.

Hotel library transforms into cocktail bar, Japanese dining spot at night

In the evening, the hotel’s library serves as a cocktail bar, leading into the on-site Dinings restaurant, which features a Japanese izakaya-style menu. The venue offers standard selections like tuna sashimi with yuzu, sake-steamed chicken, and yellowtail crispy rice with jalapeño aioli, and one of the non-traditional options is goose liver sushi.

It is worth noting for prospective guests that the hotel is not kosher, which limits its demographic. Furthermore, premium ingredients and a luxury setting mean menu prices are significantly higher than average Tel Aviv dining options, making it an unlikely choice for budget-conscious travelers.

After dinner, we moved out onto the balcony with our sake. Looking down, the contrast was hard to miss. Down on the streets, the city was still moving at its usual pace. Up above, everything felt considerably slower. It was a distinctly Tel Aviv moment, although one with a Japanese accent.

The following morning, we had breakfast in the courtyard. The area manages to maintain a connection with the city without exposing you completely to it.

Greenery and shade offer a welcome escape from the city outside

The sounds of the streets are still there, the buildings are still visible beyond the hotel, and the heat is impossible to forget, but the greenery and shade create a welcome separation.

After checking out, we left our luggage with the hotel and headed to the rooftop pool. The view up there puts the hotel back into its surroundings. Skyscrapers stand around the pool, while the Mediterranean appears on the horizon. The city and noise are everywhere, but from up there it seems considerably further away.

Ultimately, The Norman does not try to replace Tel Aviv, nor does it completely disconnect you from it. Instead, it offers a different way of experiencing the city, one where you can step outside into the heat and noise, then return to a quiet courtyard, a drink at the bar, dinner upstairs, or a few hours beside the pool.

While it comes at a very high price point, The Norman serves those looking to experience Tel Aviv without being consumed by its pace.

Sometimes experiencing Tel Aviv means going out and seeing everything it has to offer. Sometimes it means finding somewhere quiet enough to watch the city from a distance.

The writer was a guest of the hotel.

This post was originally published on here. 

Sunday, August 16, is 3 Elul. It is not only the yahrzeit of Rabbi Abraham Isaac HaCohen Kook, the first chief rabbi of Israel and the greatest spiritual architect of religious Zionism. It is also an invitation to travel. Not merely through his books, but through landscapes.

The winding country roads of Latvia and Lithuania, lined with silver birch forests and bordered by quiet rivers, still seem to whisper his story. The scent of wet earth after a summer shower, the rustling of flax fields in the wind, the silence of forgotten Jewish cemeteries, all preserve echoes of a man who believed that holiness was not hidden from the changing world but revealed through it.

To understand Rabbi Kook, opening his books Orot or Igrot HaRe’iyah is not enough. We must walk where he walked, breathe the same northern air, and stand before the remnants of the communities that shaped his soul. Several Israeli religious tour operators organize heritage journeys following Rabbi Kook’s footsteps. Their tours continue to attract Jewish travelers eager to discover not only the biography of a towering rabbinic figure but also the landscapes from which his revolutionary ideas emerged.

Griva

Nearly 160 years ago, a baby was born in the small town of Griva, today a neighborhood of Daugavpils in southeastern Latvia. His parents named him Abraham Isaac, but affectionately called him “Yatzki.”

  Rav Kook showed love and respect to all, without any differentiation or preference. (credit: PUBLIC DOMAIN)

When little Yatzki was only three, he attended the local cheder. There he invented a game: He lined up the children with their small satchels across their shoulders, as though preparing for a long expedition. Then he asked them to call out: “Where are we going?” And he would shout back: “To Eretz Israel!”

It was a child’s game, yet in hindsight it seems almost prophetic.

That game took place in the courtyard of the Kaddish Synagogue, which still stands today after careful restoration. Here, his parents used to pray, and the young prodigy astonished the community. At nine, he was already delivering sermons from its pulpit, and by 11 he had begun writing a commentary on the Song of Songs.

Visitors to the synagogue at Cietokšna 38 today will find commemorative plaques honoring Rabbi Kook on the synagogue’s exterior. Joining the Mincha prayer service inside these ancient walls is more than a religious experience. It feels like stepping into the opening chapter of a remarkable life.

At 15, Rabbi Kook continued his studies in the Panevežys Yeshiva. There, Rabbi Israel Meir Hacohen, known as the Chafetz Chaim, gathered a select group of exceptionally gifted students who were priests and assigned them to immerse themselves in Seder Kodashim, the Talmudic tractates devoted to the Temple service and sacrificial rites. His vision was that when the Messiah came and the Temple was rebuilt, the Jewish people would already have scholars thoroughly versed in its sacred service. Rabbi Kook was chosen to join this elite circle and devoted himself to mastering the laws governing the priests’ service in the Holy Temple.

The Chafetz Chaim later arranged his marriage to the daughter of Rabbi Eliyahu David Rabinowitz-Teomim (the Aderet), then the rabbi of Panevežys.

Žeimelis

After his marriage, Rabbi Kook became rabbi of Žeimelis, a quiet agricultural village in northern Lithuania.

The countryside has hardly changed. White stone cottages still line the roads. Orange brick farmhouses stand beside wooden barns. Vast flax fields shimmer beneath enormous skies, interrupted only by rows of trees tracing the edges of streams and small lakes. Now and then, herds of deer emerge from the forest and bound gracefully across the open fields.
Most of the town’s Jewish residents were farmers. For the first time, the brilliant scholar confronted the practical questions of daily agricultural life: The shemita (sabbatical) year restrictions, milking cows on Shabbat, and the countless legal dilemmas of families whose livelihood depended on the land.

THE SITE where Rabbi Kook’s house once stood in Žeimelis is now marked with white stones. The outline of the walls and roof can be seen on the wall of the adjacent house. (credit: Jacob Maor)

These encounters profoundly shaped his halachic thinking. The famous heter mechirah, the temporary sale of agricultural land during the sabbatical year, grew from a deep understanding of hardworking farmers whose faith and survival depended equally on the fields before them. Not from abstract legal theory. For Rabbi Kook, Jewish law was never meant to remain confined within the walls of beit midrash. It had to walk through muddy fields, endure rain and drought, and accompany people where life actually unfolded.

His former home no longer survives, but its foundations are marked by white stones at Bauskes Street 7.

Across from his home, once stood the synagogue where Rabbi Kook studied the Jerusalem Talmud and wrote the first chapters of the book Itur Sofrim, a place that helped shape his intellectual and spiritual world. When I stood among the remaining stones, I found myself regretting that I had not brought a volume of Igrot HaRe’iyah. There seemed no more fitting place to read his words than the place where many of his earliest ideas first took shape.

Rabbi Kook lived seven years in Žeimelis, which also witnessed profound personal sorrow. His first wife died here at a young age. Her gravestone, discovered years ago lying abandoned on the ground, has since been restored. The small Jewish cemetery has become another stop for Jewish travelers.

Here he remarried. Here his son, Rabbi Zvi Yehuda Kook, was born, later becoming head of Mercaz HaRav Yeshiva and one of the foremost spiritual leaders of religious Zionism (and my rosh yeshiva).

Bauska (Boysk)

From rural Žeimelis, Rabbi Kook moved to Bauska in southern Latvia. It was an entirely different world. More than half the city’s residents were Jewish, yet not all observed Jewish law. Traditional scholars lived alongside merchants, intellectuals, Zionists, laborers, members of the Bund, and young Jews already drifting away from religious life.

Years earlier, Rabbi Kook had often traveled to Bauska to study with Rabbi Mordechai Eliasberg, one of the leading figures of the Hibbat Zion movement and an early founder of the Mizrachi movement.

THE MEMORIAL marking the site of the synagogue in Bauska. (credit: Jacob Maor)

When Rabbi Eliasberg passed away, the young Rabbi Kook delivered the eulogy. His words so deeply impressed the community that they immediately offered him the city’s rabbinate.
He declined.

Only five years later did he finally accept.

The Jews of Žeimelis loved him so dearly that they reportedly organized a wagon drivers’ strike in an attempt to prevent his departure. Eventually, Bauska sent its own drivers, and the young rabbi began the next chapter of his life.
The central square of Bauska still looks remarkably similar to photographs from Rabbi Kook’s era. Nearby stands a memorial built on the site of his synagogue. The synagogue itself was torched by the Nazis.

THE MONUMENT erected on the site of the Torah-reading platform (bimah) in the Bauska synagogue. (credit: Jacob Maor)Today, at Rigas Street, at the corner of Pasta Street, low stone platforms outline its former walls within iron frames. Abstract sculptures stand at the corners. Where the holy ark once stood rises a striking menorah fashioned from stone and iron. At the location of the bimah rests a black monument, shaped like an open book, engraved with the history of Bauska’s vanished Jewish community.

Currently, there are no Jews in Bauska, but Jewish public buildings such as the school and the slaughterhouse remain and are worth visiting.

It was in Bauska that one of Rabbi Kook’s most influential ideas fully matured. Ten years he was living in Bauska. He encountered Jews who no longer observed Shabbat and mitzvot, yet he recognized their idealism, their devotion, and their love for the Jewish people and their ancestral homeland. He refused to define them as enemies. To him, even the secular pioneers draining swamps and cultivating barren land were partners in redemption. Their language differed from his; their purpose did not.

Following the First Zionist Congress in Basel in 1897, a rumor spread claiming that the Congress had resolved that “Zionism has nothing to do with religion.” (It was later revealed to be fake news, circulated by those whose position had been rejected in the vote).

In response, most rabbinic leaders chose to distance themselves from the Zionist movement. Rabbi Kook, however, challenged this approach and argued that there was a better alternative: a religious Zionism that united Jewish faith with Jewish nationhood rather than separating them. The estrangement of today’s haredi (ultra-Orthodox) community from compulsory service in the army has its roots in that historic moment, when many came to feel that Zionism was “not ours.”

At the age of 39, Rabbi Kook stood at a crossroads. He had to choose between serving as the spiritual supervisor (mashgiach) at the prestigious Telshe Yeshiva, or becoming the rabbi of Jaffa. He chose to make aliyah to Eretz Israel, and the rest is history.

Rabbi Kook’s contemporaries recognized his extraordinary stature. When derogatory remarks were spoken against him, the Chafetz Chaim reportedly declared that such words warranted the traditional act of rending one’s garments in grief. The Chazon Ish likewise refused to join those who opposed Jerusalem’s chief rabbi, saying simply: “Know that he is holy and pure.”

Returning with different eyes

Something changes after completing this journey. Returning to Rabbi Kook’s writings, one no longer encounters abstract ideas alone, but the landscapes that shaped them. Griva inspired his vision, Žeimelis taught agriculture, and Bauska deepened his understanding of sociology. From these quiet towns, he carried to Jaffa and Jerusalem a spiritual vision that sought to unite heaven and earth.

Today, most of the synagogues have disappeared, the rabbis’ homes are gone, and the communities that once flourished have faded into history. Yet among the birch forests, quiet rivers, and weathered stones, their spirit still lingers. Following Rabbi Kook’s footsteps across Latvia and Lithuania is more than a heritage tour. It is a journey to the birthplace of an idea: that faith and modernity, Torah and daily life, can enrich rather than oppose one another.

Perhaps that is Rabbi Kook’s greatest legacy. Not only the books he wrote, but the hope he carried. His footsteps remind us that every generation can rediscover its past, draw strength from it, and continue the journey toward a brighter future.

The author is the creator of the JewishTraveler blog.

This post was originally published on here. 

Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent says the US is getting ready to squeeze Iran with unprecedented economic pressure, a claim critics greeted with skepticism given the country is already subject to a naval blockade and thousands of sanctions.

While the Trump administration hasn’t said what it’s planning to do, there are still pressure points that Bessent’s Treasury Department could hit. The main challenge is that targeting the remaining options risk blowback on the US economy. 

“Unless the president decides to prioritize addressing the Iran threat over all other issues, and namely China, it’s unlikely any action they take is going to materially change Iran’s calculus,” Bloomberg Economics analyst Chris Kennedy said.

Below is a look at a few options. They’re far from exhaustive and it remains unclear which, if any, the administration will pursue. Officials could combine several of these measures or opt for a different approach altogether.

China Ties

China buys more than 90% of Iran’s oil exports. Penalties on entities that facilitate these purchases would directly reduce Tehran’s oil revenues.

Washington has already sanctioned some Chinese teapot refineries and firms since the US started the war against Iran in late February. But so far, the US has stopped short of targeting the major Chinese banks that finance the trade.

GLOBAL REACT: Bessent’s Iran Threats Face China Constraint

The risk is that hitting Chinese companies or financial institutions risks worsening tensions with Beijing ahead of a planned meeting between President Donald Trump and Chinese leader Xi Jinping. There’s also an economic tradeoff, since curtailing Iranian barrels would remove discounted crude from the global market and could lift already elevated oil prices.

In May, China ordered domestic companies not to comply with US sanctions on five refiners, while its biggest banks were caught between Beijing’s directive and the risk of losing access to the US financial system.

Exchange Houses

There are a number of exchange houses in countries such as the United Arab Emirates that help Iran repatriate funds. Once Iran makes its oil sales, it still needs exchanges and intermediaries to convert payments — often received in Chinese yuan — into currencies Tehran can actually use.

Treasury has already demonstrated that it sees this as a vulnerability, sanctioning some Iranian exchange houses, as part of Bessent’s “Economic Fury” campaign, for allegedly helping to launderbillions of dollars in foreign currency.

Such a move would keep Iran from accessing many of its funds, but Iran has spent years building alternative channels to move money outside the formal financial system. Cutting off individual exchange houses will likely push transactions toward new intermediaries, currencies or digital assets, rather than stopping them altogether.

Iran’s Trading Partners 

The US could threaten secondary sanctions on any entity doing even limited business with Iran, similar to the approach Trump took toward North Korea in 2017. That could force foreign companies and banks to choose between doing business with Iran and retaining access to the US financial system, potentially extending Washington’s leverage well beyond entities directly involved in Tehran’s oil trade.

Such a move could put additional pressure on Russia and China, but also on companies and financial institutions in countries around Iran’s borders — including US partners like Turkey — that maintain significant commercial ties with Tehran.

Trump has already floated a version of this approach, threatening 25% tariffs on countries conducting business with Iran. So far he hasn’t followed through.

Overseas Assets

The US could go beyond freezing Iranian government assets and try to confiscate assets already under US jurisdiction, drawing on a step the Bush administration took after the 2003 invasion of Iraq.

However, the pool of Iranian state assets actually within US reach may be limited. And confiscating them would be legally and diplomatically more complicated than simply freezing them. Much of Iran’s overseas wealth is held in third countries and Washington would need cooperation from foreign governments to seize it.

Shadow Fleet

While a US naval blockade has reduced traffic to Iran’s ports, the US may consider a more comprehensive effort. That could target not just individual vessels, but also the companies, terminals and other infrastructure that enables those shipments. The US has already sanctioned vessels and some entities involved in this so-called shadow fleet. 

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

Iranian Parliament Speaker Mohammad Bagher Ghalibaf claimed he is in contact with Hezbollah terrorists despite Lebanese objections to his account, Saudi channel Al Arabiya reported on Saturday.

“I had a close friendship and relationship with every martyr of Lebanon, and I am still in contact with the (Hezbollah) fighters on the front lines in Lebanon,” said Ghalibaf.

According to the report, the rejection of Iranian interference in Lebanon has previously been stressed by Lebanese President Joseph Aoun, who told CNN in June that “this is not your country, it is our country, and it is our duty and your job not to interfere in our country.”

Ghalibaf’s comments come amid a tense period in negotiations between Iran and the United States. Iran’s Foreign Minister Abbas Araghchi told Iranian news outlet Shahrara News earlier on Saturday that Iran-US negotiations have not resumed despite the regime exchanging messages with mediating countries Qatar and Pakistan.

Ghalibaf, who is also Iran’s top negotiator, insisted that both Hezbollah and Lebanon were included in the US-Iran Memorandum of Understanding (MoU), Al Arabiya added.

Hezbollah terrorists march in the funeral of senior terrorist Haytham Ali Tabatabai, others killed in IDF airstrike, in Beirut, November 24, 2025; illustrative. (credit: REUTERS/MOHAMED AZAKIR)

IDF strikes Hezbollah terror targets in Lebanon

Meanwhile, the IDF continues to strike Hezbollah targets in Lebanon following ceasefire violations by the terrorist group, with the latest strike targeting the southern Lebanese village of Ansar overnight between Friday and Saturday.

Aoun condemned the “ongoing Israeli attacks” in a post from his office’s X/Twitter account on Saturday morning, calling them a “violation of the Framework Agreement.”

Hezbollah responded to the IDF strikes later on Saturday, saying they would be “met accordingly.”

Hezbollah chief: No progress in Israel-Lebanon framework agreement

According to Al Arabiya, Hezbollah Secretary-General Naim Qassem said on Friday that the Israel-Lebanon ceasefire framework “has not achieved any progress,” describing the establishment of pilot zones for the framework in southern Lebanon as a “novelty that serves Israel’s goals.”

The report contrasted Qassem’s comments with those of Lebanese Information Minister Paul Morcos, who emphasized the country’s commitment to continued negotiations with Israel. 

Shoshana Baker and Reuters contributed to this report.

This post was originally published on here. 

Anthropic PBC is telling prospective investors its second-quarter revenue jumped at least 14-fold versus the same period a year ago, according to documents seen by Bloomberg News.

The Claude chatbot maker reported a preliminary revenue figure of more than $11.5 billion in its latest completed quarter, compared to $787 million in the corresponding period in 2025, and $4.73 billion in the first quarter of this year, the documents show. The second quarter of 2026 saw Anthropic report positive adjusted operating income, according to the documents.

Deliberations are ongoing and the figures could be revised. A representative for Anthropic declined to comment.

The rapid growth comes as the company battles its longtime rival OpenAI to win over corporate customers. Once considered an underdog in the artificial intelligence race, Anthropic has seen a surge in professionals adopting its software to streamline tasks including coding.

Anthropic’s annualized revenue or run rate crossed $47 billion in May. OpenAI has an annual run rate of over $40 billion, Bloomberg News reported, though the two figures may not be calculated the same way.

Read More: OpenAI’s Revenue Run Rate Tops $40 Billion Ahead of IPO

The company is meeting with investors ahead of its potential mega-IPO, people familiar with the matter said in July. Anthropic filed confidentially for a listing, and is working with Morgan Stanley, Goldman Sachs Group Inc. and JPMorgan Chase & Co. on the IPO, Bloomberg News has reported.

Anthropic is seeking to tap the public market’s ample funding capacity to maintain its lead over OpenAI and others, as AI companies spend hundreds of billions of dollars to develop the most cutting-edge models.

An IPO this fall would see Anthropic debut not only before OpenAI but also before DeepSeek, the Chinese AI firm that has been grabbing an increasing share of the market for the technology. DeepSeek is preparing for an IPO and could file as soon as this year, people familiar with the matter have said.

Read More: DeepSeek Is Said to Prepare for IPO Filing as Soon as This Year

The AI race has fired up the IPO market, with listings this year raising $256.4 billion, excluding blank-check firms and other financial vehicles, according to data compiled by Bloomberg. That’s the most raised in a year since 2021, the data show.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

Jane Street posted roughly $15 billion of losses in July — its first monthly slump in about a decade — as AI-focused hedge fund Situational Awareness swooned and dragged down asset prices across equity markets, according to a person familiar with the matter.

Jane Street, which invests in Situational Awareness and directly invests in AI ventures, suffered a rare and severe downturn amid volatile stock markets. The company’s investment in the hedge fund, as well as wrong-way bets in Asian equity markets, drove part of the losses, said the person, who asked not to be identified citing private details.

“July was a bad month,” Turner Batty, a Jane Street partner, said in an internal note.

Still, the firm has generated more than $40 billion of net trading revenue so far this year, more than it did in all of 2025 when it set a Wall Street record, the person said.

“Despite the large year-to-date increase in trading capital, the recency of these losses has caused us to locally be more selective about risk,” Batty said. “We’ve closed a significant portion of our risk in the specific areas we lost on in July, and have also reduced risk-taking in other strategies.”

The market maker described the impact of the debacle at Situational Awareness while seeking to refinance billions of dollars of debt, according to the Financial Times, which earlier reported the loss.

Jane Street was rattled by Situational Awareness and the equity market turmoil as it was preparing to issue $14.6 billion of bonds this week to overhaul its debt load. It’s a stumble for the market maker that invested early in some of AI’s biggest players, including Anthropic PBC and CoreWeave Inc., adding to profits from its business handling thousands of trades within milliseconds. 

In July, Situational Awareness faced margin calls after AI bets soured, leading the hedge fund to strike a deal with Ken Griffin’s Citadel to offload a big chunk of its public equity book. While the last-minute transaction helped the fund recover, the initial stumble led to a dwindling of assets.

Jane Street said Situational Awareness’ drawdown left its stake flat on the year, but noted that the investment is still up over the life of the bet. 

Read More: Silicon Valley Rallies Around AI Whiz Kid After Fund’s Near Miss

Jane Street has been setting record after record in recent years, including $39.6 billion of trading revenue for 2025. While the figure includes gains on long-term investments as well as the work handling trades, it surpassed Wall Street peers including Goldman Sachs Group Inc. and JPMorgan Chase & Co. 

Read More: Jane Street Snatches Wall Street Crown With Record-Breaking Haul

In Jane Street’s latest debt deal, investors including Pacific Investment Management Co., Capital Group and Fidelity bought in, which was issued across three bonds, filings show. The refinancing allowed the market maker to fund technology infrastructure and expand its trading strategies, Bloomberg previously reported.

The new fixed-rate deal, led by JPMorgan Chase & Co., is part of Jane Street’s plan to repay its floating-rate loans and revamp its $11 billion capital stack. 

Batty said in the internal note that the desks have reduced exposures in strategies that contributed to volatility.

“Our positions currently seem appropriate for our present risk tolerance,” he said. “Market volumes have been strong, and we’ve continued to make improvements to our short time horizon strategies, that trading seems more profitable than ever.”

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

Nvidia Corp. on Friday disclosed a nearly $21 billion stake in Elon Musk’s SpaceX and a $30 billion one in Intel Corp. 

The AI chipmaking giant had about 122.8 million shares in SpaceX as of June 30, according to a regulatory filing made Friday. It held about 214.8 million in Intel. 

The disclosure marks the first time that Nvidia has given the value of its SpaceX position since it invested in Musk’s artificial intelligence startup xAI, which was folded into SpaceX ahead of an unprecedented public debut earlier this year. Nvidia had put as much as $2 billion into xAI in 2025 by way of a financing that included equity and debt in a special purpose vehicle designed to buy its processors for xAI’s massive computing project, Bloomberg reported at the time. 

The value of Nvidia’s stake in Intel has skyrocketed from just three months earlier when it was worth roughly $9.5 billion, based on regulatory filings. That investment dates back to last year when Nvidia agreed to invest $5 billion in Intel and announced the two would co-develop chips for personal computers and data centers in what was seen at the time as a surprise move that would prop up an ailing archrival. 

Nvidia also had stakes in Coherent Corp., Generate Biomedicines Inc., Nebius Group NV, Nokia Corp. and Synopsys Inc. as of June 30. 

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

Iran and Oman appear to be edging closer to a deal on how the Strait of Hormuz should be managed, agreeing on routes through the key waterway that’s proved a major stumbling block in efforts to end almost six months of war between the Islamic Republic and the US. 

The finalization of a “shipping map” forms part of a broader accord to govern traffic through the strait and constitutes an independent arrangement between the two states that will uphold their sovereignty and ensure the safe transit of vessels, Defa Press cited Iranian Foreign Ministry spokesman Esmail Baghaei as saying. The state-run news agency didn’t spell out whether ships will be charged transit fees or what security arrangements would be made for them, saying another phase of talks would be held. 

The move follows a series of attacks in Hormuz, through which a fifth of the world’s oil and gas transited before the war. The US wasn’t party to its negotiation and is unlikely to agree to terms that don’t restore free passage along the route linking the Persian Gulf to the Gulf of Oman and the Arabian Sea. 

The price of Brent crude, the global benchmark, rose almost 6% this week as hopes faded of a quick resolution to a deadlock that’s disrupted the flow of oil and other key commodities to global markets. There had been some 65 confirmed incidents involving vessels in Hormuz and the broader Middle East during the conflict and 17 seafarers had died as of Aug. 11, according to the International Maritime Organization.

Attacks have continued since then, with the UK Maritime Trade Operations saying on Saturday that it had been notified of a projectile striking the hull of a bulk carrier. And two Abu Dhabi National Oil Co. vessels were struck while transiting Hormuz on Thursday and another was hit on Friday evening, according to reports from the United Arab Emirates’ state-run WAM news. 

Meanwhile, the US is readying new economic measures to force Tehran to capitulate in the war, which began when America and Israel launched air strikes against the Islamic Republic on Feb. 28 and has claimed thousands of lives — most of them in Iran. 

President Donald Trump told Fox News on Friday that the US plans to hit Iran’s economy hard and he didn’t care if the conflict ends before the November US midterm elections, which will hinge on voter perceptions of the economy. 

In a speech on Long Island Friday, Trump said a US blockade of Iranian ports was a “wall of steel” that enabled Washington to effectively govern Hormuz. “Pretty soon I’ll be declaring the Hormuz strait a territory of the United States,” he said.

Iranian Foreign Minister Abbas Araghchi said an agreement with Oman wouldn’t translate into the strait’s reopening. 

That “is a separate issue. It depends on fulfilling other conditions that the US must abide by for it to take place,” he said on his Telegram channel on Saturday. While Iran is in contact with mediators from Qatar and Pakistan, who are passing messages between Tehran and Washington, “this does not constitute negotiation. We have not yet made a decision to resume negotiations with the US,” he added. 

Trump has struggled to find an off-ramp to the war and his push for renewed economic pressure on Iran comes as the US faces a shortfall of key munitions and mounting domestic opposition to an expanded military campaign.

Iran’s economy has already taken a major hit, with much of its industrial capacity damaged and crude exports severely curtailed by the US blockade, but waves of sanctions have failed to force it to bend on its nuclear program or relinquish control over the strait.

It’s unclear exactly what meaningful additional measures the US could implement without resorting to secondary sanctions on buyers of Iranian oil, such as China. That would likely spark retaliatory action from Beijing and spark more global energy price uncertainty.

Volatility in the Middle East extends beyond the US-Iran conflict. Israel continues to clash with Hezbollah in southern Lebanon and Hamas operatives in Gaza, while the Houthis have attacked ships in the Red Sea. All three groups are backed by Iran. 

Lebanese Prime Minister Nawaf Salam said the Israeli military staged a series of attacks on his country on Saturday, including intensive airstrikes and shelling, that claimed the lives of at least nine people and injured 11. The situation was “of utmost gravity” and undermines efforts for stabilization, he said in a post on X.

Read More: Israel Withdraws Troops From Lebanon Towns in Test of Truce 

The Israel Defense Forces earlier said it had hit Hezbollah infrastructure in the Nabatieh and Ansar areas in southern Lebanon in response to action by the militia, and that it would continue operations to counter threats against its soldiers and nationals.

“Responsibility for dealing with any military structures, if they exist on Lebanese territory, lies exclusively with the Lebanese state,” Salam said, adding that those who had been killed couldn’t be considered military targets. 

The latest upsurge in violence threatens to derail a US-brokered ceasefire between the Israeli and Lebanese governments that provides for Hezbollah’s disarmament. It also envisions the IDF eventually withdrawing from territory it has occupied and that the Lebanese army will step in to maintain security.  

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

 It is among the most famous phrases in presidential history: “ The buck stops here.” Except with President Donald Trump, it almost never does.

Concerns about a weak economy and still-high inflation? His predecessor, Joe Biden, saddled him with that, he says, even though the Democrat has been out of office for 18-plus months and despite Trump once promising an immediate turnaround.

The problem-plagued revamp of the Lincoln Memorial Reflecting Pool? That was marred by vandalism, the Republican president insists, even though the office of a prosecutor he put in the job has said the damage was due to shoddy workmanship.

The increasingly unpopular war in Iran that has kept oil prices high, Trump’s approval rating low and sent shock waves through the global economy? Actually, this was Trump making up for timid earlier presidents who, he argues, squandered nearly 50 years of opportunities to curb Tehran’s nuclear ambitions.

Pithy slogans aside, all modern presidents shift responsibility onto others to some degree, frequently blaming the commander-in-chief who preceded them, Congress — or both. But Trump has taken it to a new level, effectively embracing a de facto political strategy of being in charge of everything but responsible for nothing when things go badly.

“Taking responsibility being a characteristic of presidential leadership — or any kind of leadership — is absolutely true,” said Nicole Anslover, a history professor at Florida Atlantic University and author of “Harry S. Truman: The Coming of the Cold War.”

Trump’s tendency to point fingers at others is increasingly in the spotlight before November’s midterm elections, when Republicans are trying to retain control of Congress. His unwillingness to accept blame sometimes leads him to deny that there are problems at all, and could leave GOP leaders in tight races with little reassurance for voters that their concerns are being addressed.

The White House counters that Trump is working to correct long-festering challenges, not simply throwing up his hands and ignoring them.

The president is “rightfully addressing the failures of his predecessors while taking action to deliver big wins for the American people,” spokesperson Taylor Rogers said, pointing to a series of policies that she said Republicans can run on, including tax cuts, efforts to lower prescription drug prices, cracking down on immigration and the U.S.-Mexico border, increasing domestic energy production and a strong stock market.

Ducking responsibility dates to Trump’s first term

Truman famously kept a “The Buck Stops Here” sign on his desk as president. That came from “pass the buck,” which, according to Truman’s presidential library, dates to frontier times, when poker players would pass a buckhorn handle knife to the person whose turn it was to deal the cards.

“The president, whoever he is, has to decide,” Truman said during his farewell address in 1953. “He can’t pass the buck to anybody. No one else can do the deciding for him. That’s his job.”

The understanding of the phrase has broadened over the years to include taking responsibility for the outcome of tough decisions. Trump used to espouse similar beliefs, saying back in 2013 that in running a business, “Whatever happens, you’re responsible. If it doesn’t happen, you’re responsible.”

Accepting the 2016 presidential nomination, Trump said, “Nobody knows the system better than me, which is why I alone can fix it.” But as president, he has often suggested that the solution and blame rest elsewhere.

“The buck stops with everybody,” Trump said in 2019, during a lengthy government shutdown. In 2020, on the same day he declared the coronavirus pandemic a national emergency, he said, “I don’t take responsibility at all” for a lack of COVID-19 testing.

Anslover said Truman took full responsibility for dropping atomic bombs on Japan even though he was not informed that the U.S. was developing such weapons until his predecessor, Franklin Delano Roosevelt, died.

John F. Kennedy saw his approval ratings rise after he acknowledged he was to blame for the failed Bay of Pigs invasion in Cuba. Ronald Reagan said he was sorry for any involvement he may have had in the Iran-Contra scandal even while saying he wasn’t sure he was to blame. “The buck stops here with me,” he said then.

At his final news conference in early 2009, George W. Bush listed a series of mistakes he had made, including failing to find weapons of mass destruction in Iraq. His successor, Barack Obama, said, “I screwed up,” after his nominee for health chief, Tom Daschle, withdrew because of unpaid back taxes.

Presidents before Trump “really usually take accountability,” Anslover said.

‘We inherited a total catastrophe,’ Trump says

The president acknowledged in a recent Punchbowl interview that voters are angry, but he said they are not mad at him but at congressional Republicans.

Trump believes his party can hold its congressional majorities after November, but he was clear that if Republicans lose, it won’t be his fault — echoing his comments before the 2018 midterms that he would not accept blame if his party lost control of the House, which it did.

Trump’s approval rating on the economy, once seen as among his strongest issues, has fallen throughout his time in office, from 40% in March 2025 to 32% in July, according to Associated Press-NORC Center for Public Affairs Research polling. About 6 in 10 U.S. adults say Trump’s economic policies have made economic conditions worse, according to Pew Research Center polling.

“The public certainly expects the president to be concerned about, and focused on, making life more affordable,” Republican pollster Frank Luntz said.

Trump instead points to Biden, under whom inflation hit a four-decade peak of 9.1% in 2022 as the pandemic was still roiling the world economy, before declining to 2.7% by November 2024. Last month, pressured by the Iran war, it was 3.4%.

“When we took office, we inherited a total catastrophe,” Trump said at a recent rally, later adding, “I inherited those high prices, just so you understand.”

Andrew Bates, a Democratic strategist and former Biden White House spokesperson, noted that Trump no longer mentions his campaign promise to “immediately end inflation” on Day One.

“He may not remember having made those promises, but swing voters sure as hell do,” Bates said.

Trump has shown the same pattern with Iran and the Reflecting Pool

The president has characterized the Iran war as “a little excursion” or “detour.” To play down how long it has lasted, he frequently notes that U.S. wars in Vietnam and Afghanistan dragged on for years, though the Iran conflict — which he initially said would be over in four weeks to five weeks — is now in its sixth month with no clear end in sight.

Trump has sought to shift blame to the past on the Reflecting Pool, falsely suggesting that Biden and Obama spent “hundreds of millions of dollars” trying unsuccessfully to fix it.

But Trump’s main defense has been vandalism. And, so far, at least four cases alleging that, including the most prominent case against an Olympic canoeist, have been dropped because of a lack of evidence.

Anslover said that, after 11-plus years in politics, Trump has proved he is not afraid to violate norms of presidential comportment. Lots of his core supporters do not seem bothered.

“For many Americans, it has either been a shift in how they view the presidency, or, like with so many things, they just feel empowered to say, ‘These are my priorities. My priority is not the facts,’” she said.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

A sales force of more than 100 agents allegedly cold-called thousands of prospective investors with sleek, scripted pitches for shares in the most exclusive private tech companies in the world, including SpaceX, Anduril, Anthropic, and Perplexity, while promising repeatedly there would be no hidden fees.

The agents worked for The Spaventa Group (TSG), a Long Island financial firm founded by Andrew Spaventa, a former broker who spent years selling pre-IPO investments before founding TSG in 2020. 

More than 800 people bought in. Most were retail investors, and more than 650 put in $100,000 or less, while over 100 were retirees, according to the Securities & Exchange Commission. The alleged boiler room raked in more than $74 million for 11 private funds run from offices on Long Island and New Jersey over the course of four and a half years from December 2020 to June 2025. 

Despite the promise of no rip offs from “unnecessary fees,” investors paid on average 46% more for their positions than Spaventa’s own companies paid to get them, the SEC alleged in a complaint filed on Friday in the Southern District of New York. In some cases, the premium ran as high as 91%. Investors allegedly had no idea the markups were so high. 

 “Unsolicited calls and high-pressure sales tactics are the calling cards of so-called boiler room operators. They get you on the phone and then hit you with the hidden fees,” said Sheldon L. Pollock, associate director of the SEC’s New York regional office.

All told, the SEC claimed the accused companies and Spaventa collected $23 million in undisclosed fees. More than $12 million of that went to pay commissions to the sales agents who made the calls, the complaint stated, while Spaventa made at least $4 million. He allegedly spent it on a home purchase, renovations, personal travel, and luxury car payments. 

Reached by phone, Spaventa, 40, denied the allegations in the complaint and said he planned to defend himself against the SEC’s accusations. The SEC charged Spaventa along with three entities he controls—TSG, TSG Capital Advisors, and TSG Alpha Partners—with fraud and violating securities and broker-dealer registration provisions. 

The alleged scheme

According to regulators, the investments all flowed through Spaventa. TSG and another company Spaventa owns called TSG Invest Ventures allegedly bought the positions first, then resold them to Spaventa’s funds at a higher price, which the funds then passed on to investors.

For example, the complaint states that Fund 8 held Anthropic, acquired at $32.62 to $41.53 per share and sold for $58.50, a 41% to 79% markup that raised $5.8 million in 2024. Funds 10 and 11 held Perplexity AI, bought between $340.72 and $389 and sold at $495 for a markup between 27% and 45%. Fund 2 held SpaceX, which Spaventa purchased for $595 and sold for $975. Anduril appeared across three funds at markups between 29% and 57%. None of the companies are accused of any wrongdoing. 

The SEC said Spaventa was the sole owner of the company selling the shares to the funds, and the funds buying them were managed and advised by entities he owned and controlled. Because of that structure, Spaventa needed written client consent, which he allegedly never got, according to the SEC.

The funds also had no board of directors that could have consented to certain transactions, and no third party evaluating the purchases and transfers to ensure the funds got an arm’s length deal. The SEC also claimed that Spaventa allegedly backdated some of the fund equity transfer agreements after SEC staff began an inquiry in 2023. 

According to the complaint, Spaventa allegedly coached his sales squad, many of whom were not registered while several had been previously suspended or barred by regulatory agency Finra. They earned commissions of about 10%, but a handbook Spaventa allegedly approved told them never to use that word, and to say “referral fee” instead. 

If a sales prospect asked what the fund paid for the shares, agents were allegedly coached to tell investors, “I’m not sure, but that’s not information I’m privy to.”

The handbook also allegedly directed sales agents to offer up phony descriptions of how the fees worked. 

“Unlike other firms, we have no hidden fees,” the agents were told to tell investors, according to the complaint. “So the price we tell you is the price of the investment.”

The script for selling Anduril told agents to say, “When you make money, we make money. If you don’t make money, we don’t make money.”

However, the markup was allegedly collected from the investor’s money as soon as the investment in the funds closed. Agents also allegedly cited returns of 200% to 1,000% and a track record of success in Airbnb, Palantir, and SoFi, when the funds had never held any of those investments, the complaint states. 

TSG’s marketing allegedly said the firm bought existing shares directly from shareholders and insiders looking to sell, and that there would be no dilution to the company. The SEC said that more than 90% of the funds’ holdings were stakes in other private pre-IPO funds that claimed to hold these shares. The allegedly undisclosed arrangement added a second layer of fees on top of the initial layer, and layered in additional risk to the funds, the complaint stated.

Spaventa has not yet filed a response in court. The SEC is seeking disgorgement, civil penalties, and a permanent bar from the securities industry. The majority of investors have not recouped their investments in the funds, according to the complaint.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

Phoebe Gates wants to build her AI shopping company while keeping one thing out of her pitch deck: her last name. The 23-year-old youngest daughter of billionaire Microsoft founder Bill Gates and philanthropist Melinda French Gates has raised more than $43 million for Phia, which is now valued at around $185 million. 

But she’s determined for the venture to stand on its own, with “no ties to my privilege or my last name,” Phoebe Gates told Yahoo Finance’s Opening Bid Unfiltered podcast in an episode published in February. 

“I have a chip on my shoulder,” she said, describing her drive to prove she can win over private equity in Silicon Valley based on merit, not inheritance or legacy. 

Phoebe Gates’ comments came during the resurfacing of her father’s connections to Jeffrey Epstein, although representatives for Bill Gates have repeatedly denied his involvement and any related accusations. Phoebe Gates didn’t comment about the allegations, but French Gates earlier this year said her ex-husband “has to answer” for Epstein files mentions just weeks after it was revealed she had received $8 billion toward her philanthropic organization, Pivotal, as part of her divorce settlement.

Phoebe Gates did acknowledge her father’s business success, saying: “From my dad, I’ve really learned that your team is the core of what you’re building. You can’t do anything without an incredible team.”

But this week, Bloomberg reported Phoebe Gates has been under her own fire. She her cofounder and Stanford University roommate Sophia Kianni reportedly pushed for features in the e-commerce startup’s software that took credit for sales it didn’t drive, which is a practice called “cookie stuffing.” In July, the company claimed it had only known about the situation for 24 hours, but Bloomberg‘s latest investigation shows they had known about it for seven months, according to people familiar with the matter.

For a July investigation, Bloomberg, which tested the extension across more than 50 websites alongside Capital One Shopping and independent researcher Ben Edelman, Phia silently opened a background tab during checkout and injected its own referral code, overriding legitimate referrals from other publishers in violation of many affiliate networks’ policies.

“Any features causing misattributions were immediately removed over a month ago on July 7,” a Phia spokesperson told Bloomberg for its most recent investigation. “We are reviewing every transaction, we are fully committed to and have already begun issuing all transaction reversals to brand partners as a result of any misattribution, and we are hiring a head of compliance to make sure something like this never happens again.”

How Phoebe Gates paved her own path

Phoebe Gates cofounded Phia, an AI shopping assistant, with Kianni. The shopping assistant plugs into browsers like Chrome and Safari to compare prices and surface deals across tens of thousands of retail and resale sites in real time. It essentially serves as your own personal deal finder: Say you’re looking at a $200 dress from Anthropologie, Phia can find and compare prices at secondhand sellers to help customers find a better price. 

“Our target consumer is a young woman who’s hustling. She shops like a genius, but she doesn’t want to waste her time doing it,” Gates told Fortune’s Most Powerful Women editor Emma Hinchliffe in April 2025.

The New York–based startup launched its app in 2025 grew quickly, garnering hundreds of thousands of downloads in its first months as investors pile into AI “agents” that automate digital tasks. A $35 million funding round this year led by Notable Capital, with participation from firms including Kleiner Perkins and Khosla Ventures, pushed Phia’s valuation to about $185 million less than a year after an initial $8 million seed round.​ 

Gates and Kianni first brainstormed startup ideas in their Stanford dorm room, cycling through concepts before landing on a consumer tool that included Gates’ interest in women’s empowerment (likely modeled after her own mother) and Kianni’s sustainability focus. 

In line with Gates’ insistence she builds her own venture without the benefits of her last name, the young founder hasn’t taken money from her parents for Phia. Instead, she’s insisted on raising outside capital even as some investors remain fixated on her personal life instead of her business venture. 

Gates and Kianni have said the topic of their potential future children has come up in meetings before, which was understandably frustrating for the entrepreneurial duo. But French Gates—a women’s rights activist—gave Gates some stern advice: “Get up or get out the game.”

“We’ll have investors ask us all the time, ‘Well, what happens when you two go have babies?’ And I remember one time crying about that. I called my mom, and she was like, ‘Get up or get out the game, sis.’ I was like, damn,” Gates said on an episode of the Call Her Daddy podcast published in April 2025.

It’s now a saying Gates reminds herself of when navigating meetings with investors, all while attempting to buck any nepo baby accusations. This isn’t just another legacy project, Gates argues. 

“The chip on my shoulder is not only proving myself but building something, you know, novel and unique that consumers actually love,” she said.

A version of this story was published on Fortune.com on February 21, 2026.

More on Most Powerful Women:

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

As inflation continues to simmer and economic uncertainty rattles consumers, Starbucks CEO Brian Niccol says he has the solution to ensuring the coffee chain doesn’t suffer from customers pulling back on their $6 or $7 lattes.

Niccol said during the Fast Company Innovation Festival last year he does not believe a rocky economic landscape will offset Starbucks’ gains because of his company’s “commitment to craft and quality” and “great customer experience.” 

The Starbucks CEO is nearing the two-year mark of his tenure helming the coffee giant and the anniversary of his “Back to Starbucks” plan meant to return the company to its roots as a cozy “third space” where customers can leisurely sip their beverages.

At the core of Niccol’s vision is not just rebuilding a desire among customers to linger in stores longer, but to build connections with baristas through a series of personal touches like hand-written notes scribbled on coffee cups. His vision also includes leaning on automation behind the counter and a pared-down menu to give baristas more face time with patrons.

“When I ask people, name me a great customer service company, I usually get a blank stare,” Niccol said at the time. “That tells me, right off the bat, there’s a huge opportunity to be the defining customer-service company.”

“There is tremendous value in being a world-class, customer-service company combined with great craft, great quality food,” he added. “When you look at putting those two things together for the price that we will have to charge for it, I think it will turn out to be invaluable.”

Returning to a ‘third space’

Nearly two years into the “Back to Starbucks” experiment, the company has seen signs of success. Starbucks reported in July a 7.9% increase in global comparable sales year-over-year and a 3.5% year-over-year increase in the average ticket, indicating customers don’t mind spending a little more. Net revenues of $9.3 billion decreased 1%, but exceeded expectations. The company’s stock is up nearly 24% year-to-date.

“Taken together, our brand flywheel is working,” Niccol told investors last month. “We’re creating experiences people are excited about, turning engagement into rituals and deepening customer connection that fuels long-term growth.”

The coffee chain has continued to lean into customer service. In April, Starbucks announced a performance-based bonus for baristas, offering up to $1,200 annually, or $300 per quarter, for employees that exceed sale and customer service targets.

But Niccol has long since had confidence in his plan, saying one year into the effort the turnaround was “ahead of schedule.” He cited internal data last year indicating customers were taking note of improved speed, hospitality, and order accuracy. 

Part of Niccol’s efforts were also to transform stores from hubs to quickly pick up online orders to cozy spaces where customers could linger. Niccol noted last year he’s based many of Starbucks’ changes on observations he’s made while visiting locations.

“I walked into a store. Outlets were covered or outlets weren’t working, there weren’t enough seats,” Niccol told Fast Company. 

He said he also noticed some stores had prioritized waiting areas for mobile ordering, pushing the company to reconsider how to sync timing of online orders and pick-up times to ensure customers don’t pile up in waiting areas, cutting into floor space where customers could otherwise sit. The company is adding hundreds of thousands of chairs and seating back into locations, according to the CEO.

Niccol told investors the company completed more than 1,000 “uplifts” across its North American stories, reaching its goal for fiscal 2026 ahead of schedule.

“We continue to improve the third place experience with coffeehouse uplifts, adding back warmth, texture, and great seats at a fraction of the cost of earlier remodels,” he said.

A version of this story was published on Fortune.com on Sept. 17, 2025.

More on Starbucks:

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

  • EXCLUSIVE: Forget work-life balance. Twilio CEO Khozema Shipchandler starts checking his emails at 4:30 a.m, is on the job until 9 p.m. and runs laps around the house to blow off steam in between. “The gap that I allow for me to not think about work is six to eight hours on Saturdays,” the Gen X boss told Fortune. He credits that discipline with making him CFO of a multi-billion-dollar at just 31 and now CEO of a $38  billion tech giant, insisting that sacrifice is what separates leaders and everyone else.  

For most 20-something-year-olds fresh out of college, 4:30 a.m. is when the night ends, after a night of partying. For Twilio’s CEO, Khozema Shipchandler, it’s the beginning of his day.

The 51-year-old exec says he’s always been a morning person—on weekdays, at least—and that starting his day while others slept is why he got ahead faster than most.

“I was kind of built that way,” he told Fortune last summer, adding you set “benchmarks based on your life experiences.”

“My parents were the classic immigrant success story, and as with many immigrant parents, they wanted their kids to do better than them and to create the opportunities for them,” he reflected on his family, who moved to the U.S. from Mumbai.

“They really pushed working hard and playing hard—which, by the way, I do play hard when I’m not working—so that was the goal,” he added. 

Shipchandler graduated from Indiana University—Bloomington in 1996 and that summer began his career at the industrial conglomerate. And that drive paid off early. By the time he was 31, Shipchandler was already CFO of a multi-billion-dollar GE business.

“If you were willing to put in the effort, they were willing to give you the opportunity,” he added. “So I got a lot of opportunities there.” 

While Gen Z and millennial workers are rewriting the rules of corporate life—demanding flexibility, autonomy, and strict boundaries around “me time”—Shipchandler isn’t convinced you can reach the C-suite without long hours and sacrifice. 

“Every one of us has to make certain work-life choices,” the Gen X boss.  “This work-life choice obviously has certain consequences. I wasn’t there for all of my son’s tennis matches.” 

“If you want to work eight-to-five, coach your kids sports teams, have the evenings for yourself, and maybe another hobby or interest, that’s awesome,” Shipchandler adds—but he caveats that he’s “never spoken to a peer” who doesn’t have a similar routine and level of balance as him. 

A day in the life of Twilio’s CEO

While his early mornings were once about getting ahead of the competition, now that he’s running a $38 billion company with over 5,500 employees, it’s about getting ahead of his calendar: “Most other people aren’t up, and so it allows me to just get a lot of work done.” Fortune got the lowdown on his daily routine.

@oriannarosa

Is a 4:30am alarm the secret to success? Maybe. Twilio’s millionaire CEO told me long days and hard work were how he climbed the ladder so quickly! It sounds really simple but he frames it like this: increase output = increase your shot at success. Easy right? #careeradvice #careers #ceo #jobmarket #success read more in @Fortune Magazine

♬ original sound – Orianna Rosa Royle

4:30 a.m. Shipchandler is awake and scanning Slack, emails, and texts for any “red hot” issues that need immediate attention. 

From there, he has the same daily routine: A coffee, breakfast—usually a smoothie—a skim of the news headline and then a workout “immediately after” and always in that very specific order. 

“I do it in that order intentionally so that while I’m working out, I have an opportunity to think through the various things that have happened, through the course of the news, the things that I’ve seen on email and Slack and stuff like that.” 

7:30 a.m. Shipchandler is “officially at work,” ahead of most of Twilio’s engineers, who he says typically start at 9. 

6:30 p.m. He takes a dinner break—either at home with family or with a customer or senior leader when out of town. “I tend to be on the road about 75% of the time, but same routine,” Shipchandler says.

8:00 p.m. He squeezes in about an hour of extra work before winding down with 20–30 minutes of SportsCenter when traveling, or whatever “his wife falls asleep to fastest” when at home, he jokes.  

9:30 p.m. Bedtime. 

Weekends: Shipchandler rises at 6:30 a.m. on the weekend. While his routine is a little more relaxed on weekends, he still works most Sundays. “It’s the nature of the job, I’m usually thinking about work and the gap that I allow for me to not think about work is six to eight hours on Saturdays.”

High-performance habits: Running around the house to blow off steam in between meetings

When asked if he thinks work-life balance is possible at the top, Shipchandler quickly responded: “I do not.” 

But that doesn’t mean he lets hours slip away. “I’m all for working smarter,” he says, adding that as well as making the most of every productivity tool at his disposal, he leans heavily on high-performance habits to stay focused.

For example, he’s very strict with his calendar and making time to move throughout the day: “I do not take meetings that I don’t think drive the ball forward for the company, or that don’t bring me energy.”

“I typically only do 25-minute meetings in a 30-minute slot, and I only take 50-minute meetings in an hour slot, and in the time in between, I’ll do maybe a quick lap around the house to get the blood flowing, or get some fresh air.” 

After lunch, he always immediately hits the treadmill for 10 minutes of walking so that he doesn’t get an afternoon lull. He also doesn’t use social media—and says that helps keep his focus.

“I think habits really matter,” Shipchandler explains. “When you have a set of habits, it allows you to kind of move through the work in a way in which is very intentional and you don’t let a lot of distractions creep in.”

A version of this story originally published on Fortune.com on August 29, 2025.

Want to level up your workday? See how other high-performing execs structure their day.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

President Donald Trump’s war against Iran is stretching the limits of U.S. aircraft carriers and leaving the western Pacific without one of the key American warships as China shows more signs of aggression.

The USS George Washington is departing the Pacific and expected to replace the USS Abraham Lincoln in the Middle East amid growing concerns about mental health and supply issues aboard the long-deployed carrier. The Lincoln has had its time at sea extended from its original May return date to support operations against Iran.

The lack of a U.S. carrier in the Pacific may be short-lived if the Navy deploys another in the next couple of months. But it shows how the open-ended operations with Iran are running some American sailors ragged, analysts say, while the Trump administration further retreats from the Asia-Pacific region and focuses on the Western Hemisphere.

“The administration says that the Pacific is supposed to be the most important behind the Western Hemisphere,” said Greg Poling, director of the Southeast Asia Program at the Center for Strategic and International Studies. Instead, the U.S. is “doing the exact opposite” of its previously expressed goal of pulling out of the Middle East.

American allies in the Pacific are unsettled over the unpredictability of the Republican administration, Poling said, while Beijing “is quite happy with U.S. distraction, with the frustration of U.S. allies and partners.”

China may take advantage of US carrier’s absence

Beijing sees the U.S. military presence in the region as a threat to China’s rise and an obstacle to its ambition to seize Taiwan, the self-governing island it claims as its own. But the United States has argued that the Pacific region is too important economically to lose.

No one expects China to invade Taiwan because an American aircraft carrier has left the region. But the carrier’s absence gives the Chinese another opportunity to show its strength, said Bryan Clark, a former Navy submariner who is a defense analyst at the Hudson Institute.

“They’re using this as part of the narrative to demonstrate to the Philippines, to Japan, to Indonesia and others that the U.S. is not the big dog in the western Pacific anymore,” Clark said. “They would just prefer that countries in the region decide that China is the bigger power and the U.S. is not able to guarantee their security anymore.”

China conducted naval exercises this week with Indonesia and recently has shown signs of aggression toward Japan and the Philippines, two key U.S. allies that also have territorial disputes with Beijing.

China carried out military drills this month near the Scarborough Shoal in the South China Sea. Both China and the Philippines have claims over the shoal. Last month, a Chinese guided-missile destroyer conducted a live-fire exercise off Japan’s southernmost island of Okinotori.

Adm. Frank Bradley, head of the U.S. Special Operations Command, has been trying to reassure regional allies of Washington’s commitment. He was in Manila on Thursday, telling his Filipino counterparts that U.S. special operations forces are ready to step up joint exercises to strengthen the countries’ alliance. He also is expected to travel to Japan.

Evan Sankey, a policy analyst at the Cato Institute who focuses on U.S. policy toward China, said aircraft carriers provide psychological assurance to U.S. allies. The absence of carriers in the region, he said, “adds to the general sense that the U.S. is distracted by events in the Middle East.”

Trump has relied on aircraft carriers for military actions

Trump has relied heavily on aircraft carriers to support military operations during his second term. For example, the USS Gerald R. Ford returned home in mid-May after an 11-month deployment, the longest since the Vietnam War, during which it supported the U.S. fight against Iran and the capture of Venezuela’s then-leader, Nicolás Maduro.

The Ford had experienced a fire in a laundry space that forced the carrier to turn around and return to the Mediterranean Sea for repairs and left hundreds of sailors without places to sleep. Meanwhile, the Lincoln has spent a record uninterrupted time at sea of more than 240 days. Democratic lawmakers have been calling for investigations and greater visibility into conditions aboard the ship.

Warships and their crews can only handle so much, said Robert Farley, who teaches national security and diplomacy at the University of Kentucky and often writes about aircraft carriers.

“People don’t get enough rest. It’s psychologically exhausting. And R&R is part of keeping the crew healthy,” Farley said. “Sometimes it’s framed as, ‘These people haven’t had a vacation.’ But we are dealing with well-known limits on the capacity of a crew to operate at top efficiency over time. And that just declines.”

Clark, of the Hudson Institute, said the squeeze on the nation’s aircraft carriers stems from the lack of preparation and planning for the Iran war.

“If we were going to mobilize to do this kind of conflict, and we anticipated it might go this long, we might have done some changes to the carrier schedule to make sure more would be available,” Clark said.

Clark said the Navy has 11 aircraft carriers and typically deploys two or three at a time. But it could soon deploy four if the USS Theodore Roosevelt leaves San Diego for the Middle East, allowing the Washington to return to Pacific.

But the massive warships will need maintenance, likely causing a bottleneck at the nation’s only two carrier shipyards.

“We’ll end up with a maintenance debt that needs to be paid for the next few years,” Clark said. “We’ll probably have less carrier presence than we’ve had in the previous years because carriers will be lined up to get into the shipyard.”

There are questions about the use of aircraft carriers in modern warfare

Michael Swaine, a senior research fellow in the Quincy Institute’s East Asia Program, questions the future need for aircraft carriers as warfare rapidly changes.

Carriers can be more easily targeted with drones and missiles, particularly by an adversary such as China, Swaine said, while smaller ships and submarines can be as effective in striking targets as the fighter jets that launch off a carrier.

Top Navy officials have indicated a desire to move away from a heavy reliance on carriers. Adm. Daryl Caudle, chief of naval operations, told The Associated Press in February that he wants to convince commanders to use smaller, newer ships and other assets instead of consistently turning to huge aircraft carriers.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

The United Arab Emirates said on Saturday Iran had attacked an Abu Dhabi National Oil Company vessel while it was transiting the Strait of Hormuz a day earlier, the Emirati state news agency WAM reported.

ADNOC said no injuries were reported and that the situation was under control, according to WAM.

The UAE foreign ministry called on Tehran to halt what it described as unprovoked attacks, end hostilities and fully reopen the waterway.

There was no immediate comment from Iran.

Iran’s Revolutionary Guards have previously threatened action against vessels transiting the strait if they are linked to Tehran’s adversaries or fail to comply with Iranian directives.

A guest looks at her phone as she stands at the booth of the Abu Dhabi National Oil Company (ADNOC), during the Abu Dhabi International Petroleum Exhibition & Conference (ADIPEC) in Abu Dhabi on November 3, 2025. (credit: Giuseppe Cacace/AFP via Getty Images)

The attack was the third such incident involving ADNOC vessels in less than a week, and the UAE had also accused Iran of being behind the earlier incidents.

UAE vows to defend sovereignty, interests as Strait shipping remains disrupted

Anwar Gargash, diplomatic adviser to the UAE president, said Abu Dhabi would defend its sovereignty and interests after repeated attacks on ADNOC vessels.

“We will safeguard our rights to freedom of navigation … while continuing the path of dialog and prioritizing diplomatic options,” Gargash said in a post on X.

Separately, the United Kingdom Maritime Trade Operations agency said earlier it had received a report of a bulk carrier being struck by an unknown projectile in the strait on Friday. It was not immediately clear whether the incident involved the same ADNOC vessel.

About a fifth of the world’s oil and liquefied natural gas passed through the narrow waterway between Oman and Iran before the conflict. Since the US-Israeli war with Iran broke out on ​February 28, shipping has ​been repeatedly disrupted, ⁠raising freight rates and creating security concerns.

ADNOC, Abu Dhabi’s state oil company, is one of the world’s largest energy producers and exports crude oil, natural gas and refined products worldwide.

This post was originally published on here. 

The Torah prohibits the unnecessary destruction of resources. This principle is known as bal tash’hit, the ban against needless waste.

Of course, what constitutes waste depends on context. Behavior that is wasteful in one era or circumstance may not be considered wasteful in another. In a modern world where, thank God, food is abundant, discarding leftover food may not carry the same implications that it did in generations marked by scarcity.

What is striking is the setting in which this prohibition appears. The Torah introduces bal tash’hit, the prohibition against waste, amid warfare, rather than in the more predictable setting of agriculture or everyday life.

Ancient wars were fought by laying siege to cities, requiring enormous quantities of timber. Wood was needed for military camps, battering rams, siege towers, and fuel. Recognizing these genuine military needs, the Torah permits the felling of non-fruit-bearing trees for such purposes, while protecting fruit trees from wanton destruction.

Why do we plant trees?

When outlining this prohibition, the Torah offers an iconic analogy: ki ha’adam etz hasadeh, “man is like the tree of the field.” Just as human life must be carefully protected, a tree that produces and sustains life cannot simply be felled for utilitarian purposes.

 Plant-a-Tree event with KKL-JNF. (credit: KKL-JNF PHOTO ARCHIVE)

The comparison reflects the unusual connection human beings have always felt toward trees. More than almost any other part of nature, we identify with trees and sometimes even personify them.

The 19th-century naturalist W. H. Hudson observed nature through an almost spiritual lens. In his memoir Far Away and Long Ago, he recounts the story of a landowner who possessed a “reverential feeling for his old trees.” Before retiring for the night, “he would walk round to visit them, one by one,” resting his hand on the bark and whispering good night. Hudson writes that the man believed his trees possessed “intelligent souls” and appreciated his devotion. To him, trees were alive, individual, and deeply personal.

Unlike this landowner, we do not believe that nature is animate, and trees certainly do not possess human souls. Yet the prominence of trees throughout Tanach suggests that our attachment to them is more than sentimental.

Human history begins among the trees of the Garden of Eden. Abraham receives his angelic visitors beneath a tree, and Jonah becomes deeply attached to his kikayon tree. Again and again, trees appear in Tanach as part of the human landscape.

Even the anatomy of a tree invites comparison to the human form. A mature tree has a clearly defined structure: hidden roots supporting a central trunk which rises and spreads into an intricate network of branches. There is something almost “bodily” about this structure, with a stable core and limbs reaching outward in different directions.

Our Sages drew on this structure in Pirkei Avot, comparing a person whose wisdom exceeds his deeds to a tree with many branches but few roots, easily overturned by the wind. The comparison works because we so readily recognize human qualities reflected in trees.

More than almost any other feature of nature, trees really do seem alive. As Shakespeare wrote, there are “tongues in trees.” Each tree has its own shape and something resembling a distinct personality. An old oak conveys strength, a willow gentleness, a cypress dignity. Trees grow and mature; they age and become scarred, and each develops its own shape and character.

The comparison between a tree and a human being reminds us to guard against wasting human potential. A productive tree still has fruit to bear; a person still has talents, abilities, and contributions to offer. Wasting either means cutting short what could still have been produced.

The connection between trees and war

However, there is a particular reason why the Torah draws this analogy between human beings and trees, specifically in the context of war. The qualities represented by trees carry special importance during wartime. Preserving sensitivity toward trees can help counter some of the pressures that war creates.

Planting for Israel’s future

Trees teach us to think about the future. The Talmud in Ta’anit tells of a man planting a carob tree even though he will not live long enough to enjoy its fruit. When asked why he is planting for a future he will not see, he explains that he entered a world filled with trees planted by earlier generations and must do the same for those who will follow him.

Unlike crops that must be replanted each year, a tree planted today can continue producing fruit for decades. Trees naturally extend our vision beyond our own lives. We plant and nurture them, knowing that their fullest benefits may only be enjoyed by generations who had no part in planting them.

War demands that we extend our vision into the future. It is painful and exhausting, exacting enormous sacrifices at many levels. Without a clear vision of what we are fighting for, those sacrifices become much harder to sustain. A war without a larger purpose can easily become a succession of battles without hope.

During the past three years, we have endured an extraordinarily difficult war; the strain on our society has been enormous. The war has dragged on without a clear and decisive victory on the horizon.

We must keep reminding ourselves that our generation is struggling so that future generations will not face the violence and pogroms that we experienced on October 7. Sometimes a generation is called on to carry a burden whose benefits will be realized only by generations to come. We plant and nurture a tree today, knowing that others may sit beneath its branches and enjoy its fruit.

Every tree is different

Trees also possess remarkable individuality. No two mature trees are identical. Each develops its own shape and carries its own history. Trees are battered by storms, afflicted by disease, scarred by injury, and sometimes recover in ways that permanently alter their appearance. An old tree possesses something resembling a biography, with much of its history written into its trunk and branches.

War reduces individuals to numbers and statistics. Behind every person lies a world of relationships, dreams, achievements, and hopes. Every loss is the loss of an entire world. Every serious injury can radically alter a person’s life and the lives of those around them. Amid the scale and intensity of war, it is easy to lose sight of the individuality of each person and the unique story of every family.

The Torah’s concern for each individual tree reminds us to preserve that same sensitivity toward every individual human life.

Building, not destroying

Finally, trees remind us that humans are meant to be productive in this world. Trees are among nature’s great providers. They give us fruit, shade, shelter, fuel, and, through photosynthesis, the oxygen we breathe. Their presence sustains the environment around them.

War is fundamentally destructive. It destroys lives and what human beings have spent years building. Sometimes we are forced into war, but we should never develop a culture that celebrates war or destruction.

The comparison between people and trees reminds us of our deeper calling. We are meant to produce, build, and improve our world. War may sometimes be necessary, but destruction can never become our purpose. Man is meant to be a tree.

Planting again in Israel

From its earliest days, the Zionist movement viewed planting trees in Israel as an expression of confidence in our future. I remember collecting money as a child in the little blue Keren Kayemeth LeIsrael-Jewish National Fund boxes to help plant forests in Israel.

Trees have repeatedly been destroyed by war, fires, and other causes, but we have always planted again as an expression of Jewish resilience and rebuilding. 

The writer is a rabbi and educator at Yeshivat Har Etzion (Gush). Find his latest book, Reclaiming Redemption, Vol. II: Faith, Identity, Peoplehood, and the Storms of War, at mtaraginbooks.com.

This post was originally published on here. 

For the second year running, I had the privilege of teaching a remarkable group of young Nigerian Jews. They are primarily members of the Igbo ethnic group who believe that they are descended from the lost tribe of Gad. What struck me last year was their extraordinary sincerity.

These young men and women, many of whom are highly educated professionals, were not interested in the labels and divisions that so often preoccupy the established Jewish world. They simply wanted to learn Torah, understand Judaism, and deepen their connection to the Jewish people.

Last year, when I taught them, they made me rethink what it means to choose Judaism. This year, they made me think again about Shabbat.

I had been asked to give them four one-hour sessions. Their Jewish knowledge was enthusiastic but patchy, so I could not assume that everyone knew what kiddush was, why we light candles on Friday before sunset, what the prayer “Lecha Dodi” means, why there are three meals on Shabbat, or even why Jews refrain from doing certain things on the day of rest.

It was an interesting challenge. Where do you begin to explain Shabbat from scratch? Not with turning light switches on and off. Nor with cooking, carrying, mobile phones, or the 39 categories of prohibited activity. Those things matter, of course, and eventually we discussed them. But if your introduction to Shabbat is simply a list of things you are not allowed to do, you have missed the point.

So I found myself going back to the beginning. Literally.

The first Shabbat in the Torah is found in the opening chapter of human existence. God created the world in six days and then stopped on the seventh. 

Shabbat does not mean collapsing exhausted onto the sofa after a difficult week. It means ceasing; stepping back from creating, manipulating, producing, and controlling.

Suddenly, I realized how radical that message has become. We live in a world that measures us by what we produce. How much have we earned? How many emails have we answered? How many tasks have we completed? How quickly did we respond to that WhatsApp message?

Our phones make us permanently available. Work follows us home. News follows us to bed. Even recreation becomes something to photograph, post, and share.

Then, once a week, Judaism says: stop. For 25 hours, the world can manage without you. That is an extraordinarily liberating idea.

The Torah gives another explanation for Shabbat in the second version of the Ten Commandments. This time, it tells us to remember that we were slaves in Egypt.

What does slavery have to do with Shabbat? Everything.

A slave does not own his time. Someone else determines when he wakes, when he works, when he eats, and when he may stop. Shabbat, therefore, is a weekly declaration of freedom. I may have an employer, responsibilities, bills, and deadlines, but ultimately I am not a slave to any of them.

Perhaps today we should add something else: I am not a slave to my screen. That does not mean technology is evil; far from it. I am writing these words on a computer, and I taught my Nigerian students using modern technology. 

But something can be useful without being entitled to occupy every minute of our lives. There is something wonderfully subversive about a dinner table where nobody is looking at a screen.

Sacred and ordinary time

Teaching the practical structure of Shabbat reminded me of something else we easily overlook: Shabbat has theater.

Friday is spent preparing. Food is cooked. The house is made ready. We wash and change our clothes. Candles are lit. In synagogue, we sing “Lecha Dodi” and metaphorically go out to welcome the Shabbat bride.

We do not simply notice that Saturday has arrived. We welcome Shabbat as an honored guest.

Then there is kiddush, invoking the sanctification of the day and declaring that this piece of time is different from the time that preceded it. There are meals, singing, Torah, conversation, prayer, and community. At the end comes havdalah, when wine, spices, and flame accompany us as we distinguish between sacred time and ordinary time.

That distinction is crucial. Judaism does not teach that the ordinary week is bad. We need six days in which to work, build, trade, travel, and create.

But Judaism insists that not everything should be ordinary. We need sacred space, but we also need sacred time. And there is something particularly ingenious about sacred time. A holy building can be destroyed. A holy place can become inaccessible. A people can be driven from its land.

But Shabbat travels. Jews carried it to Baghdad and Berlin, Casablanca and Krakow, London and Lagos. Wherever Friday evening arrived, Jewish sacred time arrived with it. 

Think about this: a Shabbat table throughout the millennia hasn’t changed! Candles, wine, challah, a white tablecloth, and our best tableware.

That is surely part of what Ahad Ha’am, the founder of cultural Zionism, meant when he famously wrote that more than the Jewish people have kept Shabbat, Shabbat has kept the Jewish people. For generations, it created a rhythm that said: whatever country you live in, whatever language you speak, whatever happened to you this week, you belong to an ancient story.

Where rediscovery begins

Teaching these young Nigerians also made me wonder whether we present Shabbat as an all-or-nothing proposition too often.

I am an Orthodox rabbi. I believe that Shabbat has a halachic structure and that its laws matter. I am not suggesting that we can simply rewrite them according to personal preference.

But there is a world of difference between saying, “I do not yet keep every aspect of Shabbat,” and saying, “Therefore, Shabbat has nothing to offer me.”

Imagine what would happen if Jewish families who currently do little to mark Shabbat decided that Friday night would become sacred family time. Phones away, no television, a proper meal, candles, wine, challah. Perhaps one song and one exchange of Torah. Perhaps simply two hours in which parents and children actually talk to each other.

Would that constitute full halachic Shabbat observance? No. Would it enrich Jewish lives? I find it difficult to believe otherwise. Perhaps that is where rediscovery begins.

My Nigerian students needed me to explain why Jews prepare their homes for Shabbat, why we sing to welcome a day, why we stop creating, and why we separate holy time from ordinary time.

As I was explaining it to them, I recalled that last year they reminded me that Judaism cannot merely be inherited – it has to be chosen. This year, they again reminded me that Shabbat must be chosen.

Perhaps in an age of permanent noise, permanent availability, and permanent distraction, that ancient choice has never been more modern.

For one day a week, stop. The world will survive. And we may discover that we are living again.

The writer is a rabbi and physician. He writes and teaches on Jewish ethics, leadership, and resilience. His work appears on rabbidrjonathanlieberman.substack.com and youtube.com. @rabbidrjonathanlieberman.

This post was originally published on here. 

Fauda finally announced its Netflix international release date is September 8, when you will be able to stream its fifth season with English subtitles.

But that’s almost a month away, and what will you watch till then? One option, obviously, is to re-watch the previous season, which introduced new characters and spanned several continents. But I would recommend going back even further and starting with the first season, so you can see how the characters and themes develop.

Another suggestion is to watch a different thriller series in the meantime. Legends, the new Netflix series about British customs agents cracking an international drug ring, is one of the best recent ones and shows how drug cartels operate around the world, as does Narcos, which is also on Netflix.

On Apple TV+, Slow Horses is a good option, even though it’s far more comic than Fauda, but it really does build suspense. It was recently announced that the sixth season of Slow Horses will be released on September 16.

If you are looking for something a little lighter, a series that fits that sweet spot between too dark and too dumb, then check out Parenthood, which has just become available on Hot VOD and Next TV, and will be shown on Hot 3 starting at the end of August. The series is also available on Netflix.

GARY OLDMAN in ‘Slow Horses.’  (credit: Jack English/Apple TV+/TNS)

I have recommended this series in the past because it helped me get through the pandemic and the early days of the war.

Parenthood brings three generations of a complicated family to life

Unlike other essentially feel-good series that were a bit more grandiose or contrived, like This Is Us, Parenthood tells the story of a loving but complicated three-generation family in Berkeley, California. It was based on a darker, more cynical movie of the same name starring Steve Martin, but other than a few plotlines, it has little relation to the movie.

Usually, in a series like this, you tend to like one generation, but here, they are all equally engaging. The oldsters are Zeke (Craig T Nelson), a demanding Vietnam veteran with an unpredictable side, and Camille (Bonnie Bedelia, who has never been more charming), an aspiring painter who gave it all up to be a supermom to her four children.

The adult children are the main protagonists, and the series gets going when prodigal daughter Sarah (Lauren Graham of The Gilmore Girls) moves home, years after running off with a musician, bringing along her two teenagers, Amber (Mae Whitman of Good Girls) and Drew (Miles Heizer from People We Meet on Vacation).

The rebellious Sarah learned far too late that her parents were right about her ex and is trying to build a new life for herself, which is a struggle since bartending is her only marketable skill.

Her brother, Adam (Peter Krause of Six Feet Under), encouraged her to make the move back to the family home. An executive at a shoe company, he is the good son, and he is the one everyone comes to with their problems.

But he is dealing with a big problem of his own when his son Max (Max Burkholder, one of the standouts in a great cast) is diagnosed with Asperger Syndrome.

Julia (Erika Christenson), a control-freak lawyer, and Crosby (Dax Shepard), an unreliable sound engineer who has to grow up in a hurry when a former flame returns, round out the Braverman second generation.

The supporting cast includes Michael B Jordan, who just won the Best Actor Oscar for Sinners; comic Ray Romano of the series Everybody Loves Raymond; and Xolo Mariduena, who starred in the Cobra Kai series.

Besides the likability of the entire cast, the series, created by Jason Katims, has several unusual aspects. One is that the writing is so much less predictable than on most television shows. Another is that the Asperger storyline, based on Katims’ own family, is just one story among many; it’s just part of life.

A third is the soundtrack, which features great indie and offbeat music, including a gospel version of Bob Dylan’s “To Make You Feel My Love” and dozens of other songs that may well end up on your playlist.

Two of the characters eventually team up to open a recording studio, and many real musicians drift through the show, including CeeLo Green recording a Janis Joplin song and Glen Hansard, the Irish musician who passed away recently.

Monster explores the origins of evil in post-Cold War Germany

I’ve watched quite a few anime series, and the only one I’ve ever been moved to re-watch is Monster, available with English subtitles on Netflix. I was introduced to it by one of my sons, and it’s really unlike anything out there, both in the anime world and in general.

Based on a famous manga series by Naoki Urasawa, the series brings Urasawa’s drawings to life, and they are beautiful.

This isn’t the kind of anime where everyone has exaggerated round eyes, but rather a far more realistic style.

Monster opens with a quote about the beast from the Book of Revelation, and it tells an ambitious story that grapples with no less a topic than the origin of evil. Set in Germany mainly during the decade after the fall of the Berlin Wall, its hero is a brilliant young Japanese neurosurgeon named Kenzo Tenma, who has come to Europe to finish his training.

Tenma is ambitious but has a strong moral compass. When Johan, a child whose life he saved, turns up years later, Tenma learns to his horror that the young man is a psychopathic murderer. Even worse, Johan frames the surgeon for his crimes, and Tenma must go on the run, determined to save the world from this monstrous killer.

The series provides a kind of snapshot of Germany in that era. The path to Johan leads to an East German eugenics project in an orphanage, whose creators tried to twist children’s minds using a frightening fairy tale.

There are a little over 70 episodes of Monster,  and each runs about 20 minutes, so it will keep you busy for a while – and it’s hard to stop at just one. If you can watch the English version, you will get to hear Liam O’Brien as Tenma, which is considered to be one of the greatest performances in anime.

The bottom line is that Monster plays as if Alfred Hitchcock had come back to life and decided to direct an anime.

Shark Week may be over, but there’s still plenty to watch

Maybe you didn’t get your fill of shark content when Shark Week ran on the Discovery Channel, and Sharkfest was shown on National Geographic Wild. The good news is that there is still a lot of shark content out there, perfect to watch on mind-numbingly hot days.

Obviously, the great shark movie will always be Jaws, which is available to rent or buy on Apple TV+. People may not remember that there were multiple Jaws sequels that Steven Spielberg had nothing to do with. They are all beyond terrible, but the most unintentionally funny one is Jaws: The Revenge.

It is set mostly in the Bahamas and stars acclaimed actor Michael Caine, who has admitted he was having financial problems when he signed on to the role. Most of the Jaws sequels are available on Apple TV+, although Jaws fans will probably have more fun with the documentary, Jaws@50: The Definitive Inside Story, available on Disney+.

Disney+ is truly the king of shark content among the streamers, featuring over 20 shark documentaries, so there may be one you haven’t seen yet. You might enjoy the two newest documentaries, the Up Close series with the genial British researcher and filmmaker Bertie Gregory, Hammerhead Sharks: Up Close and Sharks: Up Close.

There’s also Sharkcano, a documentary that reveals that wherever there are active volcanoes, the nearby waters are filled with sharks. Could there be a connection, or was this documentary created mainly because the title sounds like Sharknado?

You’ll have to watch it to find out.

This post was originally published on here. 

At least 38 people were killed after a magnitude 7.7 earthquake, and a series of smaller earthquakes struck Indonesia on Saturday.

The initial quake struck Indonesia’s Flores region shortly before 5:00 a.m. local time and occurred at a depth of 35 km, according to the European-Mediterranean Seismological Centre (EMSC).

Soon after 5:00 a.m., another earthquake with a magnitude of 5.5 and a depth of 10 km shook the same region. 

According to the German Research Centre for Geosciences (GFZ), throughout the rest of the morning and into the afternoon, a series of smaller earthquakes ranging in magnitude from 4.9 to 5.3 continued to hit the area.

People evacuate from a building collapse at Jayakarta hotel following an earthquake of magnitude 7.7, in Labuan Bajo, East Nusa Tenggara, Indonesia, August 15, 2026. (credit: REUTERS/STRINGER)

Shortly before 6:00 p.m. local time, another tremor with a magnitude of 6.4 struck Indonesia’s northern Sumatra. 

Indonesia mobilizes government agencies in response to earthquakes

According to Indonesia’s National Disaster Management Authority (BNPB), several government ministries and agencies have been mobilized in response to the seismic activity to assess damage and locate individuals trapped underneath rubble.

BNPB stated that the disaster response is prioritizing the evacuation and rescue of those who may be trapped and the treatment of the wounded. 

Reuters contributed to this report.

This post was originally published on here. 

Three Iranian military pilots have been held in Qatar for the past six months after being captured by Qatari forces, Iran International reported on Saturday.

The report cited the Iranian Armed Forces General Staff’s committee for missing personnel commander Mohammad Bagherzadeh, who disclosed the information in a letter to International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) President Mirjana Spoljaric Egger, appealing for help securing the pilots’ release.

According to the report, the pilots were taken into Qatari custody after their Russian-made Sukhoi Su-24 tactical bombers were struck in March during a mission against what Tehran described as “an enemy military base” in Qatar.

Qatari authorities did not immediately confirm the incident.

A Russian air force Sukhoi Su-24 bomber lands at the Russian Hmeimim military base in Latakia province, in the northwest of Syria, on December 16, 2015; Illustrative. (credit: PAUL GYPTEAU/AFP via Getty Images)

Bagherzadeh: No contact between pilots and their families, Iranian officials

Bagherzadeh noted in the letter that the pilots have not been permitted to speak to their families or Iranian officials while in Qatari captivity, according to Iran International.

The report identified the pilots as Javad Salehi, Abdolmajid Dashtian, and Omran Behraveshian, and Iranian officials previously confirmed that an additional pilot, Majid Kazemi, was returned to Iran after a military operation against Qatar.

Reuters contributed to this report.

This post was originally published on here. 

A funnel cloud was seen in the Golan Heights on Saturday following thunderstorm and flash flood warnings issued earlier in the day by the Israel Meteorological Service, with gust forecasts in the Golan reaching as high as 42 kph.

Footage published by N12 News shows the funnel cloud seemingly touching the ground amongst the northern hills.

Notably, a funnel cloud usually develops from a supercell thunderstorm, and is often a visual precursor to tornadoes.

Further footage published by N12 showed heavy rainfall in the Jerusalem area, particularly near Ma’aleh Adumim.

The Israel Meteorological Service issued thunderstorm warnings for nearly the entire eastern side of the country, stretching from the Golan to the Negev Desert. The warning remains valid until 6:00 p.m.

Heavy rainfall near Ma’aleh Adumim, August 15, 2026. (credit: N12 News)

The flash flood warning covered a smaller area, mainly around the Dead Sea region and the northeastern Negev, valid until 9:00 p.m.

Israel Meteorological Service warns against swimming activities along coast

An additional warning was issued later on Saturday for the coastal plain, advising against all swimming activities due to high waves of up to 120 cm and rising, valid until 10:00 p.m. 

The warnings add to existing heat-stress warnings across the country, valid throughout the day and evening.

This is a developing story.

This post was originally published on here. 

The United States on Thursday fully restarted government activities throughout Mexico’s western state of Michoacan, ending a short suspension of avocado inspections that had raised concerns about shipments to American markets.
Michoacan ranks as Mexico’s top avocado-producing region and a critical source for U.S. buyers. The U.S. government will ‌resume activities after pausing operations earlier this month over security risks. That move threatened to interrupt the flow of the fruit from the area often called the country’s avocado hub.
U.S. Ambassador Ron Johnson thanked Mexican President Claudia Sheinbaum for steps taken to strengthen security on the ground….

This post was originally published here. 

The term “manosphere” first emerged in 2009, referring to a collection of blogs like The Spearhead and Return of Kings that promoted “men’s rights” and criticized the feminist movement, at times promoting violence against women. 

Over the next 15 years, the term evolved to encompass not just a generation of bloggers, but men no longer hiding behind keyboards and usernames—content creators and influencers attaching real names to their beliefs around what it means to be a man.

It would therefore be inaccurate to call the manosphere just an ideology, when actually it has transformed into its own economy—one exploiting Gen Z men’s anxieties and resentment toward society, according to researchers from digital safety organization Reset Tech and the nonprofit Equimundo.

In a new report titled “The Grift Economy: How Young Men Are Being Sold Fake Belonging and Fake Wealth Online,” they found the “movement” around men’s rights and masculinity masks a multibillion-dollar industry.

“We should be deeply concerned about the opportunists,” the report said. “In the very real moment of confusion–politicians peddling fear, uncertain job prospects, battles over the meaning of manhood–there is an industry of platforms, influencers and advertisers who are making billions off of young men’s insecurities.”

Masculinity’s emerging economy

Young men are struggling. For only the third time in history, women outnumber men in the U.S. workforce, likely a result of fewer young men entering the workforce. Instead of earning a living, more adult men are living with their parents and becoming NEETs, or not in employment, education, or training. 

Separately, men are also chronically online, which contributes to loneliness. A study published in the Journal of Political Economy found that about 70% of the hours young men spent not working were being filled with video games and recreational computer use. 

In need of belonging and economic security, this vulnerable demographic has found men online offering coaching and promising self-sufficiency, dominance, and emotional suppression, according to “The Grift Economy” authors. 

Meanwhile, Gen Z men are also chasing “looksmaxxing” trends, and start off “softmaxxing” then move on to higher-risk “hardmaxxing” practices like hormone injections, supplements, peptides, and surgery in the name of body optimization, the report said.

The content creators promoting these solutions are raking in cash, according to the report. For example, streamer Adin Ross has an hourly streaming revenue of between $30,000 and $50,000 on the platform Kick, which he also has an equity stake in. A representative for Ross did not immediately respond to Fortune’s request for comment.

Other top streamers can earn between $1 million and $10 million in annual revenue, including from offering online courses, sponsorships, and speaker fees.

Where to lay the blame

But researchers warn against blaming the emergence of an economy based on young men’s insecurities on one particular influencer. Instead, algorithmic systems on social media platforms are to blame for the masculinity industry boom, according to Kristina Wilfore, director of Global Projects and Innovation at Reset Tech, who co-wrote the study.

“It’s just almost laughable, right? When you sort of see these viral trends and you dismiss them because they’re goofy or it seems like some idiot online,” she told Fortune. “But that reaction is dangerous because what we see behind it is massive infrastructure.” 

Wilfore has called for greater consumer protection, as well as platform accountability. Other countries have already taken steps toward regulating online spaces: In 2024, the European Union applied the Digital Services Act to online social media platforms, laying out strict boundaries on content moderation, safety, and transparency.

“I do not accept the idea that we just have to live in the world that the social media companies have created for us,” Wilfore said.

David Sasaki, director of the Boys & Men Online program at the American Institute for Boys and Men, told Fortune that addressing algorithmic systems could be beneficial in improving online safety for more than just men.

But he urged people to think beyond just retroactive measures for protecting young men, and instead toward practical, real-life solutions, like how adults can create analog opportunities to build community and provide role models to young men.

“It’s great to diagnose the problem, but boy, has there been a lot of diagnosing of problems of boys and men in the world that they inhabit,” Sasaki said. “What is missing is the affirmative message of what can we do about it.”

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

Sometime in the near future, a significant portion of the people building today’s AI industry are expected to become very rich. Many are already thinking about what to do with that wealth. 

The two of us advise some of the most philanthropically motivated people in tech. These are people who genuinely want, and have the means, to make a real difference. But the current infrastructure around giving large amounts of money away is widening the gap between intention and action. 

In 2010, some of the wealthiest people in the world signed the Giving Pledge – a public commitment to donate the majority of their fortunes to charitable causes. It was heralded as a turning point for American philanthropy. But more than a decade on, follow-through looks underwhelming. 

We believe the reason for that runs deeper than any single giving vehicle. The incoming wave of philanthropists is different to the last, but they will meet the same infrastructure and incentives. 

For many, the moment of liquidity itself can be disorienting. The stakes feel enormous while the philanthropic landscape feels overwhelming. Lawyers, financial advisors, and colleagues all have opinions. Some would-be donors retreat back into work and let the moment pass. Others give to the first credible organisation that shows up with a compelling pitch. And the infrastructure most donors encounter at that moment is not designed to help them do better.

The answer most of these newly wealthy philanthropists will arrive at, the answer the financial industry is already prepared to offer, is a donor-advised fund (DAF). The mechanics of a DAF are relatively simple: open an account, transfer your pre-IPO equity before the tax window closes, take the deduction, and punt the decision on where to give until later. Later can mean 12 months, 12 years, or never, and the system’s incentives quietly favor the last option. Opening a DAF feels like the responsible move and, in many ways, it is. But it also means joining a system that, despite its good intentions, has developed a serious structural problem, one that a new wave of philanthropists could make significantly larger.

There is currently over $300 billion of philanthropic capital sitting in American DAF accounts. That figure alone is striking, but the more telling number is what’s happening to it: only around a quarter of DAF assets are paid out in any given year, a substantial portion of which simply goes from one DAF to another without helping any beneficiaries and with no legal obligation to distribute anything at all. In 2024, the most successful charitable fundraiser in the United States was not a hospital, a food bank, or an international relief organization. It was Fidelity Charitable, a DAF sponsor that took in nearly $16 billion in contributions. Eleven of America’s top twenty fundraising “charities” are DAF sponsors. The money is piling into DAFs but it is not moving out.

There’s no point in getting mad at individual donors and DAF providers: they’re only doing what they’re incentivized to do. DAF providers typically collect fees tied to assets under management, not assets deployed, so they have no financial interest in seeing that money move out through grantmaking. Fidelity has generated more than $1 billion in revenue from running its charitable arm over the last five years. The tax deduction arrives the moment you contribute. The financial transaction is complete, the tax benefit is secured, and the question of where the money actually goes slides quietly to the bottom of the to-do list.

The rules are different for private foundations. Foundations are required to distribute at least 5 percent of their assets annually, a rule created precisely to prevent charitable vehicles from becoming indefinite tax shelters. DAFs face no equivalent requirement at all. Proposed reforms have typically pointed to a specific target: the long tail of accounts that took the tax deduction years ago and have sat dormant ever since. Applied meaningfully, addressing that tail alone could unlock billions currently doing nothing. Congress created the tax break for DAFs on the assumption that the money would reach charities. The gap between that assumption and current practice speaks for itself.

Nonprofits and philanthropic organizations have a role to play, too. The sector needs to make it easier to identify high-impact opportunities and execute grants quickly. That means DAF providers built around active grantmaking rather than asset accumulation, and independent evaluators who do the rigorous work of identifying where money makes the biggest difference across cause areas. A new generation of philanthropists is about to make consequential decisions about what to do with significant wealth. The infrastructure they inherit will, if nothing changes, gently steer them toward delay.

That doesn’t have to be the outcome. The original bargain was that society foregoes the tax revenue and charities receive the funds. It was never designed as a mechanism for financial institutions to collect fees on tax-advantaged assets in perpetuity. The system as currently exists doesn’t reliably deliver on that bargain – it needs to change.

The opinions expressed in Fortune.com commentary pieces are solely the views of their authors and do not necessarily reflect the opinions and beliefs of Fortune.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

The Federal Trade Commission is examining Epic Systems Corp., the nation’s largest vendor of electronic health records, for potential violations of antitrust law as part of a broad inquiry into the company’s business practices, according to four people who were recently contacted by investigators.

The probe is in its early stages and may never lead to charges against Epic, whose dominant market position and control of Americans’ health data has rapidly accelerated in recent years. But the people contacted by investigators — who work in or advise health care businesses that interface with Epic — said they were asked about a wide range of issues relating to company policies and practices that have generated continual complaints and lawsuits from former employees and rival companies.

One of the people said the government appears to be pursuing two separate lines of inquiry. One is focused on Epic’s agreements that bar its employees from working for a wide swath of health care businesses that directly, or indirectly, compete with the company. Another set of questions focused on Epic’s use of its dominant market position, and leverage over its hospital customers, to block rival technology companies from getting access to patient data and information needed to support their businesses.

Continue to STAT+ to read the full story…

This post was originally published here. 

Following the IDF’s deployment of an additional battalion to Kusra this week due to growing unrest in the West Bank village, former Israel Navy commander Maj.-Gen. (res.) Eliezer Marom discussed the escalating tensions in an interview on Friday with 103FM.

“What is happening in Kusra is, in my view, a shocking incident,” Marom stated.

“A small group of people is managing to tarnish the reputation of an entire country. This affects not only all the settlers in Judea and Samaria but also the broader context of this issue.”

He expressed concerns about the current situation, saying, “There is a substantial settlement enterprise in Judea and Samaria that has developed significantly in recent years. Yet, a small group of individuals is participating in actions that should not be tolerated and are acting against the law.”

Police, not IDF should handle the unrest, said Marom

Marom emphasized that the police, not IDF soldiers, should handle the unrest. “The Border Police are designated to address these situations. IDF soldiers, who are compelled to serve under the draft law, are our children; they aren’t trained to operate as police officers. They are here to confront external enemies.”

Israeli soldiers disperse Palestinian farmers and left-wing activists preventing them from picking olives during the annual harvest season, in the village of Qusra, in the West Bank, October 29, 2024.  (credit: FLASH90)

“I believe the Israel Police should manage this incident in the same manner they handle haredi demonstrations in Bnei Brak,’ he concluded.

He also pointed out that one of the residents injured during the recent unrest was a US citizen, adding an international aspect to the situation. “He is an American citizen whose family lives there, and look at what has happened.”

Another October 7 on horizon?

Later, Marom addressed reports about Hamas rebuilding its capabilities and claims that conditions are approaching those that existed prior to October 7, suggesting a renewed threat to residents of communities near Gaza. 

He dismissed these assessments, saying, “While it’s possible to conjure up fears, there is no risk of another October 7 taking place here. The IDF is currently stationed on the Yellow Line and is positioned in front of the communities, creating a significant perimeter of several kilometers. In my opinion, there is no danger of another October 7 at this time.”

This post was originally published on here. 

It is creditable that the Government of India has set a crucial goal for itself: becoming Viksit Bharat by 2047, its 100th anniversary of independence.

While there is general agreement that the term Viksit Bharat denotes a developed country, it is still necessary for public policy purposes to break down the concept to know what it entails. What follows is an attempt to do so

While India can be legitimately proud of being the fourth-largest economy in terms of Gross Domestic Product (GDP) in the world, the fact remains that for a population approaching 1.5 billion, the present GDP of $4.5 trillion is a little below par. 

So if India must become “Viksit” in the real sense of the term, the GDP must grow significantly to attain at least $10 trillion. This is entirely achievable if we can do a couple of things.

 India's Prime Minister Narendra Modi addresses his supporters during the launch of Gandhi Ashram redevelopment project in Ahmedabad, India, March 12, 2024. (credit: REUTERS/AMIT DAVE)

First, 40% of our GDP is foreign trade, so our share of international trade must simply increase. In particular, our share of global exports, which hovers around 2%, should rise to 10%. 

Second, our Foreign Direct Investment (FDI), which was just short of $100 billion this last year, must also grow manifold. 

In order for the above two things to happen, the Government of India must carry out deep-seated economic reforms in areas such as land, labor, power, agriculture, infrastructure, and regulatory obstacles. 

While there is no question that the GDP must accelerate, that alone is not enough. Growth must be inclusive; it must percolate to the downtrodden people at the bottom of the pyramid. 

The government has conceived excellent schemes, such as the Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan Yojana. But going beyond that, job creation for the youth must become a national mantra for both the Central and State Governments. 

Since it is not possible for the government alone – or even the organized sector – to provide all the jobs that are necessary, it is vitally important to enable an ecosystem where the youth become entrepreneurs and job creators rather than be mere job seekers. 

Present levels of economic inequality are unsustainable, and efforts must be made to make the society much more egalitarian.

It is well recognized that our education system relies heavily on rote learning, and it churns out thousands of graduates every year who may not be immediately employable. In this context, skilling and re-skilling graduates becomes crucial.

The idea of vocational training, industry-academic collaboration and imparting tech skills (including AI) for our graduates must assume mission-mode importance.

Spending on education – in both the public and private sectors – must increase exponentially, especially in states that lag the national average. In parallel, Research and Development must be given prime importance in all relevant institutions. 

A population close to 1.5 billion can indeed be a demographic dividend for India. But that is true only if the population is skilled enough to face the challenges of a knowledge economy. 

India’s healthcare system is undergoing dramatic transformation, driven by digitalization and by infrastructure expansion. But challenges remain on account of rising medical costs and a growing chronic disease burden. 

The government has undertaken significant efforts such as Ayushman Bharat and Ayushman Arogya Mandir schemes, which have made a big impact on providing healthcare in the country. 

Medical college seats have more than doubled since 2014 in an attempt to bridge the doctor-patient gap. Successful attempts have also been made to promote India as a global hub for medical tourism. 

Despite all this, serious challenges remain. 

Public spending on healthcare still lags desired levels. India also runs the risk of becoming the global capital for heart disease and diabetes. 

India therefore needs to continue its massive transformation of public health infrastructure to make it accessible, affordable, and quality-driven for the vast majority of its population. 

The National Health Mission is doing a commendable job. It simply needs to be strengthened and streamlined. 

India can follow a low-carbon pathway to a high-income economy

India must not emulate the ways of either the industrialized countries that have followed a high-carbon pathway to development or indeed that of China, which even today burns more coal than the rest of the world put together. 

India is the only major economy today that potentially has the possibility of following a low-carbon pathway to a high-income economy based on sustainable development. 

And India must do it not just because the world wants it to, but because the people of this country deserve it as a matter of right. 

India is well positioned to become Viksit Bharat by 2047, but the country needs to be in mission mode, and a whole-of-government approach is required to make sure that no stone is left unturned in this national endeavor. 

By any reckoning, the next 20 years will be the most crucial period in India’s history. 

The writer is a former Indian ambassador to France and is currently dean/professor at O.P. Jindal Global University. His views are his own.

This post was originally published on here. 

When a giant wave of seawater struck Chennai’s Marina Beach on the morning of December 26, 2004, pulling in its wake fisherfolk and a group of children playing cricket, little did their brethren know that an entire region had been struck. 

And little did they know that across the Bay of Bengal, local people and foreign tourists on Thai and Indonesian beaches had also been swept away.

The Indian Ocean Tsunami of December 2004 was a natural catastrophe of a magnitude not experienced by humanity in recent times.

It resulted in the death of almost a quarter million people and the displacement of a couple million people in 14 countries of the Indo-Pacific.

It also marked the coming of age of India’s Humanitarian Assistance and Disaster Relief (HADR) institutional capacity. 

The aerial view of Marina beach after a tsunami triggered by an earthquake in the Indian Ocean hit the area in the southern Indian city of Madras December 26, 2004. (credit: Babu AH/CN/Reuters)

India not only dealt with death and destruction in its mainland, particularly in the coastal states of Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu, as well as major devastation in its island territories of Andaman & Nicobar (A&N) islands, but also provided speedy assistance to countries in south and south-east Asia, including Sri Lanka, Maldives, Thailand, and Indonesia. 

Simultaneously, India launched five HADR operations – two national and three international: Operation Madad (coastal south India), Operation Sea Waves (A&N), Operation Castor (Maldives), Operation Rainbow (Sri Lanka), and Operation Gambhir (Indonesia). 

These involved the three defense services and the Indian Coast Guard – more than 40 ships, several transport aircraft, and helicopters, and over 20,000 military personnel were deployed.

India’s actions led to its recognition as a credible first responder in the Indo-Pacific region. 

Soon thereafter, the Disaster Management Act of 2005 was adopted by the Indian parliament, providing the legal and institutional framework for disaster preparedness, mitigation, and response. 

It’s a three-layered structure at the national, state, and district level, and it led to the establishment of a dedicated force, the National Disaster Response Force (NDRF), to respond to such calamities.

The 2004 tsunami also saw the navies of four countries – Australia, India, Japan, and the US – coming together to coordinate the delivery of assistance in a collaborative effort that eventually evolved into the Quad.

How India has handled natural disasters

India has handled several major natural disasters in the last few decades – both in its immediate neighborhood and in distant lands.

In December 2014, India undertook one of its most complex humanitarian missions, Operation Neer, to supply drinking water to the Maldives after that country’s only desalination plant broke down. 

Indian aircraft and naval ships worked around the clock to supply over 1,500 tonnes of drinking water to the Maldives, becoming the first country to respond to its request.

In April 2015, when a massive earthquake hit Nepal, India launched a comprehensive rescue-and-relief mission, called Operation Maitri, within six hours of the initial tremors. 

Several thousand stranded Indians and foreign nationals were evacuated by air and land routes, and hundreds of tonnes of essential material were delivered. Several field hospitals were set up. 

After the relief operations were completed, India launched a major rehabilitation and reconstruction package of around $2 billion for Nepal.

FOLLOWING A devastating earthquake that struck Myanmar at the end of March 2025, India launched Operation Brahma, a huge tri-services combined with NDRF mission that supplied over 750 tonnes of materials and equipment, including essential medicines and food aid. 

Field hospitals were set up in Mandalay, while engineering teams were deployed for reconnaissance and assessment of structural damage. Op Brahma was a classic whole-of-government HADR endeavor by the Indian Government.

At the end of 2025, India provided massive support to Sri Lanka under Operation Sagar Bandhu during Cyclone Ditwah. Food, equipment, medicines, and other essential items were provided, and over 1,000 tonnes of dry rations were supplied.

Beyond its immediate neighborhood, India also responded with alacrity to requests from Turkey and Syria when they were struck by earthquakes in 2023. 

Under Operation Dost, India was a first responder, sending large Search and Rescue teams of more than 250 personnel, along with medical teams and dog squads to both countries as well as materials support.

In March 2019, India provided HADR to cyclone-hit Mozambique, and in 2023, assisted Malawi, which was affected by a tropical cyclone.

On June 26, 2026, India undertook its most ambitious HADR initiative when 30 tonnes of humanitarian relief materials, accompanied by a 41-member team comprising experienced rescue personnel and medical professionals, arrived in two C-17s to earthquake-hit Venezuela.

India supplied 300 million vaccine doses to 99 countries and two UN entities under the Vaccine Maitri initiative during COVID-19, since January 2021, along with essential medicines and medical support.

For India, HADR has moved from being an episodic activity to a continuous global engagement. 

It is an essential feature of India’s foreign and security policy, formally enunciated in the Security and Growth for All in the Region (SAGAR) doctrine announced by Prime Minister Narendra Modi during a visit to Mauritius in March 2015, which underpins India’s approach to the Indian Ocean Region. 

It became an intrinsic part of our Indo-Pacific Vision and Indo-Pacific Oceans Initiative announced in 2019 and evolved into the MAHASAGAR vision outlined by Modi in March 2025.

India’s approach is not merely reactive. 

It has also put in place frameworks for international cooperation in prevention and mitigation, and it contributed toward setting up an international tsunami warning system and the launch of the Coalition for Disaster Resilient Infrastructure.

The CDRI, comprising 60 member states, works with 25 small island developing states to build disaster-resilient infrastructure including schools, hospitals, and homes.

By providing need-based and rapid assistance during emergencies, and through its efforts to develop capacities for mutual benefit, India is seen as a reliable first responder and a force for global good.

The writer is the former Indian ambassador to Thailand and former Indian high commissioner to Kenya.

This post was originally published on here. 

American employers are approaching an uncomfortable choice: absorb another large increase in healthcare costs or pass more of it on to workers. Mercer projects that employer health-benefit costs will rise 6.7% in 2026, the steepest increase in 15 years, pushing the average cost above $18,500 per employee. Nearly half of large employers expect medical plan changes in 2027 that will increase employees’ out-of-pocket costs.

Before employers ask workers to pay more, however, they should ask healthcare providers a question they routinely ask every other major supplier: Are we using what we’re already paying for efficiently? Companies would not respond to an inefficient manufacturing operation simply by purchasing more machinery. A CFO considering a major capital investment would first ask whether the shortage was real or resulted from how existing resources were managed. Yet employers spend enormous sums purchasing healthcare without consistently demanding the same operational discipline.

Consider hospital capacity. Emergency demand is inherently variable: hospitals cannot schedule heart attacks, automobile accidents or appendicitis. Elective procedures, however, are scheduled. Many hospitals concentrate scheduled surgeries and admissions on particular weekdays, creating artificial peaks in demand for beds, nurses, operating rooms and diagnostic services. Emergency patients may wait for inpatient beds, nurses become overloaded and surgeries are delayed. What appears to be an absolute shortage may partly be a scheduling problem. Hospitals that have addressed this artificial variability provide an important lesson.

At Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center, changes in patient flow management improved access to critical care capacity while allowing surgical activity to grow. The financial benefit ultimately reached $137 million annually, and the hospital avoided a planned expansion costing more than $100 million after determining that the additional capacity was unnecessary. At The Ottawa Hospital, operational improvements were associated with approximately 40 fewer deaths and $9 million in annual savings. These examples do not mean every hospital can achieve identical results or that America never needs additional healthcare investment. They demonstrate something more basic: before purchasing additional capacity, determine whether existing capacity can be used better.

That should matter enormously to American business. Healthcare is now a major operating expense. Mercer recently found that roughly three-quarters of CFOs rank healthcare among their five biggest operating cost concerns. Average family health insurance premiums reached $26,993 last year, according to KFF, with workers contributing $6,850 before deductibles and other cost sharing. When costs rise, employers can absorb them, leaving less money for wages, hiring and investment, or shift more of the burden to employees. But large self-insured employers have another lever: purchasing power. They can demand greater operational accountability from the organizations providing care. When negotiating with health systems, insurers and provider networks, employers should ask not only what services cost, but why. Before accepting higher prices or paying for additional capacity intended to relieve overcrowding, they should ask whether avoidable peaks in scheduled admissions contribute to the problem and what operational improvements have been attempted first. This is not an argument for employers to micromanage medicine. Diagnosis and treatment belong to clinicians. But scheduling predictable demand, deploying capacity and managing patient flow are operational questions. Every sophisticated business manages comparable questions in its own industry. Healthcare should not be exempt.

The principle extends beyond hospitals. At St. Thomas Community Health Center, a Federally Qualified Health Center in New Orleans serving many uninsured and Medicaid patients, redesigned appointment operations enabled 80% to 90% of requests for same- or next-day care to be met while patient satisfaction with access reached 97%. Better access began not with constructing another clinic or hiring an entirely new workforce, but with examining how existing capacity was used.

None of this eliminates the forces driving healthcare inflation. New drugs and technologies are expensive. An aging population requires more care. Labor shortages are real. Some facilities genuinely need expansion. Operational improvement is not a substitute for necessary investment; it should come before unnecessary investment. That distinction matters especially now. Families feel healthcare costs through premiums, deductibles and prescriptions; employers see them in compensation budgets; government sees them in Medicare and Medicaid spending. A recent Gallup poll found healthcare affordability at its lowest level in five years. Healthcare cost is a leading economic concern among Americans across party lines as the midterm elections approach.

The conventional debate asks who should pay more: government, employers or patients. There should be a question before that one: What are we paying for that we could be using better? Employers have considerable leverage to force that question into the healthcare conversation. They don’t need to decide how hospitals should operate, but they should demand evidence that operational efficiency has been examined before higher prices and additional capacity are accepted as unavoidable.

America will inevitably spend more on some forms of healthcare. Medical progress itself guarantees that. But the answer to every shortage cannot be another check. Before employers pass the next increase to their workers, they should make sure they are getting everything they can from what they already buy.

The opinions expressed in Fortune.com commentary pieces are solely the views of their authors and do not necessarily reflect the opinions and beliefs of Fortune.

T

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

Daron Acemoglu is frustrated by the artificial intelligence debate — and not because the MIT economist thinks the technology is dangerous. Although he does think that.

With his nearly unique mixture of frustrated nuance, Acemoglu, who has been warning about the dangers of AI for years, argued in an interview with Fortune that giving into fear is the worst kind of response right now. While evaluating the opposing camps in the debate, he sounds like the Groucho Marx of Nobel laureates: he wouldn’t want to belong to any club that would have him as a member.

On one side are the true believers — what he calls “quasi-moderate-friendly” types so convinced that AI is going to be good for everybody with no exception that any challenge to this view “drives them insane.” On the other are the skeptics who refuse to credit AI with any genuine capability, treating the models as “stochastic parrots” generating plausible-sounding noise. “There are people on the left — or part of the left — that just will refuse any argument that says AI has capabilities, it just drives them insane,” Acemoglu told Fortune. He sighs: “it’s very unproductive.”

He refuses both camps. “I think you have to really have your head in the sand to think that AI is a stochastic parrot right now,” he said, noting that anyone who uses the models will see that’s just not true. “But I’m also not willing to go along with some inchoate belief that everything will work out fine.”

Frontier models are making genuine advances in comprehension, coding and even scientific and mathematical discoveries — “it’s really great, the way proofs are being done” — and this should be celebrated just as fear of future job loss should be a concern. “It’s become sort of radical to hold two apparently conflicting ideas in your head at the same time,” he said. Which is why it’s the perfect time for his book, What Happened to Liberal Democracy? to come out.

We are in a time of crisis, he said, and the terms of our AI debate are just like our political system: so angry because it’s been so deeply damaged, for such a long time.

The escalator effect

“We live in an environment that’s been partly shaped by social media,” Acemoglu said, “and there is a tendency to escalate everything, because that gets attention. Politics is like that. The other topic like that, unfortunately, is AI.”

The economist sees a connection — the public’s inability to acknowledge both the real capabilities of this likely general-purpose technology and its potentially destructive social effects reflects a political culture losing its ability to deliberate over trade-offs, build common ground and direct economic change toward shared ends. That used to be normal in a liberal democracy.

He turns to what Wharton’s Ethan Mollick calls the “jagged frontier” of AI capabilities, because this technology is exceptional at some tasks, unreliable at others, and sometimes it’s some unusual combination of the two. “You need to do a lot of detailed babysitting,” he said. The economist flagged that beyond coding, there just isn’t much evidence of wide adoption, noting customer service employment is barely budged in recent years, likewise in manufacturing.

In Groucho-esque fashion, Acemoglu argued that this messy state of things could serve a useful purpose: “I wouldn’t call myself an optimist, I would say I resolutely refuse to give up hope.”

Two economists talking

Acemoglu points to his relationship with his former colleague and fellow star economist, Stanford’s Erik Brynjolffson, as a model for how the AI debate could go. The two have disagreed publicly and sharply about AI’s impact on productivity. Brynjolffson has argued for substantially greater gains than Acemoglu projects, and yet, Acemoglu says, “Erik and I actually agree on many things.” Their ability to disagree respectfully is exactly what he wishes he could see more of in policy circles.

He said he was pleased that Brynjolffson has increasingly called for redirecting AI in more human-complementary and more human-friendly ways, saying it’s “been my bugbear for almost two decades.” He also described Brynjolffson as “the main scholar showing the potential job losses from AI,” which Fortune has reported extensively on, as documented in the Canaries dashboard based on ADP data.

Acemoglu has been studying AI explicitly since at least 2018, and to his point, has spent much longer examining the underlying question: whether new technologies replace workers or create new tasks that raise their value. His work with Pascual Restrepo developed a framework for understanding automation as a force that can displace labor while also creating work, an ambiguity that sits at the center of today’s AI debate, with all its talk of the “lump of labor fallacy” and the Jevons paradox. His 2024 Nobel, shared with Simon Johnson and James Robinson, concerned the formation of institutions and how they shape prosperity, or fail to.

The point, Acemoglu stressed, is that it’s not a situation where solutions come easily — neither of the two economists is a straightforward booster or skeptic, but they are trying to move toward clearer understanding of trade-offs, problems and solutions.

Liberalism’s broken bargain

According to Acemoglu’s book, liberal democracy used to rest on more than elections and constitutional rights. “Shared prosperity” was the glue, the “main promise” that held the system together. Somewhere in the transition to what he calls the “postindustrial economy” that bargain fell apart.

The divides that resulted are the same ones you see in the dysfunctional AI debate: the educated and less educated got separated, the more educated took over the center-left, and the working class fled for the center-right or hard right.

There’s a “significant divergence in values” between the camps, along with a significant gap in “connections and empathy,” leading to what he described as “sins of omission” and “sins of commission.”

The center-left is silent as inequality grows, separating the groups by class, while cultural politics divide them in social views — “that destroyed the communal roots of liberal democracy.”

The DSA

Acemoglu’s framework informs his ambivalent view of the Democratic Socialists of America and Zohran Mamdani, the telegenic far-left New York City mayor, who has a gift for making local politics go national. The DSA are a “mixed bag,” Acemoglu said; they should be credited for highlighting the theme of affordability, and yet they are “preaching to their base” and don’t have much impact with Black voters, who have been lukewarm in response. Furthermore, they have “doubled down on cultural politics … exactly the kind of policy ideas and rhetoric that alienate the working class [and] creates an adversarial attitude.”

He wasn’t saying that DSA was wrong about their stances, just wrong on their methods, citing his book’s examples of ways to use liberal democracy to bridge such divides. State-level referenda on gay marriage and grassroots movements on abortion rights in Ireland, for example, weren’t top down and so allowed for consensus to form, just the way it needs to on AI now. “In both cases the evidence is that many people change their views,” he said — the process can’t be forced. Liberalism should not be a “cookbook” that dictates the answer to every controversial question, he said, but a model for resolving difficult issues through persuasion, public participation and compromise. It’s hard to adopt that in a time of crisis, though.

Democratic socialism, Acemoglu continued, is “a very amorphous concept” at this point, but he added that he wasn’t opposed to Mamdani policies like a wealth tax or a pied-a-terre tax. He added that it’s not as “efficient” to adopt these in one city as opposed to nationally, because state-by-state wealth taxes invite competition among jurisdictions, as seen to Texas’ and Florida’s benefit in recent years.

Midterm elections

When the topic turns to Donald Trump and the oncoming midterms, Acemoglu is his usual not-quite-optimistic self. “I still think we’re going to have elections in November and both sides will get counted,” he said. “Two years from now, I have no idea.”

AI anxiety has been a major issue this election season, as has backlash over data center development.

Acemoglu’s book calls for “pro-worker AI” and a stronger safety net and more redistribution. This would mean supporting AI tools that increase the effectiveness of workers, reconsidering tax rules about capital gains vs. wages, limiting the dominance of big tech and giving workers a stronger voice at the table. Above all, he added, the unthinkable has to be avoided: “If 50, 60, 70% of the people become jobless, hopeless, feeling dispensable, having no dignity at work, then I don’t think we can have a liberal democracy society.”

But what about the fact that, midterms aside, Trump will still be responsible for steering AI until the next presidential election? “It’s not going to change radically for two years,” he agreed, while adding that he “wouldn’t say Democrats are on the ball, either.” The only prescription is more of his beloved liberal democracy, in other words.

Just think, he said, about what a remarkable achievement this has been, to build advanced societies, negotiate conflicts and reach compromise without routine descent into violence. “We come from very cantankerous apes,” Acemoglu said, and it’s “amazing” what we have built from that raw genetic inheritance. “I would be so devastated if we lose liberal democracy.”

“We need to redirect AI,” he added, saying he was “very worried that things won’t work out if we don’t change things now.” Somehow, in these crisis times, we need to really listen to each other, hold two conflicting ideas at the same time, and get over our cantankerous natures. Easier said than done.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

On a quintessential Beverly Hills street in 1985, a restaurant that would help transform the pizza industry opened its doors.

After years of practicing law as federal prosecutors and criminal defense attorneys, co-founders Rick Rosenfield and Larry Flax chose to leave the courtroom behind to pursue their dream of becoming restaurateurs.

“We didn’t want to open just a restaurant. We decided to be bold. We said we want to open a national and international chain of restaurants,” Rosenfield told Fox News Digital.

With its Original BBQ Chicken Pizza and polished approach to casual dining, California Pizza Kitchen helped popularize California-style pizza among diners across the U.S. and eventually around the world. The chain became a household name while helping bring a distinctive, California-inspired approach to pizzas, pastas, salads and desserts.

FUDDRUCKERS BECAME THE ‘BLOCKBUSTER’ OF BURGERS, AND NOW IT’S NEARLY GONE

California Pizza Kitchen has more than 120 restaurants in 10 countries. But at one point, CPK existed only in a single storefront on South Beverly Drive.

Rosenfield recalled the restaurant’s early days in Beverly Hills as “hectic,” with actress Shirley MacLaine becoming its first customer on opening day.

“Even before we opened, we knew we had a blockbuster on our hand. We created barbecue chicken pizza. And in the early days of CPK, it was complete craziness. Everybody was coming for barbecue chicken pizza,” said Rosenfield. His book, “The California Pizza Kitchen Story: How Two Federal Prosecutors Changed the Way America Eats Pizza,” was released July 21.

Rosenfield and Flax employed a real estate strategy that helped expand CPK’s reach, opening restaurants in and around shopping malls.

“CPK also had a hand in changing the way America eats because we were pioneers in going into upscale shopping centers around America at a time when… there was all fast food,” Rosenfield said. “We brought this polished, casual dining to the best malls in America.”

After Rosenfield and Flax grew CPK to more than 200 locations worldwide, the pizza giant was acquired for $470 million by private equity firm Golden Gate Capital in 2011.

‘MCDONALD’S CHANGED THE COURSE OF MY LIFE’: CONGRESSMAN SELLS BUSINESS HE BUILT SINCE HIS TEEN YEARS

At the time of the acquisition, the  San Francisco-based firm described itself as “one of the most active acquirers of leading brands in the restaurant and retail sector.”

Nine years after Golden Gate Capital acquired the chain, CPK filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection on July 30, 2020, after the COVID-19 pandemic compounded its existing financial troubles.

Rosenfield, however, told Fox News Digital he believes CPK’s troubles began before the bankruptcy filing, arguing that Golden Gate Capital damaged the culture he and Flax had spent decades building.

“As founder, it’s hard to sit back because I had no role in it whatsoever. So, we’re armchair quarterbacks looking from the outside,” he said.

“I believe that they damaged the culture from day one. They wanted to remake it in an image different than we had remade it in. And in the meantime, it wasn’t successful,” the co-founder continued. “And it continued to decline on that basis, unfortunately. As I said, while we sat and watched it, and then it was ultimately driven into bankruptcy.”

Golden Gate Capital declined Fox News Digital’s request for comment.

California Pizza Kitchen emerged from bankruptcy in November 2020, and Rosenfield, who said he still dines at CPK every several weeks, is optimistic about the chain’s future under new ownership that he believes is “committed” to restoring the brand’s success.

The acquisition of California Pizza Kitchen (CPK) by New York-based Consortium Brand Partners was announced in December 2025 for a deal valued just under $300 million. Rosenfield said he is “thrilled” with the direction the restaurant is headed in under the new ownership.

“I believe they want to bring the brand, not only to its former glory, but to new glory,” said Rosenfield. “I have confidence in this team. And for the first time in all these years, my partner, Larry Flax, and I are very excited about where it could go.”

Rosenfield reflected on the legacy he and Flax built from a small, leased space in Beverly Hills, telling Fox News Digital that the 41-year-old restaurant chain “accomplished” exactly what they envisioned from the beginning.

“I love that everybody has a CPK story. That’s what drove me to do the book,” the co-founder said. “It’s accomplished what we wanted. Grandparents, parents, kids all have a place that they can all go to and agree to go to.”

“While I said that I believe that they did damage to the culture in the years past, I think the food has been incredibly consistent. And I’ve always been extremely, I’m extremely proud of the brand,” Rosenfield said.

This post was originally published here. 

Nearly one in four American workers with employer-sponsored health insurance say they are stuck in jobs they want to leave because they fear losing coverage.

About 24% of U.S. workers with job-based insurance – roughly 23 million adults – are experiencing “job lock,” up sharply from 16% in 2021, according to a report from the West Health-Gallup Center on Healthcare in America.

The survey defines job lock as remaining in a job despite wanting to leave due to concerns about losing health insurance.

“Job lock is on the rise in America,” the report noted. “Nearly a quarter of U.S. employees report staying in a job they want to leave to keep their health insurance, a powerful constraint on worker mobility, productivity, entrepreneurship and wage growth.”

The surge comes as soaring healthcare costs squeeze household budgets. 

About half of Americans said they struggle to consistently pay for needed medical care or prescriptions, while 51% are worried about affording healthcare over the next year — the highest level in five years, as noted in the report.

OBAMACARE EXCHANGE FLAW EXPOSED AMERICANS TO UNEXPECTED HEALTH PLAN SWITCHES, WATCHDOG FINDS

Workers under greater financial strain were far more likely to report feeling trapped.

Among those with medical debt, 44% reported job lock, more than double the 21% rate among those without medical debt.

ALLERGY MEDICATION RECALLED OVER POSSIBLE DRUG MIX-UP THAT COULD TRIGGER ‘LIFE-THREATENING’ REACTIONS

Nearly half of respondents who cited healthcare costs as a “major financial burden” reported job lock. The rate rose to 53% among those experiencing “a lot of stress” over medical expenses, the report noted.

Chronic health problems also made workers more likely to stay at their jobs. 

About 29% of those with at least one chronic condition reported job lock, compared with 17% of those without one.

That rate grew to 41% among people with three or more diagnoses.

TRUMP’S FIRST-TERM POLICIES HELPED LOWER SOME INSULIN COSTS: HHS REPORT

Women were also more likely than men to remain in unwanted jobs for health benefits, at 30% compared with 20%, according to the report.

GET FOX BUSINESS ON THE GO BY CLICKING HERE

The findings were based on a national survey of 5,660 adults conducted from Oct. 27 to Dec. 22, 2025. The analysis focused on 2,322 employed adults with employer-sponsored insurance.

“The effects extend beyond morale – reducing labor market efficiency, upward mobility and quality of life,” as noted in the report. “With coverage tied to employment, a growing share of American workers report making career decisions based on insurance rather than opportunity.”

This post was originally published here. 

Watch out crypto-bros—it might be time to start moving assets. Researchers are making progress toward quantum computers powerful enough to undermine the mathematical assumptions that currently protect cryptocurrency and other blockchain-based assets.

Because of this, the industry needs to replace its cryptographic infrastructure before the quantum computers arrive.

“The great quantum migration is going to require the entire digital asset industry to participate,” Christopher Smith, co-founder and CEO of Quantus, a quantum-secure blockchain network.

Quantum computing is a fundamentally different approach to processing information. Traditional computers use bits represented as either 0 or 1, and are physically constrained by how tiny transistors can be miniaturized. Quantum computers use subatomic particles and trapped ions to crunch numbers via qubits—allowing the machines to theoretically perform any calculation in a fraction of the time it would take today’s technology.

Until recently, the cryptography that proves ownership of digital assets was considered essentially unbreakable. That’s because today’s classical computers would take too long to feasibly perform the calculations needed for gaining access to a so-called private key that authorizes transactions. According to reports, a standard supercomputer would take hundreds of millions of years to break a cryptography code.

But a sufficiently powerful quantum computer can change that, Smith warned. “Over $2 trillion in digital assets is secured by elliptic curve cryptography, which has been known to be quantum-vulnerable for over 30 years,” he said. That’s nearly the entire overall crypto market, which is worth $2.16 trillion.  

The threat from quantum computing may be getting closer, and Smith pointed out that AI is being used to accelerate quantum research.

Google researchers have estimated that the computational resources required to attack the elliptic-curve cryptography used by cryptocurrencies may be lower than previously thought.

According to Smith and Quantus, a giant Bitcoin wallet could be an obvious target for a quantum attack. He pointed to Binance’s Bitcoin cold wallet, which he said contains more than $10 billion. 

The administrative key controlling USDT could be a far more dangerous target. The key has authority over the stablecoin’s issuance, meaning a compromise could potentially allow an attacker to manipulate assets in the crypto system. 

“This could be used to instantly wreck everything in DeFi,” Smith said.

But Coinbase cautioned against treating the entire crypto ecosystem as equally exposed. The cryptocurrency exchange told Fortune that bitcoin’s core infrastructure is largely safe, adding that the real vulnerability is at the wallet level.

The hard part isn’t the technology

Google proposed a 2029 target for cryptocurrency systems to migrate away from vulnerable cryptography. The National Institute of Standards and Technology has likewise been pushing organizations toward “post-quantum” cryptography, having standardized replacement algorithms designed to withstand attacks from these sufficiently powerful quantum computers.

For the industry, replacing the cryptography may be easier than deciding how to implement the migration. 

Adding quantum-safe signatures to a blockchain is a solvable engineering problem, according to Coinbase. The much harder question is what happens to coins whose owners fail to migrate them in time. Coinbase’s independent Quantum Advisory Council recently published a report examining the issue of quantum migration and “abandoned coins,” including the governance questions surrounding assets that remain in vulnerable addresses.

That is what makes blockchain security different from updating the encryption on a centralized service.

A blockchain developer can create a quantum-resistant system. But if an exchange doesn’t support it, users may not be able to move their assets. If a wallet doesn’t implement it, users may remain exposed. If users don’t migrate their funds, vulnerable addresses can continue sitting on the blockchain.

“Custodians, exchanges, mobile and hardware wallet providers, blockchain developers and users will all need to take action to protect digital assets,” Smith said.

Coinbase agrees that the problem requires unanimous industry-wide coordination. The company is a founding member of the Bitcoin Security Consortium, an initiative backed by major financial institutions and Bitcoin companies including BlackRock, Fidelity Digital Assets, Block, Blockstream and Strategy.

Coinbase said it is contributing to a fund supporting Bitcoin developers working on quantum security and is dedicating engineering resources to open-source efforts related to proposals such as BIP-360 and the post-quantum migration path.

The company also said it has published a position paper assessing quantum risks to cryptocurrency and is working with developers and experts to coordinate potential upgrades.

And to be sure, building a machine capable of executing a quantum attack remains beyond current capabilities. But now is the time to get ready.

“Being a year too early is much better than being a day too late,” Smith said.

This story was originally featured on Fortune.com

This post was originally published here. 

The Taliban marked five years in power on Saturday, seeking to portray their government as in control even as aid and rights groups warned of escalating crises.

Outside the former US embassy in Kabul, armored Taliban vehicles took part in a parade, displaying flags and banners, and celebrating what the government described as “victory day” from Western domination.

Sirajuddin Haqqani, the Taliban’s interior minister, said in a video address that their return to power was the result of “morale, courage” and “divine assistance.”

But he also made a rare acknowledgement of “issues and problems that may still exist.”

International organizations and the UN say the Taliban have struggled to address the natural and humanitarian crises Afghanistan has faced over the past five years, in part because Afghan women are under severe restrictions.

 Displaced Afghan women stand waiting to receive cash aid for displaced people in Kabul, Afghanistan, July 28, 2022. (credit:  REUTERS/ALI KHARA)

The Taliban have also faced a string of assassinations of key regional officials in the country’s northeast in recent weeks.

In late July, the Taliban’s information director in Badakhshan province was killed in an attack later claimed by Islamic State. The mayor of the province’s capital also died in an attack on Thursday, local media reported.

Taliban officials did not immediately confirm the reports.

Diplomatic inroads

When the Taliban returned to power in 2021 amid the withdrawal of the US and its allies, they promised to govern more liberally than they had in the late 1990s and early 2000s — a period marked by public executions, the sheltering of Osama bin Laden and the destruction of the Bamiyan Buddhas.

But those assurances quickly faltered, human rights groups say. The Taliban have imposed sweeping restrictions on women and girls since 2021, barring 2.5 million of them from secondary schools and universities, according to UNESCO, and limiting their freedom of movement.

Half of Afghan women now ‌leave their homes only once or twice a month, according to data released by UN Women on Wednesday.

The Taliban say they respect women’s rights in accordance with Islamic sharia law.

Five years on, their government remains internationally unrecognized, with Russia the only country to have formally recognized it.

Relations between the Taliban and Pakistan — initially their most important partner — are tense, as Islamabad accuses Kabul of supporting Pakistani insurgents.

Many former embassies in Kabul have remained empty since the Taliban’s return to power, including the US embassy that was the backdrop of Taliban celebrations on Saturday.

But the Taliban have made quiet diplomatic inroads, analysts say, as some countries weigh the limits of their influence in Afghanistan and the need to engage with the government.

The Taliban are increasingly pushing for arrangements with European nations that have been seeking ways to deport more Afghans. The government in Kabul is also using its geographical location at the crossroads of South and Central Asia and the Middle East to strike economic deals.

Zia Ahmad Takal, a deputy spokesman for the Taliban’s foreign ministry, told Reuters that ceremonies marking the government’s fifth anniversary were expected to be held in the capitals of Pakistan, China, Uzbekistan, Iran, Turkey and Malaysia.

“My hope for the future of Afghanistan is that we will move toward development, God willing,” Najibullah Ghorzang, a 28-year-old shop owner who attended Saturday’s ceremonies in Kabul, said.

“We defeated a great empire, and we will defeat them again,” he said of the US and its allies.

Record level humanitarian crisis

The International Rescue Committee warned on Friday that Afghanistan’s humanitarian needs had reached a record level, driven by droughts, the fallout from deadly earthquakes and the deportation of Afghans from neighboring Iran and Pakistan.

While foreign aid budgets have shrunk, the number of Afghans in need of humanitarian assistance has risen by 3.5 million people since 2021, it said.

“Sustainable peace and prosperity require more than just an absence of conflict,” Georgette Gagnon, a senior UN representative on Afghanistan, said in a statement.

“Afghanistan’s future depends on building a society in which the rights and potential of all Afghans are realized.”

Fatima, 28, has struggled to survive with her child. After the Taliban’s return to power, she fled to Iran, where she could continue working as a make-up artist even as the Taliban banned women from such work in Afghanistan.

Last year, she was expelled from Iran and deported to Afghanistan.

“Every morning, I wake up wondering how I will cover my basic living expenses, and every night I close my eyes with worries about my child’s future,” she said.

This post was originally published on here.